v

NEW

PRACTICAL

GRAMMAR

HEBREW

WITH

ENGLISH-HEBREW

AND

HEBREW-ENGLISH

EXERCISES

AND

CHRESTOMATHY

HEBREW

BY

Solomon

A.

Doutsch,

NEW

M.,

YORK,
"

LEYPOLDT
1868

HOLT.

Ph.

D.

according

Entered

to

the

Clerk's

Office

for

of

the

the

Court

District

of

year

of

186.8

by

Dr.

Ph.

M.,

A.

District

the

in

Congress,

DEUTSCH,

SOLOMON

in

of

Act

the

States,

United

Maryland.

C.

W.

Schneider

cith,

Pr.,

Baltimore,

MA.

PREFACE.

this country, which

in

been

it full and

had
especially

selves, for whom,

Old

abilityhave left
work
to the public,

offer this

completein
the

view

in

well

as

this volume

to

appeared

critical

labors

will still be found

the Grammar
aim, divesting

my

detail,to present

make

completenessand

have

student.

useful to the Hebrew

has
jjjfi

Grammars

this result of my

that
expectation

the

I have

in

Hebrew

be desired, I yet venture

little to
with

valuable

and

Although many

practicalintroduction

particular.
them
instructing

necessary

of those

schools, I

for

as

every

wants

of all extraneous

have
the

to

endeavored

to

the

language of

Testament.
I shall

distinctive features of this

the
recapitulate
briefly

man

ual.
To

1.

have

facilitate the

been

of the

commission

expressed with

all

they

rules to memory,

the conciseness

consistent

with

per

spicuity.
2.
Believingthat exceptionsare more
properlyto be sought
and Critical Commentary, I have noted such irregu
in the Lexicon
larities only as, by their frequency,can
claim
to be held
integral
parts of the language.
The
3.
illustration of the abstract by the concrete
being ne
^

cessary
been

to

the

explainedand

understandingof
confirmed

by

the

former,

examples, and

rules have

the

further

elucidated

exercises.

by

4.

In

lect valuable
or

clear

these exercises,I have taken great care

to se
elaborating
historical fact
either an. interesting
sentences, containing

sententious

been

The

moral.

considered

as

well

is without

examples only.

Nevertheless

them

by

its

as

Syntactical
part
with

internal

character

external

of the

has

passage

grammaticalform.

The

"

exercises, the rules being illustrated by

the constant

the student
reference

made

will become
to

them

fullyfamiliar
in

the

Etymo

logicalpart.
5.

In the

acquisitionof

miliarize himself
translations into
Hebrew
rules

exercises
which

with

the

it from
have

language, the learner,in order

to

fa

grammaticalforms, should make frequent

his mother-tongue. To
this end English-

been

the
prepared, particularly
illustrating

they immediatelyfollow, anticipating

nothing, but

ex-

"S

IV

actlykeeping
verbal
admits

of

change, I have

no

conciselyembodied

ted

they

he

refer

may

given,

but

9.

and

therefore
enabled
to

read

he

research

by help

been

Fuerst

the

latter's

(Lex

arrangement

slight alterations.
the

at

end

the

of

added

exercises

Granmmr,

in

doubt

the

save

stu

that

secondly,
the

to

as

transla

are

first, to

forgotten word,

have

Ewald,

Hebrew

is

be

however,
the

to

and

form

to

Old

of the

found

not

vocabularies

two

in

general

use.

easilyperceive,when
words

in

the

expected

that

the

by mastering

the

understandingly

in

the

How

large
does

diligentstudent

exercises

Hebrew

the

less

difficult

different

proportion

not

in

prose

vocabulary

thousand

two

that

considers

in

exercises.

about

language

with

are

exercise*

selections

given

contain

one

of the

various
is

learner's

translations

no

number

of

Testament

words

all the

the

the

refresh

to

original sentence,

is directed

the

from

The

radical

of

student

asterisks.

the

seeking

space,

student

words

can

one

in

Chrestomathy composed

consistingof

Hebrew

words

in

regard

the

poetry

10.

presented

it, should

to

with

memory

the

construction

Lingua Ebraica), Naegels-

with

preserved

vocabulary

economize

To

aid

the

to

uninflected.

when

word

the

labor

and

della

distinguishedby

occur,

time

dent's

English

Gesenius,

important points;

been

are

Although

as

in

Paradigms,

groundforms
8.

to

the

continental

(Grammatica

has

the

In

of

volume.

this

followed

declensions

7.
the

in

Luzzatto

D.

being

the

of

Where

intentionally

conformable

sentences

endeavored

results

approved

The

6.

bach,

English

irregularlyplaced.

of numerals

icon), L.

I have

progress.

Hebrew*

of the

arrangement

student's

the

of

construction

the

made

the

with

pace

exceed

and

1867,

is

Chrestomathy

the

the

of

portions

It

will be

months,

few

is,

number

whole

the

this

Old

Tes

tament.

By
some

that
ble

this

enumeration

respects possesses
this fruit
and

of

earnest

it will

the
and

character
zealous

useful.

Baltimore,

July 15,

be

1868.

readily
of

seen,

novelty,

exertion

will

that

the

and

it is

be

found

plan

in

hoped

accepta

PART
OF

I.

ELEMENTS.

THE

CHAPTER

SOUNDS

AND

LETTEKS,
"

1.

SIGNS.

ALPHABET.

df
1.

Twenty-two

0
"

Mem

Nun

(a fish)

Samcch

Alphabet.
POWER.

ox-goad) 1

Lamed

Hebrew

NAMK.

FORM.

compose' the

consonants

D'P water)

ri

in

sons:

PAIIT

I.

ELEMENTS.

NAME.

FORM.

Ayin

POWER.

]*y(eye)

not

pronounced

N*2 (

,15 mouth)

ph,

fish

ts

Final.

:"))*]Pe

Y Tsade'

H"

Koph

(a

hook)
of

(theeye
v"]1p
1

the back

Resh
Sllin

NOTE

I.

nunciation

by

In

the

and
and
is

,*"]
may
asper;

(rg),probablythe

true

this

letter

square

by
a

the Greek

represen

Gamma

g.

deep rollingguttural

pronunciation.
the

not

of the

the ancient

Hebrew

the pre

originalforms,

for the

sake

of the

and

forms

pressedby

their

names

present alphabet:
of the

bent

hand

the

Hebrew

old

to

nail, f

weapon,

present

the Phoenician.

is still

il

selected

Samaritan

Hebrew,

the

of the letters resembled

this resemblance

and

thingsex
in tin-

partly seen
basket, ^

the hol

etc.

is read

Hebrew

Write

as

Pentateuch

probably been

letters have

In

coins struck

"
:

similar

are

initial sounds.

writing,the

Samaritan

the

which

of the

Phoenician

\:

Characters
names

The

DDD

V5^*3
*

Maccabees

The

III.

NOTE

and

DfiD

^IISTX

time

at the

the

from

right

characters

Roman
letters

DO

^DD nnpTi muy

hand

to

the

corresponding to

left.

the

--DD

ann

(ng) pro

it is sometimes

Septuagmt
is

nasal

The

reading.

lenis,sometimes

or

-:

lowin

in

omitted

having been adopted, until long after the Babylo

a
or
century before Christ,hence
captivity
accordingto some
alphabet has been termed, the Assyrian (properlyBabylonian)

nian

2.

compared with the Greek

respectively
sound
(the German
H is a deep guttural

characters are

These

th

letters not

sent

low

sh

corresponding letter

the

II.

)r

be

commonly

spiritus
asper

Arabic

NOTE

head

mart)

is incorrect. In the

ofy

the

ted

head)

"\sn

tootl^
lOOtll)

}fi (a cross

lenis
spiritus
ch); y like X

WJ
(^

or

Tav

(fl)

V"*(I iff

"

Sin

C^
D

( ""X 1

""H

needle

of the

nr

.]

,n"3t .H313

-nSa --i!2D -pn

"c-n

-p

fol

DIVISION

2.

"

EXERCISE
Write
ing

Hebrew

the

1, ch, h, k, t, th,
hnshrm,

the follow

to

sh,

s,

b, ch, Ichn, km,

2.

corresponding

letters

characters

Roman

LETTERS.

OF

rtz,

r,

d,

p, y,

ytlim,

zr,

f,

g,

w,

chl,

z,

tz,

n,

g,

dbktm,

kl, shb,

gdl, ktn, zvch,,sw, dfalwt, gy, tw, gbth,

bmdbr,

li/t,nthn.
"
The
which

letters

they

2.

DIVISION

are

divided

OF

according
into

pronounced

are

LETTERS.
to

the

with

organs

Gutturals
Palatals

Linguals
Dentals

Sibilants,

or

Labials
The

letter 1

partakes of

both

guttural and

dental

cha

racter.

EXERCISE

and

the

classes
0

ICT

the

in

Give

3.

the
following words
to which
they belong

Vw iWm

oa^'o

n-iyi

of the

names

letters

i"y

nin*

nox

SN*i^n Sx maSxi

HD

Din

:nrnoipon

^
"
1. The

LETTERS

letters ^HN

form

mory)
they

VOWEL

3.

AND

Elievi

(a word

: astro

xn

VOWEL

-SIGNS.

used

to

separate class, being called

sometimes

representing not

D"i

pno

assist the
vowel

consonantal

me

letters,

but

vowel

sounds.
,

"2. Besides

long vowels,
or

nnipj),

these
in the
were

with

two

to be

pronounced.

vowels,

-letters,which

vowel
6th

century

introduced, points and

exceptions, under
three

short

nine

generally indicate
vowel
signs (nliftJfl

Of

these

and

letter,after which

the
nine

three

strokes

signs, three

doubtful.

placed,
they

are

represent long

PART

I.

ELEMENTS.

Vou-els.

_Skort
Name.

Form.

Power.

Patach

Seghol

in

sharp

in
in

WTO

met
not

rather

or

in dull

tful Vowels.
Vowel
Doubtful
NAME.

Chirek

FORM.

POWER.

i in machine

p*Yn

Shurek
Kubbuts

in rule

in

rule

or

(ni--p:
NOTE

I.

Cholem

is

dot

the ^

over

i in

or

in full.

'1or

as

pin

the *) is omitted

:
as
placed above on the left of the consonant
J| go,
is always placed in the bosom
Shurek
do.
of 1 as J|
The
"J
the letter : as 5 j if * follows it is
is placed under
Chirek-point

the

and

dot

not, doubtful

long, if

vowel

primary
also

(inmachine)
thongs

"

"

"

or

"

sharp !

"

and

i, 0

i in

in there

in

-[- u.

pin

(infather) I
properly diph

are

from

originated,is

I in machine

"

vowels

to the three

in rule

"

1 or

or

-_^

in full

in note

in fate

^=

"

short i.

long or

they have

the

are

(in rule),for

in father

in

which

These

arising from

either

*"

vowels, according

sounds, from

importance.

of

l"ng

classification of the

The

3.

"

met

"

in

dull.

NOTE

Spanish Jews

and

guese

German
home

Jews
or

almost

like

like their
nunciation

pronounce
in

ow

are

firmed

by

ogy

of the

(T) like
Polish

nearly correct.
the Hebrew

written in accordance
the

present usage

Arabic.

of the

jn home

the

as

The

and

French

Sefaradic
proper

exiled Portu

the
(theSefaradic);
"_

1 like

or

("")like

pronounce

The

brethren.

German

that

descendants

their

and

almost
'"*)
spoil,

oi in

most

the

vow;

gint and Josephusand

ament,

pronunciationis

above

The

II.

i in

bind, ('1)

in

the

the

of the

this

Jews

mode, which
of Palestine

is also

and

pro

Septua-

phrasesoccurringin the New

with

in

u, the other vowels

is considered
names

Test
con

the anal

which

el-letters '1HN

vow

their

as

re

it is

as

this class, ' is homo

homogeneouswith

the

with

class, ") is homogeneous

the

with

the

class,or

represent the A

usually expressed,are
geneous

considered

be

latter may

and

N
:
presentatives

SIGNS.

VOWEL

"

correspondto
respectively

classes

three

4. These

LETTERS

VOWEL

3.

"

class,

of

end

the

At

word

usually written with

rarely with

but

*"Y)"HIS

ized, or

to

in

and

"""

J|, V

consonantal

power

final

6. ^ and

as

when

vowel

Seghol:

is

preceded by

is silent:

as

NOTE
lowed

3.

by

read

V33

Kamets,

sound:
the

as

11 read vav,

termination

V~

the

panav.

1 preceded
vowel

long vowels

after

mute

heterogeneousvowel-sign,
(" 4) or when having a

followed

feeble, that

so

as

by a vowel or Sh'va
Dagesh (" 7) retain their consonantal
In
*fi chay, 'Ijj goy.
U
gev,

or

is

after all the

is mute

the

ft without

and

of K

vowel-sign

Tsere, Cholera and

i"

*T,

in

the

quies-

as

'

without

fityrft"Z.

considered

middle

in the

first.)Therefore the ^HN are vocal

in the
common
expressionrest (quiesce)

the

followingcases

The

"never
with

and

words

H^

of the

end
use

N"Q

as

'HNtfD, and

as

compound

are

the

cing at

class is

long vowel, of the A

or

fre

most

class, are

correspondentVowel-letters.

their

the

I and

the

long vowels of
quently accompanied by
5, The

must

by

be read

vowel-signor

as

i; :

Sh'va

fyy read

as

avon,

[" 4]

or

fol

H1VP

mitsvoth, nib read love,

NOTE

4.

When

the

^ arid
^j-jj$ especially

homogeneousvowels,the
without

the

latter

"

accompany

said to be written

are

letters they are

quiescent

(ipn) : niSi' nv

said to be

Sinr
ftiiy h^
,"

"

their

fully (JOD)

written

"

"'
defectively

5.

NOTE
ceeds:

"" follows:

when

XJlfi?or

EXERCISE

the

4.

,N* ,K
,p_

EXERCISE

in

*n

ND

^D

Jii n

VO

X:

"

N3

ID

NJ

J|SiS tfS "3

ItO 1L5 ND
T

...

t' n

"p.-'"1^ NV

EXERCISE

.nil

11

pS

n?

iji

vS vS ^S nS

,in

*n

xn

^'

3"3

3N

3N*

^n

sS

S^2D Tj^h n?t? H^'O

ptrrr f^'n

1^7

"o

IB

^TD

no

nbf

EXERCISE

^n
*

^D

cn'n

ir

nj

^
H

p^y n^'p ng^'pij;j? S^i^

-

irni

DU

Tjint\)y D.I D^

D1?^' 33#

17*17x91vnxpi

NI;

K9

7.

EXERCISE

vS

iy

6.

.rte'Xi

NX

"

V- V

'

/^* "tp

5.

^n

T.
,

in

NJ

^* ^

.ij;^a

,K

to

according

the

0 %r"n ,n ,b .p o

pro

in

as

following syllables and words

pronunciation of the Portuguese Jews :
Read

ty

when

^ is omitted

Cholem-point without

The
in

as

ELEMENTS.

I.

PART

ft

Ti

8.

pj;

iip ^ip np "ip vj;

iS^' 01:01 nin rvn m

HI
'

KH'VA.

" 4.

EXERCISE

characters:

9.

and

following syllables

the

Write

bara,

zodu,

bechi, gau, clodi,vav,

gorolenu, yagllil, yosher,
gav,

in

Hebrew

til, to, ra, ril,bin, pi v,

bo, kifztl,wu,

ya,

ye,

words

tuvecha.

paninu,

shalosh, love,

moshel, bosem,

kol [fully] sbomer

[fully] choshev
[defectively]
nazid
[fully].
fectively]slil [fully]pe [defectively]

[de

kol

SH'VA.

" 4.
the

At

1.

vowelless

beginning
Sh'va

nominated:

bare

ceive

*lh ip"'pJ

the

8h'va:

read

Sh'va

3.

when

dropping of
an

by

D'CHp

to

addition

from

of this

; 3H_n
""'*-jp

from

gutturals: Jl^DN

|-

the

NOTE

word

letter

of

re

with

word

or

it indicates

.half
of

and

7tOp

as

sylable is

part

to

^Hj
from

D'uHH
T

the

pronunciation

which

Sh'va

the

from

^Htl
'

in

originalvowel,

vowel

n'^n

from
originating

Rejection]retained
that

as

the

to

never

quiesce:

or

most

"

" and

or

consonant

v:

also

consonant

vowels

for

CN

obscure

II.

[Nacnklang]of

the

of

silent Sh'va.
Sl,1 fcOtJ*'

for

[" 14,

vowel

aftersonnd

cated

Sh'va

Vocal

end

consonant

final

they represent

I.

NOTE

the

only given

is

Final

"

Sh'va, because

an

therefore

termed

and

silent

hence

initial

like

under

Sh'va

K'tol.

the

sound,

slight vowel

(for

as

y% KV?' vocal

syllable is called

the

at

(:) de

$3$

or

under

Sh'va

The

2.

dots

the

^bj^Jlbyp

vowel): as

consonants

as

Dagesh-forte (" 7):

of

word

two

emptiness)

N^p* fissure,gap, i.
*Jftid two vowelless

e.

of

sign,

(for$}"

tfW

middle

the

receives

also

consonant

in

or

as

thus

V^n,

indi

was

for
D*JJ*'"Tp

always
Seethe

with
next

T:

Note.

II.

On

the distinction

of

EXERCISE

rnirrr

r\m

and

vocal

rin^;. yi3

silent

Sh'va

see

"11.

10.

niS? nir

ny"

D'ID

PART

is

ble

(-)

vowelless

the

When

sound,

are:

other

-=

This

o.

with

vowel

(-),
dis

more

Sh'va

vowel)

sylla

or

is called

iltDPfCha-

or

Chateph-Seghol
Hf"j

Chateph-Kamets
the

instances

few

or

consonants

Sh'vas

compound

also written

are

as

EXERCISE

11.

i\

ro?
n

word

rapid utterance.
Chateph-Pattach

T=

under

of

its

In

a,

(compounded

tbeph (rapid)from

NOTE,

half

as

composite Sh'va
These

initial consonant

gutturals ^hPTX (" 2) a short

added
to the
Sh'va, to indicate a

(T) is

tinct

SH'VA.

of the

one

or

ELEMENTS,

COMPOSITE

5.

"

I.

nn

n^is

ori

nran

"
The
with
not

read

Patach

called

after

ruach,

read

does

it falls away

the

not

letter
read

(1H

FURTIVE.

the

the

word

rb

form
is

furtive HDI^

pronunciationare,

as

the

end

and

of

[H

word

is

before it :

JlllJroa(l gahoahh.

the

it were,

EXERCISE

yh

at

usual, hut

as

to

gutturals H

" 7]

reach,

helong

when

It is called Patach
and

(-) under
Mappik

Patach
dot

PATACH

6.

of the

as

because

illegitimate.
12.

(TH
This

word, therefore

lengthened:
(1113

as

(TH*

'ITn.

its position

DAGESII

" 7.

nin

1. The

with

letter :

rnV

AND

MAPPIK.

six letters nMIJD

dial letters after

nant

rr"

DAGESH

7.

"

as

in

g,

jn

or

me

entirelyvowelless,[a conso

p, t, which

d, k,

jn

initial

silent Sh'va] representthe hard

b,

(HS^D)

consonant

MAPPIK.

AND

within, called Dagesh Lene

7p

sound

is indicated

by

of each

point

^"1 R#jn puncture,

from

as:
piercewith appoint]
JJ,npl^V
2. If a vowel sound
vowel
with
without
a
or
quies
[a
cent
their
Sh'va
vocal
a
o
r
letter]
precedethem,
pronun
ciation is softened or aspirated,
like bh or v, gh, dh, kh
the German
or
ch, ph or f,th ; the Dagesh is then omitted :

the Chald.

as

verb "0*1 to

*" nyr,

Tjnrp TT?-

3. When

the word

of the distinctive

one

by
ending with a vowel is separated
accents
("9) from a followingword,

the
commencing with one of the DMI^!}
affect the pronunciation,
that the n"D1JQ
so
"

originalhard
The
*

sounds

and have

the

Dagesh :

vowel

cannot

retain their
as

Dagesh also remains after a vowel sound, if the word

: as
precedes
D'D^3 Hi IT or when two of the letters
come
^3,
together:as J*TJ

pointin any medial letter except"IJNinNjthat is im

by a vowel, indicates the doublingof this
mediatelypreceded
This pointis called Dagesh forte,
letter : as '13N
*P9^
4. A

"

'

NOTE.

Dagesh forte in

hardens the letter :

5. A

pointin
and

al power

Mappik,
S

IT?

same

time doubles and

rabbim.
to determine

serves

its consonant

Mappik, (i.e. causingto

rest of 1HN

never

receive

Dagesh
2

\H^c^^^"^KCtfeU iMyft

Avti^ta

f
'
A

be

lohh.

quiescent.

when

ub?n ^

is called D'iDD

the

and

0*3*}

as

final Jl

: as
pronounced)

6. H

the fifiD*T!Qat the

-J*

J*

.t-/

or

PART

10

The

NOTE.

has

sonant

:
vowel, otherwise the Shurek-point

read

TltJV. 1U

forte

Dagesh

On

V.

the

in ?| representsDagesh, when

dot

tsivva, kavvam.
NOTE

I. EXERCISES.

Jl^V Dip
"

rea(l
"

shur, gur.
" 9, I. Note.

conjunctivesee

EXERCISE

DistinguishDagesh

as

precedingcon

13.

forte from

lene.

Dagesh

TBD

JJ3

EXERCISE
Place

.DID ru

in

lene

Dagesh

the

14.

*V5 nn$*i

required.

where

nM^JJQ

.m^p

nnn)

liw

nr?n

.13331^530?'
.bnir

onehn

The

NOTE.

Sh'vas

under

" 8.
numher

1. The
number

the

three

2.

vowels:

as

word

is determined

rWfrT)3

vocal

is considered

Sh'va

with

On

Every

syllable begins

as

by
Syllables,

two

S.

vowel.

in the

Sh'va:

SYLLABLES.

syllablesin

Composite Sh'va

NOTE.
a

of

of its

==

but

asterisks

distinguished
by

silent.

are

as

letters

the

latter

case

the

as

vocal

Sh'va

regard to Metheg

with

one

first consonant

or

two
must

see

and

not

" 9, 7.

consonants,
have

vocal

SYLLABLE?.

" 8.

is *\
single
exception

The

NOTE.

either

Syllables are

3.

for "),,and"

11

(see" 12, 7, b"):

dosed, double

open,

closed

or

sharpened.
b.

Open syllablesend
Closed syllablesend

c.

Double

d.

Sharpened syllablesend

a.

closed

with

vowel

with

consoant

end
syllables

with

two

with

of unaccented

vowel

4. The

as

consonants:

with

consonant,

following syllablebegins:

the

as

7tpp

as

(" 9)

which

kit-tcl.

closed

syllablesis

al-

"

short

ways

read:

K*13

as

wayyakom.

of unaccented

vowel

The

DJT1read,

as

syllablesis always long

open

bara.

TT

both

But

if accented

contain

may

indifferently,
long

or

"

t"

"l

vowels

short

closed

double

The

The

and

when

frequently,even
NOTE.

D?1J^ read

as

Pause

olam,

and

the

accented,short

(" 9, 11.) forms

"

nn

The
is used

Sh'vas
to

" t".
Two

this rule*

15.

or

even

ninn

n^

ro nin^

""

under

'

the

more

vSk n^

n5'

ft 3

xv
fah]
p^n-^j;

nxo

tr'Ni nha;i nnoy

asterisked

MKTHEG,
words

""

K5

represent the positionof

ACCENTS,

xrmn

yyn

btf nn

1.

"

exceptionto

an

avh rn'ipnaftn

nstr
"

-bgiDip hy_
n^pprr

"

^.Pr*
JT7tbp

: as

different

arm
-arao
*r

sign

vowels

most

syllablesin the following words

they require long or short vowels:

whether

NOTE.

"

sharpened syllables have

EXERCISE
Determine

T|
7p

having

letters
the

are

'

vocal.

"

The

"

accent.

MAKKEF.
hotwcen

them

hor-

-;

PART

12

izontal stroke
and

considered

Makkef

NOTE.

to

the

on

""

receives

from

ble and

it

termed

the

on

one

to

after
following
Makkef

without

ft

J"|

or

"

Tl7 i"l"ty

as

im

"

ff
"

Tne

*
v

conjunctive.
Dagesh-forte
with the

connected

accent, which

following

the

marks

tone-syl

DTiStf
n^'JOS,
aO3

as

of the words

are

afar :

wont

IT

an

lable in the word;

3. Most

the word

Every word, except when

by Makkef,

is
closely,

penultendingin

coming

JinX
""

grammarianscall

modern

accent

more

Dlt-rnO srVITTl?- Dagesh

as:

DlPTO
|

2.

horizontal stroke is called

The

words

connect

accented

word

in connection

read

are

(conjunction).

iTp

called

is

word.

one

Makkef,

rVpH"
after

"

Condenser,on
dagesh,called p^fT1!

press

DID"'? VIST7J7

as
as

EXERCISES.

1.

the accent

have

IH/D

(from below);

before the last

the last

on

with

words

termed

(penult)are

sylla
the

7'#?D

(from above.)
4. The
last

end,

principaltone

therefore,if
syllables,
the tone

is thrown

of the addition:
5.

Besides

cent, a small
denominated

theg

forward

on

is

of the

one

two

lengthenedat

accordingto

the

the

length

the

principalaccent there is a secondary ac

stroke (i) on the left of a vowel,
perpendicular
JflD Metheg (bridle).The designof iiheMein its name

it is intended

to restrain the

the vowel
passage over
with the following vowelless consonant:
as
"

voice,to prevent
read:

the word

rest

ifn. DHIH.

as

is embodied

connection

only

can

too

hasty a

sha-r'tsu. Hence

Sh'va

followingMetheg

is

or

its

^'"UT
:|T

always

vocal.
6.

Metheg regularlystands

in the second

open

before the tone, provideditsvowel is original

and not
from
so

many:

Sh'va, and
as

again in

J^**fl

....

fk"

changed
have

fourth, if the word

the

JTiiiDfinDI
A closed syllable
or

"

XTm

syllable

*it*/i"fc*
*;

one

with

vowel

B^?^; ngtol'Uor 1 cf.

7. With

regard

and

vowel

The

8.

to

forms

accents,

" 12.

i.

were

accustomed

Law

and

of the

sing] 26 in number,
signs for regulating a

show

the

to

the

hence

their

the

shorter

of the

division

be

to

pauses
into

and

of words
made

in

reading,

Distinctives

D'jTp^D

to in

Conjunctives.
marked

pauses
I.

divided

are

Kings,

or

Class

according

longer

the

to

governed by them into : Em

II. Dukes, Class III, Counts,

IF.

Silluk

1)

I.
u|- CLASS
pY?p or. p1D3 f]lDend

of the

verse

Athnach

"

divides

the

into

verse

two

as

and

two
verses
(*i) two perpendicular points between
sign of Metheg at the tonesyllable. 2) Athnach

the

("QfiN

as

"

parts either

senr

tences

or

clauses.

consist of those

In

ginning

God

the latter

words, which
created

are

the clauses

respectively
intimatelyrelated: as

case

more

DTiS^105

HK

"pfcO riXlD^H
and

times,

oldest

public reading

relation

mutual
and

general

Class

perors,

AT

of

sort

distinctive^

9. The

D"Jtf

are

the

connections

DHSntp

Class

the

accompany

from

dicate

or

since

JjQto play

notes, from

Jews,

as

sense,

to

the

Sections

serve

and

to

as

Prophets (Haphtaroth)
cantillation
to the sense
being strictlysubordinate
propositionand to its logicalconnection, the accents

This

also

which

with

criteria of the

e.

musical

e.

cantillation

7, b.

[D'O^t?tastes, i.

stringed instrument,
speciesof musical notes or

on

Metheg

Metheg vocal Sh'va is considered

syllable,therefore npj#"|^ "V*

ttto'JPmodulations,

or

without

original,is always

not

13

MAKKES.

ACCENTS, METHEG,

9.

"

the

heaven

and

n":?"03
the eartn:

be

In. the

the heaven

the

from
earth, as the object,being divided by Athnach
the antecedent, containing the
subject and predicate. A

simple

sentence

never

takes

A.

CLASS

3) Seghol Tttp :
sentence

into

two

as

CHK

Of. Gen.

1, 3, 6,

8.

II.

divides

the

firstmember

parts, standing between

the

of

first

the

word

PART

14

and

the word

Athnach.

with

last letter.

EXERCISES.

1.

)
*]J2J
JltDf)

Katon

4) Zakeph

as

Sll|
f|j2J
)

5) Zakeph Gadhol
smaller

Gen.

1, 44.

the

over

I, 7.

Of. Gen.

form

positionis always

Its

as

either before

divisions

after

or

Athnach.

Of.

6) Tiphcha

D"1X
as
possessing less separating
NTOp:
the preceding: always
placed under the last

power

than

word

before
Gen.

Of.

Silluk

Athnach

or

before

or

the

one.

1, 6.
CLASS.

*7)R'bhia

J"*!n as

III.

D"1K

point

the

over

letter,distinguishedby this positionfrom

end.

last but

halves

R'bhia
and

Zakeph

the

Tiphcha

semi-clause

middle

Cholem

terminating

of

Seghol,

"3 "1.9K*!ITTliT vStf#n

Vj-fl"

as

And

Judah

stepped

Gen.

44, 18,

vfyDO2f4Pr Sb1?
pgKO^ *]"'VlT^

Joseph

could

JJJJfp ^

him.

by
gave

him

Zarka

Gen.

ND^It

himself before

Asenath

3"]^) ^"0^1

as

tn

over

10)

T'blr

11)

Geresh

^3J1

Zarka

as

) These

D1X

on

two

divide

tfih]|
as
D
'

latter

Pashtas

the

Kadma

used

are

the

tonesyllable.

and

Zarka

and

Pashta

th

terminating with

any

of the

tour

accents:

precedes-Seghdl:
And

Pashta

two

always placed

preceding

is TO

If the word
is

he

41, 45.

from
distinguished

Kadma

And

that stood

all them

The

in form.

daughter of Potiphera

the

9)
same

Lord

my

njpK'n^ 1^|W3And

*pl3-H3

(to wife)

priestof On.
8)

refrain

not

said,Oh

him, and

unto

near

its

over

in

Joseph

took

precedes Zakeph
And

he

rested

on

B^3^ft^'.*^C*
H^both.

them

7^f
the

seventh

Gen.

48,

13.

Dl*1?

HS^l

day.

Gen.

2,2.

precedesTiphcha

T'blr

and

He

the

with

were

K'bhia

him.

Gen.

him.

unto

24, 54.

V^N BW\

rTTin?

stepped near

Judah

Then

that

men

precedes

Geresh

15

METIIEG, MAKKEF.

ACCENTS,

9.

"

Gen,

44,

as:
12) Y'thibhDTV
D"JN stands a little before
is distinguishableby this position from
letter and
the
ach, the latter standing immediately beneath

it

which

first

Mahpletter to

IV.

nSlI^
W$fa

Gh'dhola

T'lisha

is of

no

over

the separating
distinctives,
power
to the

perceivableconsequence

t^ffih"

14) Shalsheleth

always

DIN

as

other

The

the first letter.

of which

the

belongs.
CLASS

13)

18.

sense

are

over

the

tonesyllable.

as
D"JN over
*"\[|)

the

tonesyllable.

D1K

as

15)

Paser

16)

Karne

QP

Phara

D"1K

rn$ ^"jpas

the

over

last letter.

,*"

1*7)G'rashayim
18)

P'sik

J^L"
^

01 ,

Merka

ND")5

ilSlsD?
N5"|9
Kadma

22) Mahpach

distinctives

may

be

compared

ben

and

Semicolon

Colon

to

; Class

Comma
11.

The

IV.

to

distinctives

very

frequentlySli'va

period

Comma

colon

half

as

some

so

accented

is said to stand

of Class
into

*/*]^earth
I

word

II.
and

Semicolon

short vowels
:

; Class

Comma.

riT
A

XjTF\24)

longestpauses,

to

I. and

change
vowel

and

III.

and

of Class

the

I. denote

Class

into

Kh'phula

of the last letter.

the end

our

by their strong accentuation

Merka

lOV'j?rh* 26) T'lisha

YomO

of Class
to

21)

TtflD

T]3fl523) Darga

over

The

words.

two

are:

Ntt'^Sp
K'tanna^Dp
which

tonesyllable.

? PclTendicularstroke

D^

between

20) Munach

NDljJ 25) Yerach

10.

'

iTan;7

Conjunctive accents

19)

the

D"JNtover

as

p^DS

L'ganneh
The

D^H^l

in Pause.

long and
"**)#

"

thy hand

:T

II.

--

HT
IAVT

16

PART

the sake

For

12.
for the

positionof

The

NOTE.

the last

on

long vowel

with

syllable:

both

in open

d.

Nouns

of which

e.

Nouns

which

as

/.

closed

and

she

HN3

this respect considered

in

short

but

as

came.

vowel, that stands

that

their

change

noun.

for

long

vowel

long

"

into

he

JWh-

nouns,

st. const,

yet he

not

"

is
participle

Feminine

c.

the rules

therefore

must

"

ylf\for

as

one:

and

*O*1''^^? coming,

ending

b. When

beginner

"

syllables:as

give

present.

with

ending

When

here

accent, though they will

the tone

have

I. Nouns
a.

the

for the

over

EXERCISES.

completeness, we

hy the

fully understood

passed

of

1.

short

one

the two

last

with

Jl"

end

fTl^D from

as

in

the

"

syllablesare

JTTJJp
"

closed:

preceded by

as

7H3-

long vowel:

rnrowith

Nouns

the

following Suffixes

in the Pret.

Fer"s

with

form

as

the afformatives

DI1"

ff):as

DJ"eR'
1P^|?"
form

in the Pret.

Verbs

with

Vav.

Conv.

m"\)

as

w^J
n^pprv
The

NOTE.

II.

The

i. All

and

N"?

following have

the

of

nouns,
or

Words

ending

Words

ending

JT7

the tone

which

the

form

on

exceptionsto

the

last vowel

of words

with

Patach

furtive:

with

D'r~ (d^al form):

(a

A.:

as

penult :

class

Patach

Seghol

%n?^v

^t

verbs

but

is

helping
Segholates):

called

as

|Tn"
as

J?|

D?6

17

METIIEG, MAKKEF.

ACCENT?,

" (J.

with

Verbs in the Pret. form

affirmatives fl, Tl" 13 :

the

as
ft.

p.

the surf. H-

with

Paragogic H"
adverbs:
NOTE 1.

V'J?and J?"^ in

of

affirmatives

j"T" 1" V:
"

nap,

Verbs

o.

those

the

with

Hif.

and

Kal, Nif.
as

in Hif. and

regularverbs

The

attached

il

or

in, 11 "1

"

TOH
iT^A,

as

*""
Paragogic

to

?].

HjSH^V,

has
frequently

most

and

pronouns

nouns,

the tone

*JTJ4'?^'

as

^?w*5H
penultis
as

r.

as

as

and not R1^.:

N^j?-?l

the

words

of two
tonesyllables

immediatelyfollow

1^njEV'
*9^j^ie tone "^ tne f"rmer recedes:
p"^V*
") Such
I1?
(")1HN ^IDJ
receding
nt^^ p"J.V
*""|^
in

being considered
recede

tion, cannot

as

to

connected

by Makkef

Metheg

dosed

few other

In this and

or

ac

"

cent

under r)
syllable
; (cf.the following

open,

an

future,provided the

of the

coiiv.

ljut "ti?*n.

nDX"

When

Vav

the

with

q. Verbs

.T

"

'

with

'

having

syllable
(cf.6.

its posi

of this

itsword
it dropsentirely,

cases

for
rfcNip*1!;nSrrpn
T

and

the

following:

").

being

as^Tfcnj??!

nS^pn-

'

I.

NOTE

II.

Biblical Text

and
vowel-signs

the

Both

between

the 6th and

portantof

which

S.

that is the M.

called

are

and the

body of

and

readingand *^H

sidered by the Jewish

This

Hp

notes

critics to be

themselves
compilers

Metheg

silent Sli'va

or

HTO
:

'

eminent

added,the

also

most

the

Jew
im

^S^fy^o written,

^^3

recul i. e.

by

to

the

con
expression

preferable.
(iTTlDQ i- e- Tradition)

is called tlieMasora

the Masoritcs.

EXERCISE
Place

were

added

were

Centuries

llth

notes
linguistic

and
ish scholars. Critical

accents

^/J/5^

16.

required!
Dagesh.
where

(JlllDO

Metheg

cannot

precede

PART

18

pron

.DIKH

NOTE.

The

.jx

Sh'vas

1.

EXERCISES.

.rop"pi -nnnp

the

under

-n"j"

letters marked

with

."

asterisk

an

silent.

are

EXERCISE
the

Give

17."

of the accents

names

and

the

classes

to

which

they helong:

rxS iSnoxn

lax

imvn
""I

-"-

"""

I VJT:-

fjSniJSD

N) :?]9X*nx

ipy"-Sx
PTO"
|V*rj~
I

rran

'"'

n^'N*o^p

-IT

Nnp-n

;-r):--

"

^~np)^K

j-

prry?

EXERCISE

Pointt out
nrn

tone-syllable
tone-s

in

the

following

words

" 10.
1. The
and

the

18.

the

DISTINCTION

sign (T)
short

6.

serves

OF

KAMETS
at

once

AND

to

KAMETS-CHATUPH.

represent the long

DrsTrxt'Trox

" 10.
2.

//

/*

1)

in

an

2)

when

KAMETS

OF

19

KAMETS-CHATUPH.

AXD

a:

syllable: as J/TO"', read

open

Meth

stands

eg

left of it :

the

on

sh"marta

hence

iTTD^:,read

as

sham'ra.

in

4)

accented

an

syllable:

becha.

rea^

M"

as

e'en ad.

read

1HX,

as

i'so:

It

3.

final T

(IT)in

3) the

"

""

in

a.

unaccented

an

omdi

chochma,
b. in

rtDJlT 'Thread

as

hence

Makkef

before

sellable

closed

syllable:

closed

J^TKfT"73i read

as

kol
c.

and

in the final close!

syllable of

word

with

beginning

Vav

"

conv.

before

d.

(" 33) : as Dp^ read vay-ya-kom

Chateph-Kamets : as "JDJ^ read
EXERCISE

,
"

"oirpn /^p
.^fn" niDt
nprn ,nprn
JT:T
)T:|T
T

.on)

-Hiro

.lpipT.o?w
.

"

y5"mad.

19.

.rrvoj
so

nor

|T

"

onnv
"

T:T

T:

.nnw

-D^no

.Dinn

"

11.

DISTIXCTIOX

The

Sh'va
the

1)

at

2)

in the

^tppn
"

3)
but
bein

is vocal:

middle

tlk

word

7tOp

as

after

k'tol.

==

another

Sh'va:

as

t'll.

after every
read

*FT\3",

of

word:

SHTA.

.WIV^'

*)$

of

SILEXT

AND

VOCAL

OF

beginning

.
"

unaccented

long vowel

sha-mar-tl,

tlie vowel

as

fapp

ka-t'hl,

before

the

Sh'va

accented.

4) after
5) under

Metheg:

letter

as

!)N*V

ye-r'u,but Wl"

having D.i^esh

as

*7lD^

yir-u.

kat-t'll,

20

PART

6)

under

7)

in most

the first of two

of the

one

1.

under

cases

similar

letters:

letter,which

without

fiiOTQ

EXERCISES.

Dagesh:

EXERCISE

^
*nny?n

.ya'

"
1.

fected
2.

formation

The

II.*

CHANGES

LETTERS

OF

OF

VOWELS.

"

CONSONANTS.

inflection

and

as

CHANGES

12.

any

CHAPTER
AND

by

"UfV

.ratr

PECULIARITIES

is followed

20.

.11

.DT

?)S^n=ha-l'lil.

as

words

of Hebrew

ef

are

by changes, partly vocal, partly consonantal.

Changes
the

prevent

are

also

for

made
of

concurrence

sake

the

vowels

of

euphony,

of difficult

consonants

or

to

pronunciation.
3.

The

diiit-rent

changes

of

which

consonants

sus

are

AssimUcdwn,^ Transposition,Rejection,Com

ceptibleare:
mutation.
4.

Assimilation,

when

the

lowing

letter

accented

middle. of

the

is assimilated

taking Dagesh.

The

and

assimilation:

as

syllable,assimilation

"*J*

Vf^y

does not

the

take

for the
advanced

verb

exception of

This

chapter being1placed

present,
student.

as

many

the

of the

rU

can

only

:
"

give: jTlJlJ for

fur reference,

here

rules

to

In

place; rObu*"
"

the

fol

for u'JG*-

"""

with

sim

it, thus

doubles

Dagesh

word,

(made

following letter,,3 being dropped

indicating the
an

3 in

syllable is unaccented,

the

ilar) to

Yowelless

be

will

he

understood

passed over
by

the

more

CHANGES

"12.

following,letter be

If the

assimilated:
cated
for

3 is not

either

ynnN"

of 3 is indi

dropping

tne

or

'

precedingvowel

of the

lengthening

the

by

of the

one

^H^,*]$}"

as

21

CONSONANTS.

OF

HIT

as

nrov
of other

assimilation

The

following

consonants

cases

"

in the

in the

few

verb

for irronn

for

nnx

of

fnru*

in the

of

case

for

PH?

for

before JT

H?

as

"

for

py

as

py.%

grammar,

ts, thus

st than

to pronounce

" it is

"

^:

into

changed

even

"

Iftfi^'n

:
:

as

p*li3V}

pT^-lj
,

middle

the

At

A.

Yowelless
and

iM from

"

-T!--

(or *7in

as

from

^1J

7?.
The

"

np

in
Hp1?)

TsD

*"5 and
from

nnp

.}-

~1~

Infinitive

the

I1? ftfj

as

npS

""T

after

vocalized

' :

as

0*1-3for

in l^hj
dro])]KHl

is

silent consonant

word.

verb

the

of the verbs

?ro
I

beginning,

the

regularly rejected:

are

Imperative

nS^

of

place at

beginning.

the
V

end

the

at

or

following

The

take

Rejection. Rejectionmay

6.
in

for

only
transpositionoccurs
syllableHH of Hi thpael before sibi

In

in the

Before

15^'nn

in

n"T*.

*"" before

lants, it being easier

for

tO and

for
'a"jffi

words

few

Transposition.

5.

for

1,

verbs

few

in^a

"

end

iDirn

,#

relative

the

*T at

for

orn

rip7.-

before

HS'in

as

for

njT

as

HithpaeL

of

before sibilants
,

in the

flp7

take:

to

syllablefin

instances

in the

only

occurs

for

UrU^.-in

"CV

from

liT'S
"

/??. ///^ middle.

first of two

similar

consonants,

when

vowelless,

is

not

written, but
for

iijrn ; ni?

2. In the

verbs

represented by Dagesh
for

n^-iD
the

forte:

as

first of the

two

similar

letters is

22

dropped,
precedes :

weak

"Jp

top for 1^5p

"

letters ^JIN

D!D#n?,

p*wr?

quiescesin

often

of its

traction

the

dropped

letter with

half

or

with,the preceding vowel:

vowel

as

^|,t]nS^
for

the

con

(Composite Sh'va)

"OxS

riNVb"

for

nNVD

as

or

Sh'va:

long vowel, resultingfrom

vowel

own

after

letter

Dlp,.^for

Dp for
pin*?.

for

vowelloss

(especially
|f) are

quiesce,though having vowels,

for

if

possessinga vowel,

for

3D

as

The

3.

when

even

for

'

D'rfttfS
for DW?"^nnx
ips;?,

.r

for rma*

'

#//.eJSfoc?.

"f7. ^
At

the

ses.

The

f has

heen

of

| of

the verbal

the

in

a.

-|S}"
yT for

interchanges with
preceding it: as

above

1 and

,r".

verbs

of

account

on

for D-1H

D'D
'

v/^!:

as

homogeneous
for ^H

DTf

"

'

"I

interchange with

"12,

especiallyin

*,

"j

Final

h) Interchangesof

for SbpV
S'Dp*

J.HV

vowels

0^5,

comprises a) interchanges

consonants

interchanges with D" see

Initial ^ interchanges with

Medial

vowels.

with

for

f.

*m

r\

-]V

ca

This original
p"
pJTV" pj^j/n D is regu

Plural

const.

other

with

and

few

Commutation

7. Commutation.

consonants

: as

f. onn,

rejected in

are

ending p

st.

nn

as

of consonants

rarely retained

very

larly dropped

f and

word

end

"

'"

H/jl for

j"f: as

.
'

^Sjj,
n^J!-'
-

"

for

ng?.

consonant

/;.

the

When

leno'thened,the original

^H^w
j]V?ji.

as

reappears:

is

word

1)

The

conjunction1 "and", preceding

or

one

of the
vowel

geneous

In

the

same

softened

labials
1:

(JpD),is
v'"

as

to

I :

as

following

manner

for HIIH^

rniTO

2)

the

In

into

(a +

middle

diphthong
u),

D'LT

lor

of
or

yw

word

a
a

letter

is

for

H'DI

vowelless

letter

into its homo

converted

for "Crn

vowelless

1 arid

often contracted

\ are

long

vowel:

(a +

i)

iSn

as

T7J'

for

for

TSv

iSlH (o + u"

PECULIARITIES

" 18.

in its

homogeneous

for a'cnn

the 1

resting

Dt#\D for 2"}), 2'tTin

as

vowelless

)fif\for inn

letter

for

ng
OF

PECULIARITIES

13.

"

final after

'

*""':as

1 and

vowel

becomes

1 and

3.

u). *)after Ohirek

into

contracted

23

GUTTUKALS.

THE

OE

softened

are

for VT1,

n"), Tin

THE

to

GUTTURALS.

gutturals instead of the usual (simple) Sh'va,

receive the composite Sh'va, (see "5).
of Dagesh forte,i. e. they cannot
2. They do not admit
1.

The

The

doubled, (see "7. 4).

he

peculiarity. The omission

ening of the preceding short

half-guttural1 partakes of
of Dagesh causes
the length

this

for

being

preceding

3.

harder

as

D1N!"T

for

most

cases

short

gutturals, in

vowel

require the
mutable

sound

vowels

if the vowel

be

before

JOnn

as

gutturalsn" Jf" and

The

furtive

D~Th*n

Tp3,

-and H"
the

vowel

D**Hn

"

when

(with Mappik)

Therefore

them.

retain

final,

they change

for PTHS^S
( " 14, 1 e) into Patach : as nStT'
immutable, a helping Patach, called Patach

(" 6), is written

under

them

and

pronounced

before

them.
On

NOTE.

the gutturalssec

I. The

vowels

Immutable
a.

letters

""

K"

as

long

d.

after

The

short

Mutable
e.

of

account

on

All

the

D*O
T

which

vowel

vowel-

Note

4.) as

J),1.

guttural
iri

forte

Dagesh

an

CHfl

as

unaccented

long

homogeneous

their

defectivelywritten, (" 3.

vowels

Vowels

mutable.

or

with

""

Sp Sip D1
c.

42.

regularlywritten

Vowels

b. The

immutable

are

Chapter: VII. " " 40, 41,

CHANGES.

VOWEL

14.

"

further

vowels,

without

has

bevn

for D**in"

closed

omitted
for

D1I1X

sllable

as

% "n H

vowel-letters

and

not

in-

PART

24

open

and

from

"HI
T

/.

syllables:

c), both

in

^tOD* '"p~J

l^pp'from

as

"

vowels

in

and

open

in

closed

accented

n^pDfrom?6p

as

"

which

changes

the mutable

vowels

undergo,
Rising of new
can

Lengthening^Shortening, Rejectionand

are

syllables:

and

b)

short

II. The

specified under

cases

closed

EXERCISES.

the

All

the

in

eluded

I.

eh'.

vow

Lengthening:The
(

short

made

are

becomes

"

vowels

long:

(
"

("

or

"

When

1.

for SB" 19P

iSpp

for

"

when

Hence

2.

does

not

take

3. When
as

NVPJ

This
a.

When

made

as

an

one

open

as

DpjH for DpH properly DIpH

following letter

of the

for TiKH,

11NJ1

word
for

D/iDp
:AT|

The

of

for rP,F?';

rflfT

the vowel

quiesces in

"

(" )"

(" ) becomes

(" ) or

-)T

vowels

long

sentence

JlSfcDp
K*1N

(" ) becomes

the

with

becomes

takes

place :
syllable becomes
open

(" )

or

clause

or

for T*1K

has

the

"

-.-AT

shortened

are

(_)

an

(1).

or

Shortening:

n?p

as

final

the

accent

pause

(_)

of the vowel-letters

Ktfpj

When

4.

) become

"

required doubling

place :

one

for

(" )

syllable is

closed

"

becomes

strong shortening(" ).

stronger (").

closed

one

for

b. When

syllablewith

arises; in this

D'pH from ph
c.

When

closed

case

"

""N

Dagesh

the
from

or

sharpened syllable

strong shortening
DN

is used:

svllable loses the

tone

as

D""TN~7-3 from
T

"

rnrr-T

fro^i

as

cf\\*"S
irom S^.

when

the

cent

must

falls

vowel

The

Rejection:

is

be

thrown

entirely.

away

lengthened

word

25

CHANGES.

VOWEL

" 14.

the

end,

This

is

at

forward.

so

It occurs,

that

the

ac

particularlythe

case

and
pretonic Kamets
followed
by Kamets

1. With

ally when
Tsere

in

called

pretonic: i.
and

tone

dropped

are

nStb
syllableof

is

vowel:
The

attention
the

HDI
"

or

thrown

HDI

but
in the last

or

*\ti" DniJtP
"

syllableof verbs, when

commencing

has

with

Chirek:

A.

When

forward, in

the

nouns,

ultima.

word, J17DD
T

she has

Com

killed,

|T

killed.
vowels:

Instead

can

with

commence

Sh'vas, therefore

two

vowels

of Sh'va

new

short

word

to

new

rejectionof

the

verbs, of the

arises

with

is

accent

word, from

my

I. No

as

in

Rising of
vowel

preceding vowels

the

addition

penult drops,

7cOphe

from

the last
an

DC?"

as

DHyN

W,

in

lengthened by

of the

pare:

thus

*n#,

all

following rule regarding

When
vowel

'"*?

from Sc?j%
from VtDj3".
nSpfJ
jfapj^

as

deserves

and

forward

cr'

monosyllable:

(-),(""),(_)

word

the

in

as

3. With

but

)' *n

moved

being

polysyllable,when

immutable

are

its

upon

but

Tsere

With

2.

Kamets

M/)-

as

syllablepreceding the tonesyllable,are

are
pronounced only before the
e. they

open

an

Tsere, (the latter gener

vowelless

consonants

the first Sli'va is

prefixesS^

of the

one

two

("

18.

changed

II, b,)

or

in

of the

preformativesJJTN (" 31, 1.) which regularlytake Sh'va,

with a word beginning with Sh'va: as ^t^p^
is connected
for

for Sb|T
S^'pSSbj"V
Sbf^for Sbf^JSI

NOTE.

B.

Respecting"jbefore

/^p^ for ADpJSt

can

following rules

serve

letter with

as

Sh'va

memorial

see

" 12, 7, b.

word

for the

PART

26

When

a.

the

the

ShVa,

"#JN

for

vowel

*Ufy$ from

""M,

the

the

second

of

rnr?".

"40,
a

the

vowel

which

takes

'

n'DC*
all the

"

WDB*

f.

of

Seghol

"

heightened

arises from

f.

Trt-r

T:

word

II. the

similar

letters

is

of the

or

vowel
as

JTJ?

if the

of

meeting
avoided

is

for 7V3PP
for

"

Mp,

final consonants

by

commonly

most

vowelless

two

is

insertion

the

of

the

concurring consonants, Patachj if one

guttural,Chirek, if one of them is a ^ Shurek,

last

and

between

of them

weak

recedes

Seghol

it, or

"

drops, ("12, 6 B. 3.) its

place of the preceding Sh'va :

!lp"for 23p_"

in

l'D^

from

^HN

generally

for

fniT

"Sm HS70

from

two

is

Sh'va

given under

cases

one

The

the

again

for htoftW
for vSj,"9^!D
for U")SNE,
lS|
DD
StOp;.

IV.

comp.

Comp. Sh'va, or the origi

dropped by the lengthening of

In

the

as

of

been

has

III. When
letters

vowel

'A'.'

NOTE.

has

^fiftp,

for

When

TlS from TfS;^H

as

**

first is

D'BnP?.

letters

the

"l^D

as

from

'gnn

comp.

Sh'va

comp.

vowelless

tone,, either

nal

K70;

for

under

has

letters

of the

"Bhn

accent.

pause

correspondent long

from

is that

of two

the

vowelless

e.

pronunciation by

the word

two

Sh'va:

comp.

With

EXERCISES.

vowel

helping

vowel

II.

of

helping

b. When

Sh'va,

first

I.

is 1

one

T^J

as

for i;Q,

jnj for

for
^4fl
j;-jj,

for

IIL

CHAPTER

added

1. Letters
or

inflection

of the

idea

22

radicals; the

11

N"

All

D-

n-

words

constitute

the

2.

to

(serving)are

letters which
radical

SERVILE

15.

"

*.

word

letters

LETTERS.

for the

called

Serviles, while

frequently

most

termed

are

of

the

following only
r""

S" o"

purposes

tr.

those

three

root

or

be

used

the

Radicals.

alphabet
as

the

of formation

serviles

can

as

"

They
the

beginning

the letters added

derivatives,they

form

and
preformatives

sition

16.

"
1. D

as

which

fp

(") ("14, II.

the

without

from

Jerusalem, for

"

and

before

4.

as

prefix,the article,see
EXERCISE

p. of

fire3

n.

p.

hero4

thread17

sandl"

city95 a

time

father1*

cistern4,
The

lary, by
the

from

below, in

out
,

"p

of:

|Q,

as

as

milk"

" 24,

5.

" 17.

21.

pit6

brother7

clay^o

hand22

dew2i

a
unlimited, eternity26

maiden^7

loveS

Gods

n.

p. of

n.

p. m.23

city15
day^t

head, beginning-3

m.^

From

becomes

house, within5

EXERCISE

from

generation,
age*2 palace*3 they14

man11

HID?

away

"23, 2.
interrogativeparticle,see

prefix, an

month16

following letter

fp from,

wayi enemy2

the

gutturals the (" ) is lengthened

as

covenant10

in

of

3. II
H

po

D^CTTD ( " 12, 7, b.)

prefix,see

case)and

PREFIXES

Chirek

( " 13, 2.),

as

nominative

from above, instead

2): as Sj;p
omitted
lengthening is sometimes

from

the acci

convey

called accordingto
respectively
ajformative**

Before

"

to

(in the

the .3is assimilated,

as

of nfir)

Before

n.

used

are

abbreviation

It is the

of,by,of

2.

at

added

are

THE

prefix has

Dagesh,

to

placed

when
word, suffixes
(afformatives)

of tense, gender, number, person

dents

stead

when
prefixes (preformatives)

When

NOTE,

to

of

27

end,

the

at

called

are

LETTERS.

SERVILE

15.

from

learner

whioh

exercises

his

from
a

memory

avoided.

from

Abraham2*

lands,

is advised

22.*

to

may

from

form
be

blood6,

for himself
assisted

an

and

from

destruction3*
out

of

house",

English-Hebrew
a

tedious

search

vocabu

through

28

PART

from

from

to-morrowi2,

mountains,

from
from

I.

EXERCISES.

Edom^,

from

Raman"-

rivei-is,from

Jedidja^, from a Jewis,

from the Most High^, from

from
a

from

from
Jeberechjahui*,
Nimrod^,

panther^, from

from
plantzo,

Eden^i,

fromdust22.

*
10

HD'T)

"DTK

pn

8-"n

eoi

vjra

sp'iax

4-1x3

spK
1

vv

isp'-Stf
is TIB

aonpv

i7ipj len^rr

THE

"17.
definite article

1. The
with

and

Patach

is

Patach

the

the master,
fore

unaccented

the

the

into

the

12 mm

the

Kamets

into

mountains,

PT

D*9^'

as

("13,

Seghol

2.):

wise

as

Be

servant.
as

the

DDHJl

prefix

gutturals, especially

foot,"l^fl the

JNn,n

the

clouds, DHJIPI

MINT

following letter

Before

changed
7JTH

mrriny

represented by

in the

Dagesh

ARTICLE.

is

the heaven.

heaven, D'Dfc'n

ISJTTT

ISK

somax

--:

D^n

the

man,

but

"

cloud, Ilirr the mountain,

DJ/H the
Before

2: A

TV

as

the

is

Patach

without

noun

indefinite

life,SjnH

the

Dwnn

and

cf. 5.

commonly

the

vanity. " 13,

the

,!lis

article,except the

to

be

retained

as

2.
with

translated

in the st. const.

noun

the

(" 19, 5):

house.

the
preceded by the prefixes^D
under
article is only represented by its appropriate vowel
the Dagesh in the following letter ("12,
the prefix and
V*\tib to the
in the word
nmrQ,
6. B. 3.): as "Vm
3.

the

When

is

noun

land
4.
ters

The
with

of Piel

after

Sh'va:

as

initial

and

Some

article
inn

Dagesh

with

nouns

5.

""

is

from

Pual
words

"

article

D'KT)9VD

* :
as

^INTT

is often

n^pn

g.
from

omitted

in

let

frogs, especially in
river,and in participles

tfte

the

("25, 7.)-'as *O"TQn

lengthen the accented

prefixed,e.
in

the

DJftl from

DJN

the

speaking

vowel,

plNH

when
from

man.

the

PREFIXES

THE

" 18.

EXERCISE
the

.Prefix

G*VW

21Mi3

no"

3H^n

4*VJN

DQ^

I3rrn
22

23.

following words,

article to the

7pvinn

sr-tw^v

29

SQl.

2"n

"

"

10o5n

nnp!"
I

iajnr

"

1D^DC*

2{^N

n^;4"*

17

198n
"rrn

earth, Iand2

heaven1
herb9

lands

darkness3

animal13

cord, rope1* grass15new^

morning11 seed12
star^i
weary19 pipe20
ground, soi}22 foot23 life2^ spirit^
thought27 cloud-8 majesty29 riddle30 joy31 vision32 intuition,

fat1^

rich man17

ornament26
vision33.

"

I. 1 called

a.

the

Into } before

D7D1)

conjunctive Vav

denotes:

It is

the

class:
lock

be

and,

simpleSh'va

sounds

of the

quiescent:

as

follows:

as

/b/Vand

"

to

"

organic
and

*n*)"ind

as

"3

D"

same

between, J01 and from, "^

(" 12, 7, b,).

1 before * becoming

6. Into

before the labials 3

or

of two

recurrence

]*y\and

as

changed

with

consonant

all, " 14, Rising I

avoid

bul-

it may

("12, 1, IK).

Into

J, 1 before

ding

short

vowel

sickness

and

d. Into

was

Lord

HUT

into *|:
:

believed

to

substituted
the

for

as

be

it

with

written

was

is to be

read

vowels

71x3,
of

eat,

'7HJ

B.

3.).

("12, 6.

This most

sacred

name

"

|-

and
which

the word

U*1J$

latter word

the

adapted,as HilT!;}

were

alreadypreceded by
the

God

it, accordingto

to

is

7bN|!and

incommunicable

prefixes Q733

correspon

b.)

niiT!
T

nin^"nin;pcorresponding
IWwever, nlH*

B.

I,

D'ij^and

as

of 1 and

vowels

\JfcOand

as

("14, Rising I,

Before

of God

Sh'va, taking the

comp.

) before DwJJ:

NOTE.

my

PREFIXES

bread.

DfTT) and

to

c.

THE

18.

"
bread

evening^ place? dry

light-iwater^

wise10

"

"$i*h"
^89-

^"|^
"

to

D^rtS^
"

so

avoid

Tw^en

repetition,

tliat HlJl^

^1^

DTlSiS!
^'l{"
,

6.

Into

immediately

before

the

especially
tone-syllable,

FART

30

the latter has

when

in

connected

are

is

and

"

II.

not

short

and

accent

words

desolate and
!)iifl
Jirfctf

as

heat, rm

iriDI shows

NOTE.

distinctive

pairs:

cold and

EXERCISES.

1.

"

and

summer

that 1 before

"pD

(a) in

void,

winter.

(e) has

of

case

3 preposition of

3" 7* 3"

a.

h'"?iO3

as

among:

in the

ain,7N"li^*3
amongst

Israel,

it has

or

with

by

or

on

the

on,

mount

of the

force

[3J*3with

as

in,

time:

beginning, ^113

prepositions: with, by, through:

"%n3

ani

place

stone,

^word.

3 adv. and prep., generally expressingcomparison and

to the words

proportion answers
almost:

as
fHfcjp

D\3"" about

As

years.

time

when, (comparing the

according
T3
Tj^,t?n
I. "Kings"
10, 13.
7

prep.,

the

motion

denoting

I lifted

when

to

p^

b. 3

"

or

Chirek

direction

toward

it is the

(14. Rising

"DID-

Before
in the
"2.

in

'

the

I.

article H

==

3.

in

With

day, W3
Kamets

sign
for

or

of the

king.

which

word

has

of,

"O"13 by the word

: as

I.

H'3

^HD

wise,
a

on

rr^

hands

tne

as

b.): as

7.

of.

composite Sh'va

before

("19,3/) :

to tn^
DDn1; Dpnri1?

DV3

3' before

quiescent.(" 12.

becomes

truth; "10J77 to stand,

the

to

ob

any

a.)

to
days of?rniHv
With
(-), (-), (-)

placing

Tj^S

king.

the

of

except in the followingcases

7"

the first letter

under

Sh'va

3,

after

voice,

my

up

bounty

land,

3 always with Sh'va

"

With

1.

to

(" 19, 2.):

ephah, *lb"#3

an

^OfWJTp
actions)

ject, to, unto, towards, for, hence

dative

like,so, about,nearly,

according to, after,

prep.:
of two

likeness,"7lp
'OH53

our

as,

land, iTp'N3about

ten

sickness;

as

as

Di*3

fjn

DlTO

^ri3

on

when

dis

in the

day,

or

the tree,*but

^reea,

often

before

the
"

especially before monosyllabic

particles DPO
:

tonesyllable,
"

in them

"

PREFIXES

" 18.

to a soul, person.
this, t^'iD,)/

as

the

ri7N7

these, rO?7

to

ive accent,

between

to

and

the

land3

into

and

to

the

Jacob's

field5

land, and

the

in

Jerusalem,

the

tree, from

the

cloud,

bird, from

as

the

the

was

rich.

to

an

man,6

in the

and

from

sentences

king9-

from

man,

morning,
image,

to

the

from

he,3

land, and

Jerusalem,
tree, from

in
a

the earth

I and

night,
and

the

cloud,7 in

bird, to

the

man.

with

/"e" must

fruit.,and

Jonathan,
the

as

light, to

in

the

to

bird, from

the copula "7o

predicate,

rain8

animal, and

river, and

morning,
an
image,

In

river?

2 and
fruit,

EXERCISE

JttJ }'?

25.

morning, day
a

to

man6

light, and

hands,4 and

in

y"b

pairs:

following words.

bird4

heaven, and

fruit, evening and

and

in

Hebrew.
the

light,1and

And

distinct

24.

EXERCISE
Translate

connected

water,

this,

to
a

of

stroke.

translate

nightl image- dry

forms

HP

as

with

are

and

water

nouns

short words

EXERCISE

Exactly

several

of verbs

Before

go.

|"3between

stroke

before

infinitives

when
especially

D?oSD?0

as:

the

and

pronouns

31

DDI*

26.

noun,

always

be

pronoun

or

supplied.

adjective in
See

"77,

1.

the

32

82

PART

mini

2lnwo

I. EXERCISES.

:jn 19aw

2"-u

TT

T:-

34

:17nw

18jn"

'

T:

32^'

33

16ninvj

'r;

-""

T:--

31

38rrn

:46ii

47mriso

:rnrv
notl

prophet3

arose2

cattle10 silver"
evil18 goes

gdtf-Zfoolis darknessl4

out19

makes

childless41 sword42

west48

north49

1. To
and

ding
ation
3.

the
The

the

express
in

Prefixes

2. The

OF

(i.e.

The

Sea, lyingwest
Sea

or

here

as

of Pales
the

South

of52.

AND

PRONOUNS.

between

the

different

nouns

the correspon

chieflyused.

are

is formed

the prep.

by

7N

or

its abbrevi

prefix h (" 18, II).

Ablative

is formed

ation, the prefix9, D

4.

way33 also,

abroad40

sentence, Prepositionsor

D^DD

Dative

Dead

thoti

destroys,
good, beautiful46 east47

praised51name

relations

deliverancel?

roarer32

thief39

chosen4^

NOUNS

very9

to23
lights eternity24

Mediterranean
the

rich8

" 18. I. Noteis

was38

he

p. m.44

sometimes

South.)is

the

CASES

pronouns

n.

Abraham7

lion30 withoutSl

heart37

deaths

the west, but

19.

walks1^
law22

one29

(ingeneralthe

sea^0

Sea, therefore here:

"

Israel^

lamp20commandment21

(art)26God27 says28 slothful

even34
laughter35may ache36

tine, hence:

Moseso

since^

by 2

is denoted

Accusative

before

or

by

Makkef)

when

the

the
and

prep,

(" 16,

its abbrevi

fp or
1. "

18, 11).

by the particleHX
noun

is

i. e.
definite,

or

T!^

defined

by the article,a possessivepronoun

(Suf." 21), a follow
otherwise
it has
ing genitiveor by itself as a proper noun,
designation,being entirely similar to the nominative:
no
n^
pKH n?O DW"n
nx'the
son
son,
nDNH'f?

as

ham, but Gen.

earth

and

the heaven

and

earth, ^VUV my
of fhe servant, DrTpX
h$ Abra

2, 4: In the day that

God

made

heaven.
Genitive

remains
possessivecase
entirelyun
changed, with which the preceding noun, (which is limited
and
more
nearly defined by the Gen.) is most closelycon5.

The

or

nccted.

For

Construct

CASES

19.

"

this

simply

State, or

latter is said

the

reason

PRONOUNS.

AND

off and

is thrown

33

in tlie

stand

to

in the Construct.

better to effect this connection

The
struct

NOUNS

OF

its mutable

the article of the Con

vowels

shortened

are

as

horse, but TlStDnDID the horse of the king (not

the fowl,'but D^'n^iy the fowl of the heaven
D1DH); *]iyPT
the

D1DH

(not

^iyn).T
the

Regarding
changes, which

unaccented

the

by

the word

direction

The

6.

local il"

shortening of

"

as

place

syllable H"

the

other

undergoes, see " 59.

time

the

is indicated

to the noun,

appended

towards

HD*

or

and

vowels

in the st. const,

towards

D* sea,

the

called

the north,
f-itJ^

sea,

"

"

year,

jlD'D* D*D*ID from

NOTE

I. Local

the

towards

i"0i")" northward,

j"J
"

to

year

is the

north.

D'D* year,

j"O*P* to

year.
of

remnant

old

an

accusative

NOTE

adverbs

(cf."

to-morrow,

II. On

the

DJ9V by day,

as

nin

mrr
v:

in the

day time,

4, "JB,
B.)

85.

Segholateswith
EXERCISE

"r-oa

,
T

yet appearingin many

DfTjn/p

"

local H

" 66,

see

"

Note

I.

27.

**toh4riSnTH

:3n:raS

29

pinp N"^
: 31

n^-isn

?n

nSj;

^^

walked4
memory1 just2blessing-^

thanksgiving10good11 all12 to
curtain16
was17 shepherd18small
eater25

came

forth26 food27

before5
wrap,

to

offer8 God9
righteousness''
put on13 garment14 stretches15

truth0

cattle19 came20

strong28sweetness29

bear21

moved

took22

lamb2^

on30 desert31

flock24

sitting''32

34

PART

in,

on,

throne34

over33

harvest4** thus41
a

stick^

EXERCISES.

1.

judgment35

?36

who

becoming,suitable42

honor43

Translate

man

light of the
land, to a judge
the

earth

heaven, the

God,

souths,

the

and

to

land

(accus.),a land (nom.),

judge2, to the judge of the

the

land, the fruit (accus.)of the

heaven.

the

mountain,

God

created

tree3.

the earth

and

towards

20.

Samaria1*).

IV.
PRONOUN.

THE

PRONOUN.

PERSONAL

THE

personal pronouns

The

voice5

OF

1.

the

land

CHAPTER

"

of

head

earth,

of the

grass

the

man,

(accus.)of God, a voice (accus.)of

(nom.) of God, the sign6 (accus.),a sign
the east^ towards
sin?, by the sin, towards

voice

by
(accus.),

the

(nom.), a
heaven, to
of the

of the

head1

heaven,

land

created4

the

man,

the

(accus.),the

the

28.

Hebrew:

into

the

from

man,

God

horse4^ bridle46 ass47

evening (accus.),to the evening, to an evening,

(accus.),the man
(accus.),from
(nom.), a man
from

man,

whip44

summer39

snovvSS

the back49.

EXERCISE

The

ascended37

syllables,contractions of
verbs or particles,thence

first and

the

separate words

either

are

appended

receiving the

to nouns,

of

name

or

Suffixes.

represent the nominative, (see ex

separate pronouns
ceptionto this " 93, 2.). The suffixes appended to the verb
The

for the accusative

stand
The

suffixes

appended

and
to

genitiveor possessive cases

for the dative

the
and

in

rare

properly

noun

then

stand

the

serve

instances.
for the

purpose

my
possessivepronouns : as 'D'lD the horse of me
either
suffixes appended to particles
The
represent the
=

native

or

the

accusative

cases:

as

'31DD

as

I, WIN

of

horse.
nomi
me.

The

2.

THE

20.

"

PERSONAL

PRONOUN.

separate personal pronouns

are

SINGULAR.

P?itf
l.com.

PLURAL.

O^tf]

in pause

"

("I

"*

^^

ny

f|

(|

l,com.
m.

thou
f.

UK.

2.

(P""P.

he

if.

3-

"j

i
"';

nnx
2-

fm.
3'

she

K"H

DH

if.

"

^J"

Remarks.

3.

than

the Pentateuch

while

0$,

have

Chald.

HH^

fern, form

The

it is the

but
form
der

T\"

before

and

must

in
be

the

""

of

and

from

the

the

harder

forms

blunted

are
JJ-1K
pr^JK' Arab,

retained

is

seldom

the

D^W*

Is.

4.
as

The

antum).

the

verb

roV

the

3.

35, 1. nSH'

to be:
man.

as

it

k'thibh

of

[H

But

from

gen
whenever

found, in
JJSt
we;
D^N* and
Dlflp^(Chald.

stem

D1H.

originalform

p,1"hence

plur. inp.'aspy3^"

masc.

H^n

have

demonstrative

when

include

tjpi'
^^T

am

t^V
EXERCISE

the

Joseph, ^NH

29.
n

nnx

not

pSlT(l.

character.
with

connected

sentence, always

the

pointing JOf"!

suif. this

verb.

(7 times),

common

the

properly

ofD^fiN*
Before

kindred

inflections,
(so

has

form

separate pronouns,

predicate of

the

as

anta.

pronominal

(" 43, 1.). DH"

2. and

verbal

for K^n"

text

'GfTDN? is formed
UH

often in the

signifiesshe.

also

in

*"

some

tfTl*

and

Arab.

"

used

more

occurs

HJp^,

only in

read

^Nt/nnX

.and

suffixes,"43, 1.) fcOJlis of

in the Pentateuch
stands

occurs

foundation

717LDD

NtH

of

/l-DK

"

form

the latter

,ir)K" compounded

later books.
dialects

is the ancient

noun

copula
nJlX

or

thou

36

P^RT

:12 onto

-in nan

mrr

EXERCISES.

1.

6ni:p

: u :wn

"toj; *o nrus*

nriN

-"8nnD

holy2 woman3

blessed1

the

first* the

Iast5 honest,

upright(|3; pi.m.

D',33

pi. f. m'J3 " 58, l.)cidols? vanity.,foolish8 stranger9dust10 thou shalt return11
twelve14
""13J cf.6-12
the only child (girl)13
brothers15
Ontoi pl.fr.
forgiving"
bare19 son20 beside
declaration24
me21
Saviour22 filling23
my sister17 younger18
mountain28
of
came27
m.29
dwelled30
old20
n.
n.
a
city31.
guilty25
p.
p.
EXERCISE
Ye
to

eternity thou

to

ness1? thou

Lord

Ye

God

and

Justs

a11

are

to

dust

am

the earth.
!

me2-

Not

God.

art

art.

on

we-are

generation4

from

us

Lord, thou art

generation. From

strangers! with

are

30.

art

eternity5
deligHting6(in)wicked

ashes".
thou

refuge3

God

0 Lord

is in heaven
Thou

art

and

neario

seed of falsehood12.
-nn

(in pause!)

lar

are

suffixes

nominal

The

1.

SUFFIXES.

NOMINAL

" 21.

appended

to Novns

in the

Singu

PI.UR.VL.

SING.

1.

19

*"

com.

horse.

^p^lD my

pause rj
?|,(in

m.

r|/Tj-

"f:
m.

in

f.

1D1D his li. DD- D~^

OD1D

(poetical)

*'
T

n"

"

(H-)
T

".-

MOID

her

h.

p
r.

"

?"
I

[DID
i
T

"

) their

vhorse

Appended

Plural

in

Nouns

to

SUFFIXES,

NOMINAL

" 21.

PLUR.

SING.

1.

i",

com.

^pID

horses

my

W~

?]"-, ?pp!|D)

m.

^DID

"

D3'-,

03'plD

horses

V"

m.

his

VD1D

"

horses

your

horses

DiT"

"

) (poetical)

DITDID

"

horses

our

(-Spy

"

'

'

f.

IT",
T

latter

the

of

plural

the

arid

pare

in

The

5.

cases

or

3'hX

*7; the

The

6.

("23,

2.)

**?"H^K
NOTE,

denote

On

is
the

suffix

the

by

invariably

for

the
;

suffixes.

particularly

I*

species

the

between

light

with

its

his,

forms

horses.

our

are

nouns

into

recognized

others

genitive

the

represented

See

possessive

which

; the

horses

ending

Jl^^/?

J"J"

appear-

appearance.

accusative

followed

nouns

distinguish

the

^H^P

divided

fr7" they

D)l"

longer

particles

etc.

OJ-JN)

and

in

be

^D'lD

to

and

are

and

prefixes

r
.

,,

are

noun

Plural

but

grave,

and

suffixes

other

The

may

better

words

his

^nN^p

and

|?"

favorite

species, jyp

ance;

or

called

monosyllabic

pO

the

tone,

is

Ill"

4.

Dp'

the
of

horse,

our

suffixes

of

and

longer

-IJDID

having
the

suffixes

Singular

are

as

The

3.

of

'ffTDID \

3 their

The

classes

two

TIT",

".

Remarks.

2.

horses

her

JTD-1D

"""

by

by

the

to

with

(belongs)
suffixes

of

to
the

EXERCISE

prepositions

The

the

dative

ablative

by

by

jp

A.
is

pronoun

attaching

fijtf OjTlN)

(" 20, 1).

pronoun

suffixes.

Paradigm

by

of the

also

the
me

vero

suffix,
See

my.
see

31.

represented

"

42.

thus

by.D*

Paradigm

A.

PART

EXERCISES.

1.

nirr

HD

:rrrojn

^iD

35

^701

vineyard^ strengths withs

safety,protection?perished,was
gentH

who

digs12 pitl3 shall

here collect, men1?

also22

rock23

might*

will

losts

refugeQ

fall14

there is noneis

good

forsakes

peace,

people,

nations
intelli-

welfare1*)

pious1**upright1^ man,

man,

heart, understanding19drink20

cistern

1-a-

shelter24

strength25greatness26glory27 victory28majesty29
thanking^. cf. to 32, 33, " 107, 3.

rulingsonow3i

EXERCISE
His

:29ninn)^mu

nnx

32.

light, my tree, their tree, her tree, thy

tree, thy trees, his dayi" thy (fern.)day, my
stars, our
light, our

star,

the

to

stars,

our

fruit of his

tree, thy voice,

be

my

ginning, thy (fern.)

beginning^ your beginning, thy (aclam
giving^ from the fruit
cus.) voice, the voice of God.
of your
trees to the ruler4 of the citys. The
strength^of
arm"?.

my

liglitof

The

our

torches8J

the

sand9

of their

shores10.
9 Sin 8T")S 7;rht
erjs
.iocyin

EXERCISE
created

God
from
to
we,

him,
as

to

them,

I. God

to

M.

th

(f.).

PRONOUN.

DEMONSTRATIVE

nn
this

nxr
Com.

NOTE.

her, I gave1 thee

(fern.),
and she came*
to thee (m) (f.),
(am) with thee, in it, by us, as

thee, thee (inpause), thee (f.),

with7 you, with them, with
covenants

my

-2'2.

'

Plur.

33.

him,

her, with

"

inr

them

me,

come2

us,

took4

establishs

him, with

us,

them, I

it,from

I shall

i.

him,

^BfD sjn'jsri^wi

STJT

) (rarelyfit)

(withoutdistinction

tf

of

gender

or

number.)

JlW" (S$rarely) these.

In

nt7il
V

or

apocopated17H
T

the demonst.
'/'''"",

has

the

with

article
original

by

sented

(Sjl)before

7:

jonn*

days,
the

press:

3. The

while

same:

as

Nom.
Dat.

"Vtf/

n^rn^

n-ro

"

days

same

0*0*3
T

"

they

or

-i

ex

man.

"^7N

this,

this,

onn

repre

declined:

this,
to

as

in these

thus

are

JIN*

H!I/"

nrn^"

""

the

^NH

K^inn

rtf"

ACC.

only

occurs

objectis

remoter

jnrp
I

rr?tfH D'P*3

demonstratives

onn"

x'nn"

""

in those

39

it; IrpJl f.

referringto

demonstrative

The

2.

PRONOUN.

36, 35.

Ez.

once

DEMONSTRATIVE

22.

"

H^N/

nWrw*

these.
to these.

these.

"

Abi
*

HD

Syntacticalrules. "

4.

94.*

EXERCISE

rir^S)
rj^n

:TJ?n

34.

nrxS J11^!??^Sv? n^
a
r

lonp5nn

kvS

12nnn
D'rtSg

:17nSin16rn

rir

21

1Dm

on

the

The

exercise

Syntax.

learner

must

refer

and
following,

to

^x

the.respectiveparagraphbefore translating

in all

cases

when

his attention

is called

to

the

PART

40

sepulchre6
chosen12

p.21

n.

hast

shadow,

speaking14

EXERCISE
This

that

man1,
these

men3,

this

of the

chariot-4

those

men,

strength18
will

we

re

law?, this

the

sons10, those

this is the

men,

this

woman,

that

is the

is my

God,

pillar8,these

brothers11

these

woman,

women,

the

are

this

to

this

woman2,

these

man,

is

this

boy6,

names9

those

woman,

that

from

words,

money11

sore17

evil16

35.

that

man,

women4,
is the

that

man,

wisdom10

shelter,9

came15

overspread22 I formed23

was

performed*

made,

plain27fearing28departing29.

his name26

member25

thou

behold!8

yet13 (was)

of20

sons

redeemed3

lo!

unto7

while

three19

I have

words'-^

city1

EXERCISES.

1.

(ace.),these

the

are

thy

are

uncles12.

12 DHn

11

10

D'PIX

"

THE

23.

for both

she

who,

which

that

who,

pers.

1^

*)Xfi

and

genders

*")^K ivho, which; often including the

is

the

of

names

RELATIVE.

relative pronoun

1. The

mD#

D'JS

numbers
he

pronoun:

he

whom

thou

cursest.

In

2.

later

the

abbreviated

writers, the

3.

relative

and

form

before

gutt.) is

(or ,g?) gives

n"TiK

books
.

omitted

Dag.,

biblical

to

most

modern

Hebrew

t$

(with following
frequently used.

word

every

signification:as D^

or

the

there, D^

which

to

*")"'X

it refers

where,

whence.
4.

It is declined

Gen.

as

(1D1D his horse)

ClSto

Dat.

(WIN

him)

Abl.

(^5P

from

5. Before
relative

us

ID^D

IHlK

him)

T^inn

whose
"It^jSt

iS*"\$$to

the
participles
:

him)

Ace.

the

follows

he

wlio

whom

whom
H^'JJ

Jtfjjp*)
article

horse

goes.

from

whom.

i'requciitly
represents

THE

24.

INTERROGATIVE

EXERCISE

41

PRONOUN,.

36.

12

ntrr
19

18

"

17

"

oyjn n^

33"

:|V

he did8
with2 may speaks fishes* are taken" net^ wishing,desiring?
spiritl
how9
goodness11has laid up12confide,trust13 woe14 the king15a boy,
great10
a
youths cursed1'' trustsis departs"zh^sh) heart20 hail! happy .'21makes22
in law2^
thou goest2^I will go2? thou lodgest2^I will
trust23 said24 mother

lodge29thusso.

EXERCISE
Abraham

field which

The

the

which

king5

given12. Nigh13

whose

goodio (is) the

God^

The

horse2

name8

was

counsel1!

upon4
called?

that

he

to all15 that call upon

is the Lord14

Andis

in truth1?.

boughti.

Daniel6

rode3.

Not

Belteshazzar9.

37.

all that he had

sawis

has

him16

rnade2"",
and,

behold21, (itwas) very22 good.

(his name

ID V)

LD#

7
""

15

" '24:
1.

The

Va

""

wrnrr

5
"

np"

what

n.O before

is his

one

Jl. n"

T|T

usuallyapplying
applying to things.

as

or
or

ntO

see

what

JJ:as rptyy "10

(followedby Dag.): as

,nO
with

what

n^N'nO

small

word,

is this?
what

(" 9.

hast
6

1 HJD

D^Q

PRONOUN.

did you

no
?

name

word:

3331

T^T

always in pause:

what

it is written

Commonly
tracted into

*1 and
no

rSl"

is "0 who?

what?

i10" nD

(are)these, DTV5O

":":"

INTERROGATIVE

THE

ilO before tf and

^S^

i33npT12]^ nnjj;

interrogative
pronoun

to persons,

iOC'~nO

e^N'H

I^lpJ
T|:-

it is

1.

thou

con

Note.)
done?

I.

PART

42

the

At

beginning
letters not

before

2, The

cases

of

EXERCISES*

sentence

guttural:

/Ip j"|pwhat

as

indicated

are

frequently stands

also

np

voice ?

by the prefixes and

the

par

ticle nx-

'p'^to

Dat.
'

Ace.

"J30

from

with

but

whose?

whose

,^P~n3

as

hand?

DftSHp'TOpH

remains

frequently it

more

how

and

daughter?
Jer.

the

9.

S,

through

*p~T3

whose

intelligenceof

adverbially;as

what

where

D1D"HD

D^TIPI

how

pleasant !

Interrogative particles:*"$ or JTN

rO*N

is

to them?

Up is also used

4.

whom

throuh

or

by putting the interrogativeimmediatelyafterthe

noun:

good

whom?

by *pyE?

Gen.

indicated

3.

?
?

whom

'p MX

The

whom

thou?

art

where?

1"N where

is he?

pronouns,

HJ

with

suiF.

D51^ where

are

they ?
With
where

and

adverbs
whither

what

on

quently
before

letter with

know

ye

having
strong

the

J"D'^

non-gutturals:

before

Laban

Kamets

Sh'va
?

: as

what

what

HXtS ^

'*

or

TDK!!

'jiNH

now

with

17

as

Dl7^*!lis

have

I go ?

(oram)

as

H
I ?

where

Sh'va)

comp.

guttural:

shall

^^^

he

fre

well ?

JD^TINDr)JJ"l^n
before

NIH

gutturals

pjnn

is he

negative

this H

sentences

negative particle:as
Nrl

is not

2nnb*j

jnNt
\x

is

always

fl#"t^ xS*l

hast

tlie Lord

our

EXERCISE

from

wherefore

account

which

**

"

Interrogative prefix: Jl (H

5.

In

"N whence

? HTO

*N

38.

in

connected
thou

not

midst

with
heard?

43

PRONOUN.

INTERROGATIVE

THE

" 24.
:nin

"no

npjnn

rt?1?
^p1?
27D
7i?.28rnSS:?n
2"iK

"jw nin?
34

knows1
thee3

has

chief4

hear12

wrought2
judge5

the feminine

is used

or8

youth7

over6

former13

the

42niD? :41pj;

nin"

np

where

knowing)32

put38

knows

sea"

without

(prop, (is)
ice37 gave,

understanding40
toiling,
labouring41remember4-

mind39
insight,

the

shall

he

wounds2^

is, it is34 father35

there

1. made

(is)1^
depth1? says18

(itis)not2^ with21 woe22 misery23 contentions24 sorrow25

cause27
darkeningof28 eyes29 that tarry long30 wine31
besides,except me33

" 81,

planter10ear11

the

enemy9

he shall see15

eye14

for the neuter

in stead of43.

EXERCISE
Who

tliou

art

in thine

hand1*

I taken15

or1^

I defrauded19
? Is he

bribe^

dwells25

Is not

one29

did

What

Is1* in

frm.

;"""

have

it

or2S

weak24?

good2^
us

or

do

unto

not

thee?

ox14

whom

or1^

is it fat2God

Who

21

22pm
|

TT

^"33

(any)
Iean28 ?

us32?

done

this ?

20'PnpS
:

that

created

has

"

or

have
have

is the land*

|-T
23

is that

I received2"

one

do I

son

What

Whose
?

What

bad2^

al!31" has

interrogative H
":

truth ?

hand

people

inX*24ni)'l
I

dream13

done5?

he

whose

meio

these?

are

has

For

of whose

is

Edom*?

I taken

father3*) to
this

What

with

daughter2?

my

Who

have

strong22

in, is

is his

name3?

sends

thou

ass^

whose
or18

art

from

thou

wilt

Whom

Who

maiden4?

this

cometh6

is this that

labours?

he

is

daughter

Whose
Who

What

man?

is this

Who

soni?

my

39.

f-t

44

,$. 90, 2. so ix

29

as

inx

EXERCISES.

I.

PART

2rn:OT

nn

TV

,p3io

26pjn

T--

TT

-S-T

f"m.

310

'

withsuff.

,,V?3 ,193

CHAPTER
THE

OF

verbs

Primitives

a.

as

from

nouns

vowel

verbs

other

from

the

preterite:^Dp

of three

of which

it is Patach

as"tJ3 he

after

the

The

3.

form

was

and

"

was

radicals

the

ed

From

takes

or

de

are

the

remove

called

by

with

to

drops

import

in transitive
Cho-

or

earlier

the

of

killed.

ground-

Jewish

Gram

consists

It

great

of

from

groundform

them.

are

deriv

guttural and

some

vocalized
differently
the

importance,

derived

second

In

ending,

the tone

have

root.

of the verb
as

when

Kamets

vowel, after the second.

both

are

The

kill,is another

Un$

one

future.

nominal

per

It regu

most

Dfl^Dpyou
the

them

the infinitive

killed.

little.

was

^bp

only

the infinitive is

as

by

forms

other

is the third

radical

pretonic and

forward

imperativeand

verbs, where
tive

is

groundforms

controllingthe
NOTE.

or

considered

so

the

These

Deriva

Tsere
intransitives,

fbp he

infinitive construct,

being

4.

heavy,

first radical

marians,
three

in

vtDp

as

he has

the second

follows

verb

the
(radicals),

consonants

is thrown

accent

or

just,

to
Jtt^T

as

of the

stem

or

lem:

Verbal

be

to

originare

Derivatives, which

verbs

Denominatives

groundform

larlyconsists
ant

6.

govern

their

to

respect

ashes.
|"**1[

singular of

son

with

to

derived

ashes, from
2. The

TI7D

VIEW.

p*!^to justify,from pT^

tives', as
rived

classified

either

are

VERB.

GENERAL

""25.
1. The

V.

future

from

irregular
the impera

is derived

from

the

latter.

5. The
the

root

form.

modifications
are

These

effected

by

variations

of the

simple

external
are

and

variations

threefold:.

primary
of the

idea

of

ground-

sends,

he

n!j" he

the

sounds:

radical

and

of one,

doubling

of two* of the

stances

as

dismisses.

Reduplication, or

b.

vowels

of the

alteration

the

or
Vocalization^

a.

45

VIEW.

GENERAL

25.

"

in

in

rare

7~t?p 7i?tpp"

as

fr-

Augmentation,

c.

consonants

6. These

forms,

altered

internal

sense,

the

"

new

having

are

form

of the

derivations,

but

their

also

in
Conjugations,

termed

generally

now

called

properly

more

only their external

not

language

formative

two

or

one

^pO' %(2Wl
h"$}"
^tPj?fct'

as

prefixing of

the

or

grammarians D^\53 buildings,

ancient

forms.
7. The

ancient

7J7j3

to

do,

ding

to

the

as

forms
he

Paal,

7J7JD

2.

^92
7j)$

"

3.

paradigm,

various

1.

"

4.

7^

5.

7*J/*On

derived

from

Piel, he

acted

he

T.

T^Sfl/l Hithpael,
"

has

without

ier
nal

meaning,
change.

$ 26.

grave
which

or

heavy

AND

himself.

with

the

it is the

that

internal

or

brings

SIGNIFICATION

act.

supplanted by

been

form,

DHD?

to

upon

retained

i.

with

e.

upon.

act.

caused

acted

he

^p light,intimating,

are

to

was

cient:

six

vigorously.

caused

been

external

upon.

vigorouslyacted

he

"

first, which

acted

was

was

7J/*5H Hophal,

have

verb, thus

this

"

6.

the

the

he

The.se terms

conjugations,accor

named

Niphal,

Hiphil,

"

verb

the

employed

acted, (now generally 7p)

Pual, he

who

grammarians,

change,

exception of

the

equally an
simple original
while

freightedwith

it

the other
a

weight

corresponding

CHARACTERISTICS

OF

exter

THE

.CONJUGATIONS.

The

Characteristics

of
signification

and

the

the

passive,or

the

derived

conjugations are:
1.

7^53

'

Niplial is

often

the

reflexive

or

reciprocalof
or

keep

to

2.

Kal

keep, Niphal

to

to

grow,

hnj

to

make

holy.

of both

shatter,nStTto send,

to

the

transitive

latter is intransitive

to

is the

often

is

It

7#iD, Pual

3.

break, "QLT

to

the

when

kept,

action, energy,

/yS, Piel signifiesin general intense

Kal,

be

to

self from.

one's

frequency: -Q#
rhti?to dismiss.
of

TOtf

as

EXERCISE.

I.

PART

to

is the

passive of Piel.

doubling of

grow

be

to

"Hp

the

S"U to

as

cause

The

be great,

holy,

B*JT)

characteristic

radical

second

causative

or

by Dagesh

forte.
4.

yy^n, HipUl signifiescausation:

primitive Kal
If

Kal

is

of Kal

do

tiling to

or

person

to

strong, Hiphil :

be

pfllto

by

the

make

to

the

write.

to

cause

Hiphil signifiesonly
intransitive,
as

another

cause

is indicated

which

write, D^-pr?

to

3HD

as

that,

to

transitive
to

strong,

strengthen.

/JS)Tf"Hoplial is

5.

teristic of both

the

and

prefixed H

is the

The

charac

proper

vocali

passive of Hiphil.

the

zation.

$3nrT4"Hitlipaelis generally reflexive,sometimes

to kill one's
*7C3j2Jirr

ciprocal:as
each
to be

to

Ps.

anger,

Occasionally it
been
to

do

what

called

by

to

pretend

wise

EC.

^in and

the

reflexive
In

the

feign

to

it

be
has

is the

characteristic
the

second

to show

ones'

self

prefixed syllable

radical

by Dag. forte.

conjugations:1.

Pod

as

fut. pass,
fut. S$ip"
part, SpIpP
TgBpJjTl

^0

to

"

regular verbs

Job 9, 15.

to

root, hence

the

by

also unusual

are

embittered",
pro

pretend,

to

rich,Pr, 13, 7. DDrtfVl

Its

f"DJl^7T

conjugation:as "Ite'jyin
hypocritical

the

doubling of

There

NOTE.

be

at

73, 21.

denoted

some

7, 16.

pETtfinto

denotes

is

to be

as
:
passive signification

10.

forgotten,EC. 8,

voked

or

it

Barely has

other.

look

self,i"r#"Vin to

re

it

occurs

take

root

very
Is.

seldom

40, 24,

^5^'P
In

verbs

my

judge,
it is

INFLECTION.

" 27.

M?tt1"
MID.

frequent:as

'the

when
pecially

pjn

rest,

be

to

second
green.

peated) as irnflD

Pilpel,formed

about.

4.

radical

letters:

flected, to indicate

and

go

by doublingboth

^Jf/Vto

tinkle,

conjugations are

or

grammatical conditions

various

and

in
of

Person.
Preterite

two:

are

Infinitive

of the

(*Q)")and

'Imperative *W{ (com

Hophal as pure passives;

(middle)or
Part,

nominal

OlpD fountain),

an

and

Pual

be], a

to

active

(,,66%,")Part

HIH

of

(7J1")),Part, passive
a

forms.

Plural
Singular (TfT alone, single),

Numbers:

Two

many).
Persons

I. P.

(i"IJ?3^319speaking for himself),

(NX9J present), III.

II. P.
Two

Genders

P.

O-OW

concealed, hidden).

(*)Dfa male), Feminine

Masculine

(HDp.4

female).
"
1. The

lar

verbs

which

The
which
which

28.

the

three

CLASSES.

and. irregu
regularor perfect
are
those,
Regular D^/C* (perfect)

divided

are

imperfect verbs.

or

remain

into

radicals

undergo

no

change

and

always

audible.
include

regular verbs
or

one

more

radicals

the
are

gutturals:

of the

the vowels
they suffer affecting

2. The

are
irregular^

Quiescent and
jn

forms

construct;

derived

as

cZ. Three

of

root

to

INFLECTION.

forms

Two

jTH

(7^3),

being re

"

verb

e.

Mliteral

sustain, nourish.

to

(D^Of)

mand), excepting in
two
Participles,[W3

(D'!TI

last letters

to be at

(TflJJ)

absolute

c.

from

the

Tenses

The

b. Moods:

the

pfr^

as

from ^HD
quick,to palpitate,

Gender, Number

Tense, Mood7

an

(thetwo

derivative

different

Future

3. Pealal

27.

"

a.

flutter.

to
t]y%y.

The

:
guttural

radical is

^37?

as

Pile1' Pulal" Hithpalcl,

es

pill. 2-

beat

to

47

Defective

divided

Q^SD

verbs

in

into

i.e.

verbs

of

*")J?nnK the changes

"

only,

not

the

radicals.

DHpPj Defective,D'flJ

Reduplicate.
some

forms

drop

one

or

more

of their

48

PART

letters.

radical

is t3

second

the

old

the

From

in

last

two

drop

those,

quiesce.

or

similar

which

of

tldrd

either

radicals

example ^]73
the

Hie

of

one

forms

some

for the

Reduplicateshave
3.

EXERCISES.

Quiescents have

radicals,which

*li"TN aw

I.

the

the

letters.

firstletter

first letter of

called '" Hpn

i. e.
'" ^
or
quiescesor drops, were
letter of
defective or" quiescent in ", those, the second
i. e. quiescent in J/, and
those in
which
quiesces,'y ^PlJ
which

TlD
i.

quiescent,'7 ^tU
}"" i.

is called

t^J

Thus

is

third

the

which

Y'J?i- e. the J? or the

the

e.

double

or

the third

its second

DDD

'""

radicals

CHAPTER

is 1;

radical

is Jl

third

quiescent in

e.

the first radical

or

second

radical

and

the

e.

i.

is 3

ft^Jn"S
=

is called

y"y

the

same.

being

7*

i.e.

VL

THE

REGULAR

EXPLANATION

1.

In

THE

transitive

Tsere

Verbs

called:
as

T^'fl

stands

to

it is

verb

the

For

Cholem.

or

middle

SECOND

PARADIGM.

PRETERITE

principalvowel

The

the

THE

OF

" 29.

VERB.

A,

as

CQJ?).
after the
in

Patach,

sake

of

intransitive

the

brevity the

former

able,
2.

"

to delight in, and

incline_,

middle

0,

as

Kamets

jection1) and

3.

of the

in the

drops

when

ye have
DrV7fc?p;

as

conditions

The

dicated

E,

7^

to

can.

The

ward:

are

latter: Verbs middle

7fcDpthe

be

radical.

second

in

the

of

first
the

syllableis pretonic (" 14

tone

or

for

killed.

Person, Number

and

by attaching at
preterite

personal pronouns,
(" 15, 2. Note).

is thrown

accent

Re

which

are

the

called

Gender
end
:

are

in

fragments

Affirmatives.

I
The

4.

PRETERITE

THE

" 29.
afformatives

the

of

preterite are

1.

Person:

2.

TJ

Singular.

49

O?J/*).

com.

m.

jl

3.

^_

Dfl

m.

Pluralf
5. The
third

the

in

vowel

fern,

person

syllable:

second

the

and

plur.:

com.

."

drops

","_,_

Re

}7DpT (" 14
fl7DpT"

as

in

jection 3).
With

accent

pause

it is restored:

H/tDp

as

H/b*

nV")n"

"

("14 Rising II).

their

inflection

The

verbs

sing,

and

E.

f"n

as

of middle

first persons:

those

In

middle

verbs

The

6.

F)""0

"

the

Cholem

in the

into

changes
7. Verbs

the

ending

where

the

afformatives

HID.
8.

W3,
In

Kamets-Chatuph
with

is

tone

(" 12,

combinations

fi suffer
with

beginning

DP13

is

Milel, otherwise

6.

with

B.

rejectionof

TV

9.

12.

II.

afformatives

rules

as

fl7tDp"
:

" 100.
EXERCISE

the

fi before
from

40.

nirr

2-

^J the

fl* p"

""

"f

"

m.).

Syntactical

"

1.)

the

Milra:

shifted, Cho-

for nni^'

JT"O

as

(" 9,

second

DJl/O'

as

"

word

in

"

"

lem

sound

fi?b*"*p /b1*

as

however,

cases,

the

"

retain

lose

generally

il/DD
T

"

I |T

DH/DD
v

"
-

):

PART

50

30

I. EXERCISES.

nr

great1work2

be

to

ant10

wise9

become

be

very3 to
to

the

deep* thought5 voice6

gather11harvest12

food13

to

19

work2""

of beauty
perfection

to

flee7 i$

remember14

be

to

fish15

eat"

to

Tyre17

to

sayiS

street^

to

keep24 precept25to send26 hither27 but2" Saul29 to take3"" role,

to be too little32 mercy33 to give34 the produce35to seek36
to be

dominion31
able37
cloud43
n.

endure38

to

enter39

to

glory ot44

the

the tent of the

to

because41
congregation4^

fill45 dwelling,
Tabernacle46

to

iniquity21to

or

to

fal}22

to rest42

counsel,to advice47

p. m.48-

Jacob6

horse?

have

Why

the

Stole2

Kacheli

images^.

Why

clothes8-

sentu

not

dipped** the

woman

41.

his

rent7

you

EXERCISE

bread15

in16

took22

they killed2^ with16 the sword2*.

(fern.) They have not kept26 the

Ye

Thou

thou
slept (fern.),

The

Hebrews31

bread

and

thou

didst

hast
over32

went

not

Spa

(in Pause

3213J?

(Pl.)310n3^ 30n^_3

$. 14

24

van
I

""

23

3^11

wix

J^H
29

ssn^i

sanmo
T

laugh25?

able.

were

cut, Ye
Jacob

We

slept2^

have

cut.

gave3* Esau35

Sacrifice38 and

offering41and

offering^

sin

offerin g*2

required**.

15DnS

163

all its

of God.

covenant

Jordan33.

The

gleaned1^

did you

I have

cutso,

desire-to, burnt

not

father^?

and
city(f.)

Why

thy

I dreamed10-

our

our

able28? you

pottage36 of lentils37-

thou

hast

wast

to

soldo

vinegar1?. Ruth18

men

loved27? I loved.

thou

dream^

messenger^

enemies21

ears20 in the field. Our

hast

"

with

2213^21
jtfT2S^y
37
(i"i.)

8Uff.

,3"

D^K

2^3HN
D'^n^
"

(pi-)

20

26^73^

sirn

T".

":

0^31^
25

pHV

skr^
T

Lengthening 4)
34rnj

""

(in pause) 43

*7K#

33

ni"
It*

" 30,

"
1. The
It

second

is called

INFINITIVE.

THE

INFINITIVE.

groundform

is the

construct, because

it is

Prefixes

the

80.

THE

D ADD

to-lie-in-

waitrfor

killing,

Sbp?

with

or

"

the

/Dp

noun

kill.
with

D*l 2^X

as

prefixes:

7t3p3

as

in

from
VtDj3!9

kill,

to

to

connected

always

ViOpS

killing,

as

Infinitive

following

With

blood.

51

killing.
The

2.
is

/"DD

vowel.

helping

The

closely connected,
while

after

Sb4-3.
Sbj-3.
("11,
3.

The

Cholem

4.

The

Infinitive

occurrence:

finite

verbs

indicate

O^Jl they
TjlSn

shall
6.

of

the

is

is

as

790^

the
most

silent,
but

as

of

Patach

^"^' to
:

as

Infinitive

be

rQ"lp7
is the

It

continued

action, energy,

going

on

is used

and

" " 105, 106.

2vin

18

for

Sh'va

Cholem.

went,

rules

13ntop 12nj; :u

the

Makkef

with

down,

EXERCISE

njn

S"M

vocal

are

diligently keep.

Syntactical

ft is

here

"

before

form

lie

to

form

1J?Tl
ye

has

immutable
to

Chirek

the

following

lengthened by Jl"

second

with

and

Of

the

7.)

22$

it is

The

5.

the

is shortened

as

Sometimes

that

so

Sh'va

the

VtDp
JD

after

Dagesh

for
J-,Sb[?0

assimilated

vowelless

regularly

are

42.

but

humiliated.
to

approach.

Inf.

before

lowing,

rare

absolute
or

after

intensity:

I.

PART

52

shear^
the

otB

end

mix3

ho! wo2!
rod9

bread2'2

to

garden24

to lament13

gather25 lilies26 the

to

hand31

hold32

to

less35

good cheer, delight34much

made1

God

day

and

the
the

over

and

wheats

builder10

slaughtered12an
ment14

to

shouldst

on15-

to

106. 2.

negation"
rule37-

to

to rule^

repair*1the

sell its meat1

I have

reaper

He

reaps the

to

house.

3.

the

over5

have

They

rejected1*thee

rai

me

gave

that

thou

reign1''
(from reigning) (" 106, 2.) over]8
said^ that He would
dwells
(tr.to dwell)

cloud21-

thick2i

The

went

man

thy

judge28

them.

not

Lord

The

to

ox

put

I hired6

night,

one21

43.

the moon3

and

sun2

fall15 sons

ot"27 to

days

slave,servant36

EXERCISE

taste7 with

hungry

here includes

to

leap14to

to

assunder20

break

reject19to

to

judges29he that shaketh3""

bribe33

think of5 sabbath6

to

little10honey11 time12

down23

go

drink4

strong

alas17! Lord18

of16 ah!

EXERCISES.

out22

in the

lie23 on24

to

his

couch259

ionj3

8"m"

n^n
T

-IT

"

(with plur. sufl.)18

6-o#
712fl'p
-I

S^ 17^D
C2533^a

1.

The

future

is formed

:":"

-T

1311^3

U1J3
VV

23^3^
-

"

THE

31.

-T

243

FIT

-T

IS^aS

-T

iCDNH

'-T

"

4#D

53

-T

22
T

from

receives

the

and

preformativesjrVN

second

Number.
The

I.

com.

eow-

groundform
origi

are

Chirek.

vowel

personal relation,

relations

of Gender

"

the anormatives

of the future

2.

f
m.

rilir-

1.

ft

the

the
//

m.

,_^

f.

f.

1"

rum

are

3.

m.

bmg.

\y"
I

StAsUwfjLJ

preformativesand

Person:

20

-:

a.)

indicate

/"

ft^i^aut^
3.

helping

afformatives determine

the

while

the

(" 14. Rising

Seghol.

2. The

receive

FUTURE.

7bp by prefixing the preformativesfjTN"which

nally vowelless, and

21^31^

"r

m.

r.

n
1"

ra-n

THE

" 31.
4.

be

to

from

be

7"! 3 to

is

kef, Cholem
he

vowel

afformatives
is

into

changed into Kamets-Chatuph

the end

last

case

lengthens its

and

tone

The

pause.

'

"

restored

"'

'

vowel

restored
vowel

*MfoVbut
ftff'^QpA
but "Sbpfi"
:

forms
of
the

ending in

or

""

re

(Patach)
they

WW
i""T

'

"

especially
occasionally,

have

period, a paragogic f (" 12.

.

vowel

of

the

second

Syntactical rules, see

6.

C.)

this

In

syllableis restored

without

the

" 101.

EXERCISE

44.

nin

37

the

(" 14, Rejection 3.)7

vowel

but
ppsnn, ir;ry"but pm\
'p3"]fi"
often
form H^bfl
7. The
appears

8.

D^'Dftp'l

: as

great.

6. The
at

Mak-

drops before

syllablewhich

with

in

restored

Karnets:
be

last

of the

"

will

to- be

"Q?
Before

little,small.

be

fjopto

commencing

regularly

quires the

great, "135! fr"m

TJ^*

as

there.

wrote

5. The

Patach

have

the

whilst

(middle A),

regularly

become

or

JDp* from

honored,
and

E^~and 0

middle

verbs

verbs

transitive

the

in

found

syllablegenerally is only

second

the

in

Cholera

The

53

FUTURE.

as

5 as

54

PART

EXERCISES

1.

i 40Drn

to

withouti

tattler2

lie

to

down,

manii

to rule12

not2o

to

ful32

poor22

he

that

Edom34

quicklyssto spread out,

to

The

Lord

will

days'*I
thus12

of her brother2Q,

to

perish

or

autumn,

in Jerusalem-^-

work

will

she

flesh11-

shall

for you

are

ye

heavy is

the blood1**

I shall make23

people25,

my

those

Do

be

require^

hast killed22 him.

fbi-2ithou

steal1^

be joy

to

righteousness^.In

The

thee17

with.24 you,

covenant

to

cease42-

spiritsupon1(" all

rny

Of

men.

in

Lord14?

requite13 the

upon16 the

out8

winter41

mourning2

the world5

judgp4

pour

cleave18

poor17 to

45.

shall be greati the

shall

keeper,watch-

fast30 commandments31

the

EXERCISE

day

injustice7

unrighteous, a sinner35 to decay

extend3?
cold39 warmth, heat*o
folly38

harvest, frequentlyincluding(as here)

In that

long6
the

26
reap24 vanity25 the diligent

to

keep

to

watchio

to

rich16

soweth23

men29

young

daughter33

with15

how

counts

to

wake,

to

be Justus manH

to

dwell28

upright27to

in vain9

sleeps

rob2i

strife4

cease3

to

that I have

chosen26-

why

8ip#

ann

Sir

16

TW

15133
""T

"

as

here

THE

I. The
future

suff.)20 HX

H"

of the

1 and

":

2.

S 13SDJ

in

which

future, in

iSn-i
:

"

-T

12nNT

1111^3

with

("3y

Sing,

trasl.

has
the

the

Plur.

and

tone
manner

same

at

as

thy hand

17

suff.) 25 Qy

OR

and

TT

24(*p")

,n"

OPTATIVE.

of all the active

the

syllable

affects the

final

the aiformatives

as

The

lengthened

optative and
the

will:

NOTE.

Kns:

"

""

frequently lengthened by

are

H"

vowel

18^11

!9D1

FUTURE

first persons

seldom

"

with

LENGTHENED

tenses

-T

.261H3

" 32.

sD^Sic-'n"21300

4Batf
~

seldom

with

CHK

'3

San

vv

"":

21

~|T

-T

14ni3y

fern.

22SDD

23H13

epiy
"

as

In

few

Is. 5, 19.

let

us

instances
Ez.

the

significationof

selfexcitation,purpose,

expresses

nnptW

has

form

be

direction

the

of

joyful!

it is

23, 20, Ps.

found

20,

4.

attached

to

other

(with JT~ )

per-

THE

" 32.

FLTURE

LENGTHENED

EXERCISE

:niir

to

learn1

hither7

to

to

bury2

gathpr8heads,

inquire13mouth14

seek5

to

come

approach6

near,

prophet11 further,besides12

therefore16

muzzle15

rpn

here10

chiefs9

55

46.

person3thither4

dead

OPTATIVE.

OR

to

wail17

come18

to

to

ask.

bend

the

kneel*

EXERCISE
Let

the

keep

us

testimony1

Let

thy precepts3-

make

us

will

pursue4 after^ David6-

Let

us

sends

these

remember11
in

me14-

thy

the

and

I will

mouths.

I may

I and

keep

tliou.

forget7-my complaints.
I will
king of Israel.

I will

with1**

hand

thy

covenant,

unto

make15

of

I will

things12

I will
Atis

nant1?.

letter"

47.

soul1^

my

everlastingcove

an

you

out

pour

require^

the

flock2o

of my

father.
4ti-n

5^n"

6-in

(with

son-ips
is -Bra:

pi. suff.)n^

"
1. The
verb

in

33.

20

(with sum
12n"

jNJf19

2na

"

HIDT

^nrr

ioiap

(prefix)18

17

jp

CONVERSIVE.

VAV

connected
by 1
preteritewhen
the future or imperative is made

with

preceding
dependant upon
it
thereby seemingly changed
a

verb, and its time is

receiving a future meaning.

this

Vice

either

tion

of the

fixed
ION
and

the

versa

tense

2.

he
he

future

when

"

connected

by

expressed or understood, receives

preterite. See " 102, 1. 2. 3. 4.

This1)
to

oSlj?

is

called

Vav

Conversive

*)with
the

CMQflfl

past

significa

YJ). Pre

the

preteriteit is the simple ^%or } conjunctive: as

and
he will say,'S#")
he made, ^J/^n
said, *Ott
will

make.

Prefixed

to

the

ftit. it has

Patach

PART

56

and
as

I.

EXERCISES.
before

following Dagesh,
-iOlf*be will keep,

(" 14, II. 2.);

kept, ^"?"X1 and

Karnets

*JD^1 and

lie

kept.'

first and

second

accent

from

last

long

the

Vav

ultima

vowel

is

the

to

the

suffers

conv.

penult,
into

changed

accent

ultimate

the

sing, to

vav

the

removes

eonv.

person

fut. with

The

4.

the

prct. with

The

3.

syllable:as

of its

removal

and

consequently

short

in the

This

'

one.

applied to the fut. Kal of

the penult here is always a
the regular verbs, because
General
closed syllable," 9, 12, r.
exceptionto this rule :
is a principal
the third radical is N, or the accent
When
rule, howrever,

can

never

be

distinctive.
5.

Syntacticalrules, "

102.

EXERCISE

48.

nan)
'

IT

nin

entreaty2and
inter),denotingrespectful
the bearer

ul'6 arms7

to put forth'' the end

uft

to

see3

from

US'1

n.

p. m.5

dip10(honey)twig,honey-

judgments13to

coinl)n because12
ancient

the

after23 to blow24

rH3

victims

such

p. m.25

n.

on

inherit17 to drawl8

pursue16to

to

57

COXVEIISIVE.

cutli" rr"i3

cuttingup

of

custom

eousness'5

VAV

33.

"

(from

covenant

occasions.)justice,right

p. m.19

n.

trumpet2^to

make

to

coat90 blood21

around,

wrap

m.32
p. m.31 3 into, upon ; n. p.
shall be34 strength,
support35
capture, noose3^ to be in dread37 to be
to

great, Ioud3"

cry, to lament29

hewed""

weighed3
tables8

two7

the

Moses18

Arid1

rael, the Lord,

shalt
me2"",

and1

give29

me

God
take37

inS

35-TxSD
IT

". 90, 2-

24 DN

33DSl"(?
32n3j"

nW
-

;40Dt^

[with

suff. "J3

etc.]39

"
1. The

form;

as

2. The

imp.:

as

7Dp
verbs
fut.

clothed, Imp.
3.

The

|3

Inf.

with

will

thou

hy

,,and" with

shalt

21

the

D'riSx

(vav Conv.) 311

the

verb

9 Q'JJK
(stone's)

103fi3

l"3j", after

up

! cf.

noun

20]!VV

30DHS
v

37HpS

the second

instances

in most
const,

with

29

19 D'"J^n

mj
I

". 90, 2.

28

TH
Iv

^3*7 etc.]

36

'JfjS

IMPERATIVE.

THE

34.

thou

forever33-

thee, and

[with plur. suff.

38DKWI

Is

and1

him

imperativebelongs to

const., and

infin.

be25

way28,

1 Connect

221HX

232HN

stole

thence4**-

14 stand

163*^

domin

And1

will

serve32

12rnjpj"

13 D'HS'l

from

son39

ITV^DD

25n^ns

[fut.A.] 34

will

king

Hear2"",

God

this

angel35 before36

my

article!

the

6H?3y

If2*

the

Eachel

is one22-

5r]p3 4p"l?"'3l?pt?2r\X

6SD3

connect

cf.

to

And1

on11

mighty^

father.

Lord

in

me

then31

his

send34

1~*y"

13J,

keep27

And

(with) great^

her

the

silver^-

law.

thy God.

Lord

will

wife38

this

God21,

bread^o,

shall

rule

Abraham.

wrote1**

And*

shall

wrote

our

the

Iove23

he

and

(belonged)to

that

images19

the

Ephron4

to

stone9,

he

up*-* and

stand

ion17-

of

with2

covenant

commandments13-

tables the13 ten12

shall

sweet38

48.

his

remembered

Abraham

And1

fall33

to

n.

EXERCISES

God

face-'8

3. 2.

*
" 96,
thy sleep-"9-

And1

eyes-2

muffleS?

to

and

is identical

with

the
it in

7tOpImp.

in the

2?^ he, will

groundform:

fut. retain

lie

down,

the

^V

same

he

in the
will

be

called

by

M^', CoS.

Cliirck in the

f. sing, and

ni.

plur. is

EXERCISES.

1.

PART

58

grammarians H/p nj^Jl light vowel, its sound,

originatedfrom Sh'va, being so lightly passed over, that it
the following Sh'va,
closed
form
cannot
a
syllable with
hence
^T")? read: ri-d'fu and not rid-fu,^O^VJ? (" 11, 7.)the ancient

4.
j"T"

expressive

5.

of

rh'-

In

the

the

pause

paragogic

entreaty, emphasis.
becomes

Jl/Cppthe
"

is

Cholem

as
Chatuph:
fcO'CH^ enquire,
judge righteously.

6-

the

With

form

ADD

as

Makkef

Before

7CDD

often

very

and

wisli

the form

paragogic p"
becomes

is annexed

imp.

the

To

return

as

n"N
VOtD^'

into

thee.

pray

vowels

dropped
:

changed

or

Kamets-

pT^'tO^^
in the

BStP'p execute

forms
true

judgment.
7.

After

JO
(optat.),

the

is often

the

thy

hand.

8.

imp.

put,

thee!

entreaty: I pray
with

and

imp.

or

fut. if the
as

particle of

(theGerman

quaeso,

n^TTl'l^ I

Syntacticalrules. "

go

:3Dinn

nw
:6oSi^

^rrniV

lengthened

incitement

put
^"V fcOTl1?^

forth

down.

50.

hi itoptr:2f??n

nin?
nnp^' pnyxf?

^nnnp

and
duni

104,

EXERCISE

npn

be

bod)! the Latin:

age.): as
will

latter

32n3i?

nppn

ij;

:nrr"#

to

the

evil12

the

end31

the

7# againstone31

to advise, with
hastily33

n.

song14

to

tree21

hew20

to

great7

hear15

the

cast22

to

boy, youth27
courageous26

be

strong25to

be

behold30

perfect(man)29

write13

to

tor ever6

good5

for

of18 mother19

commandment

a
mound, rampart24to
against23

mark28

^1

keep10 tonguu11

of16 women17

word

59

vinegar2orphan3 mercy4

morsel, sc. of bread1

terrible8 stones9

IMPERATIVE.

THE

" 34.

pass over32

to

cried36

p. in.35 then

quickly,

wise37-(t.)

51.

EXERCISE

(pi. f.) a letter

(pi.m.) from this place. Write
Seek3
to the king.
Keep (sing,f.) the word of2 the Lord.
Seek
(sing.f.).Seek (pi.f.). Seize4
(pi.m.) the Lord.
Shut*
(pi. f.)the doors.
(pi. m.) the prophets of 5 BaaK
Preserve1*)
Keep (paragog.)this (f.)forever^(paragog.)
Flee1

for

soul11,

my

Send

(parag. fut. A.)

Offer16

men15-

(pi.m.)
with21

to

T.

"

suff.

tliee,oneU

land

thy

*vvith

in2o

1. The

the

Lord

(following Makkef

!)

suif.
.

so1?^

-T

[fut.A.]

i9na3

"

"

young

Sacrifice18

father.

pi.

22-aS 213

Him.

of the

Trusts

TV

^S]

towards*

thanksgiving17-

of

l-nn,S%

15Q"1]?J

(parag.) this

hand

Remember

word23

-T

[with

God

heart22.

thee, the

16H3?

I pray

me,

in the

God

your

thy

outis

unto

all thine

I pray

ffut. A.]

Stretch^

God!

(f.) my

Remember

pious12 I (arn).

THE

35.

are
participles

(the preterite).Kal has

passive. In the act.,

PARTICIPLE.

formed

from

the

first

two

one
participles,

the

first

radical

ground-form

active and

takes

one

the

or

"

second

"

in the

and

sing, masc.),
substantives
radicals:
2. The
or

thing

"

pass.,
}

the

(or sometimes,
; *)1DX

participleinvolves

properly one

that

in

" 56, 3.) is inserted

^ItDD killed
to which

pretonic

order

to

between

fettered,TD$"

(in

remains
form
the
a

pass.

two

last

prisoner.

in its

the action

keeps, or

Kamets

is
a

the person
signification
attributed : as ""IQ^ keeping,

keeper, DHtf

loving

person,

PART

60

friend,D^ltf
the

character

article

of

3riNn

as

is treated

noun

possessing the

and

"

participlethus having
such : receivingthe
as

The

person.

3.

number.

present time:

TPJl *?3K I

as

is
7Dp (or ^CDlp)

4.
middle

A, like

and

are

the

^Dp5 the

identical

expresses

pronoun

go.

regular participleof

participlesof
with

in form

old) pret., jpjpart.

grow

terminations of

same

(" 57, " 58).

The part, preceded by the personal
and

gender

or

beloved

EXERCISES.

1.

""0*

the

verbs

the

verbs

middle

jpf(to be
*YiJ*
or
(to fear)pret.,,*"ljp
the

pret.: as

part.

poetically,the

Sometimes

5.

pended

to

the

st. const,

}$ the inhabitant
who

123, 1.
times

the

Part.

is not

7tOln

nStoip
f.

Dnrtr

and

33, 16.

DvLDlD

mSoip

::DHV

passiveare:

pass.
P.

S.

Syntacticalrules. "

on

as

*5"?" PS10, 11. Some

participlesactive

m.

TlDD

m.

f.

n^iDp

f.

107.

EXERCISE
-as*

5. Mos.

114, 8.

rock; Ps.

Part.

m.

act.

part.

thorn-bush.

P.

m.

7.

f. of the

49, 11. 'fqrtK Hos.

read: as ^fOtyVfODtP' ^erj 22, 23. 51, 13.

act.

S.

f.

the

and

Mos.

inflection of the

The

6.

of the

changes

'nt?K 1.

m.

is ap

union-syllable'"

old

^HN

52.

nin

:Sb Ste

D'r
nin

t^\

ip Jl8nw'p
^

:own

THE

" 35.

27rr!??ynirr 26np_-iv
29rpio:28ni?S

rnrv

31D"pS'

ion

:jnp ^

iiT

f"l

PARTICIPLE.

-wpy :f]p3^yzty-si tjp?DDK

nn

:T|in

:rnpy
to

love1

between4

their fathers3

as2

is, are10 riches1! evil, harm12

there

tear5

joy6 to

book9

(itis) not1^

his mother14

father13

his

help8

totter? to

transgression16
companion17 destruction,corruption18sound19 words20 de
sire21 to be sweet22
under24 thy burden25
to lie down23
righteousnesso$6
stand, endure27

to

for ever28

uphold29 men30

to

oft2 faint33-

ance

EXERCISE
The

Lord

Threes

the

in the

The

lion2-"*- The

door24

thy

face28?

upon2?
the
st.

harvest32.
a

const,

beasts2!
is

713^

P"

[fem.]29nSnj28
T

rrj3

const-

'-

S^

26

The

paradigm
the

two

forms

larger type,

inf. const.

SppJl To

participlesof

the

the

i^
eVn

const.

st.

(fem.)

lerav
I-T

(fern.)24;^
v

23

22

n"
"-:

NIPIIAL.

by

participle7pp}" with

ivnur

25HH3
-

36.

principal

,Vn

lOKBin

I-

-T

"

other

n|3y

is^ifria

Ssj

the

gatherethso her foods 1 in

his hands^4
togetherss.

"
1.

12p^

wa^Sn
V

27

of12

liest thou26

Wherefore

4D'pSp 3n^S^ 2^33

snoy
6rn-rij3S

I VT

ant29

fool foldethss

st-p;i.

20^1

iniquity

field flee2! from22

of the

opened 2^.

The

The

na

of9

She dwells*?
up14, his sin15 is hidie.
go19 the way20 of
people. Ye (fern,)

of my

earth.

the

trans

ye

wealth

The

up11 for the just. The

is hound

midstis

do

Lord?

the

of

down2.

bowed

are)

Wherefore^

standing up5-

is laid

sinner10

53.

(those that

upi

commandments

Ephraim1^
all

raiseth

kings4 are

gress? the

""a

abund

have

to
peaceable31

are

the

again pointed
the

out

in the

preterite7^(7^ and

first

corresponds

exceptionof having

like

passive conjugations Kamets

the

all the
under

PART

62

the second

The

radical.

EXERCISES.

1.

of the

rest

second

From

the

StDj^jT
(" 31, 1.) arises Sftp^
this,StDjT
("12,4), the future NiphaL

of the

first person
tf:

has

ways

The

3.

fut. is sometimes

participleH 7tpp3 They,

PHS^

In

4.

recedes

its vowel

and

of

feminine

the

the

po

IjnH

Note.)

7,

(" 12,

pause

I.

Infin. after % and

the

in

(Milra)part. H*D^

W^

(Milel)is preterite. (" 9, 12,

is

distinguishedby

are

"

sition of the accent

with

identical

Rising II),

Chi-

with

optative al

as

14.

PT7Cpp3("
the

found

Dgt^N I shall judge. The

Chirek:
as
Hp/ftN I will escape.'
fern, of the
3 pers.
pret. H App}

under

rek

original

(" 12. 6, B. 3.), from

The

A?pn" for yLDp^n

principalform

2.

the

with

coincide

forms

"

"

fl

the
B.

6.

occasionallydrops

3.) :

for
iS^'DD

as

"bu?3ri$.
throw

syllabicword,

the

back

Seghol (" 9, 12,

into

Tsere

followed

fut., when

and

infin.,imp.

The

5.

shortening

tone,
r.,

PD

mono

the

final
as

"

"O?!

be

" 14, Shortening c.):

j"

"

by

^e

snaU

ne

this

by her, fiXf ^HDII

taken

shall

written.
distinctive

6. With
Tsere

he

and

W""]

as

and

refreshed, 7DJH

was

put for

is sometimes

Patach

accents

he

was

weaned.

but

Patach,

ing,

for

9.

to

passive verb

no

in

which

meaning:
it belongs

the

whilst

now,

would

the

the
as

as

"i*O"*nrOpil

being

opened,
the

allow
Kal

reciprocalin

or

imperative.

an

and

mean

the

part. Nif. thus

part. Nif. representing the

fifing A/HD

door

1, 13.

(1151^)Ruth

is reflexive

part. pass, of Kal

consideration:

nPTin?

participlepassive of

The

differ

of Nif.

plur. f. regularlyhave

persons

Tsere

with

once

imper.

The

8.

third

and

second

7. The

acted
does

upon
not

the door

*O^n n^pn

broken

cane.

noun

in present
take

the time

opened
the

lime,

now,

cane

into

H 7*111
broken

S,

participleis:

of the

Inflection

The

10.

63

NIPIIAL.

36.

"

Stpp4

m.

f.

'P.

m.

(nbt)

n:

f.

EXERCISE

54.

S
27

"nt?

rup^'n j^jx

34?in?^n-33f3
D^
:D3sj?

34

no

DpTiSjf
nin^ nn?

n^

nns

f5PP

39

HIPP

mischief2

wicked1

Rising II.) poor6to

to

hide12

arms19

to

shadow

youth42 to

to

to

stumble5

deliver8

foot14

to

to

hide

be delivered4'* the

(theTsere
break9

to

in Pause!

wickedness10

" 14
net11

our

soul1^

bird16

snare17

separate21

shed22

Zion23

to
prosperity24

to

adversity27friend28

not, lest33

of death37

what4

other7

their

neighbour,friend20
that

at

each

meet

take, catch1^

grieved25enemy26
courts32

darkness3

to

take

heed29

neglect,forget34to

be

one's

the

sell38

there39
be

to
transgressor44

before30

delivered35
worker

fowlers"

to

be

long31

multitude36

of40

to

trust41

destroyed45together46the

end, future47EXERCISE
The

And5

vid.
be

soul1 of Jonathan2

as8

the

the

riumher^

was

55.
knits

of6 the

sancl*" of the sea,

which

with*

children7
will

not

the

soul

of Da

of7 Israel

shall

be numberecUo.

PART

64

the

Is not11

self,I
selves
is

whole12

the

slaves23?

shalt

other

saith the

Thus2*

hand

the

city into

thou

the

Were

Behold2^

king
his

of

out

also

ye

of27 the

escape28

not

Suddenly is Babylon"

17.

Lord

separate^ thy

they separated them

And5

destroyed2o.

and

thee13?

before

me1^-

from

one16

fallen

this

land

thee, from

pray

EXERCISES.

1.

sold

21

for22

I2* will

of

give2**
and

Babylon,

hand29

but3""

shalt

We
sold, ye
are
caught31 and given into his hand.
sold, thou
(fern.)art sold, ye will be deliv
(fern.)are
in all33 things33 that I have
And
ered32said to you,
be

be

circumspect34..and"

5 connect

with

the

verb

and

shall

be

7TH1

13TJ3S

15'Sj?D14T13
T"*r"

24713

'

-T

VT

22S

23DH3J?

12

-S3

Ni

31 W")n

29JT3

30 '3
"

-T

Ki.

f.

TT

-T

-:

(fem.)19S33

20n3tf

21D:

"T-:

2"rU1'JT

H'Sil 10*120

31#D

43

VT

aS?3

28

27 T3

-T

T-

26 Part.

25

act.

behold

-:

Ni. 34 tour

33

S*3

Ni.

37.

"
The

1.

principal form

the second

With
the

first

part. 7i?TO

In

"

is

allied: the

are

PUAL.

AND

PIEL

Pual

imp.

the

the

Dp"

second

*?Dp"the

fut.

principalforms

two

are

identical.
2. Under
which

the

changes

second

radical

in

inflection

the

ll^Dp ^ri^Dp Occasionally

"

found
in

with

Patach

""GBH

as

pieces,especiallybefore

wisdom.

Seghol

speak, D35
3. As
ized

for

to

the
the

conjugations

in

wash, *\"3

first radical

retain

in

as

Tsere,

^t3p"

destroyed and

flJTr*!^ he
three

verbs

is

broke
teaches

"D*!

*"

atone.

Piel

following Dag.,
can

he

13^

has

principalform

the

following
to

Patach

into

even

Makkef

the

pret. Piel

the

their

arid Pual

must

be

vocal

the

preformatives offthese
original Sh'va : as bD*"

participlein these and all the

(except Kal arid Nif.) has a prefixed"
4. The

other
,

conjugations

PlEL

" 37.

follows

as

n^pp
NOTE

Without

I.

NOTE

II.

The

seldom
participle

the

"

HpStaken,

2.

a
indicating

m.

m.

f.

praise,EC. 4,

"

is

usuallyfi"

: as
signification
HlDtrDp

nominal

under

In

those

dropped

as

or

s^ie dismissed.

in the last

Kamets
8.

UnSt^for HH1?^
that

:
syllable

as

word
in
he

7DpP

is

Dag.

followed

him.

seeks

n-jin

5G.

nnn

T:

12"

ShVa

is often

by
distinguished

19

rrirv

sorceress,

"

fut., when

EXERCISE

of Nif.

ending

by Makkef,
having the tone on the penult, generally take
the final syllable:as ^"CHp sanctifyunto
me;

infin.,imp. and

The

Seghol

like

have

Pual, which

characteristic

part. Pual

T. The

the

Is- 23"
npfc''j?P

radical, the

second

the

and

of Piel

forms

*JtftQ^

as

2, 10.

Ki.

Piel

in

feminine

occurs

witclu In Pual the fern,in ,*J" is rarelyfound:

6.

is

D'SippP ^D{?5 D'SttpP

f. niStppp
f. n^pp
niStppp

m.

p|

Pual

P.

8.

P.

Sttpp

and

Pual.

Port.

Piel

S.

f.

Piel

Part.

m.

65

participlesin

of the

inflection

5. The

PUAL.

AND

i%y.

:29v:n"
T

'

"":

vaN
"

ima
T

""-;

:njn
TT

nnronnn
T

"

66

PAKT

1.

33

53S:

nxo

Babylon1

to

prn itfp

rrtormx

reward'*

to
destroy'-

EXERCISES.

7^1

any

act

done, g-oodor eviJJ

to

do,

show

entreatiesG to speak?'^ "^"] to speak entreatgood or evil to an}' one^

honorfl
of entreaty, I prayll
wealth, plentylOinterj.
ing-ly,
glorious
things^to
defer!3
sicknessll
the
heartlS
sinnerstG
to
to
hopel^
pnrsuel? wickednessl^
the verb to be,) to make
to seelil9 a scornerSU
to
j'N not21 (including
great'^2
to regard^ reproof^rneekness'^6
to wash 28 D'J|sons,
priest^?
give strength23
afflictions^
vision33 counse!34
children'^ to raise^O poor, indigent^l
a
anto be mercifu!38
with
the
cients35 ship3G to be about37
Most
ace.,)
(const,
forth41
trouble^
to
to
toil,
bear,
a
bring
praise-12 report^ to make
High39
fat44 bone, body45 to blind46
seeing,having the eyes open47 to pervert48

words

the

of40 his wifeSO

of^l foolish women52

one

to receivers

to

ibnTive'r"4
O

sin"r"5to

singhymns, praisesi"6EXERCISE
stood

Haman1
liolds, the
The

Lord

up

to

make

57.

request2 for3 his life-*- BL*-

righteous^shall hp recompensed^
rewards?

the

of

man

violence8-

on

the

earth.

taught9 ye

Miriam11
sung12 praises12to the Lord, with13
(the)lawiothe harp14- I have
preached1^ righteousnessin a great17
congregation16- Did ye hope18 in19 the Lord?
Why20
have ye (f.)not met21
the traveller22^ with bread and wa

ter?

I shall

not

lie,they (f.)will
name25

of

not

God.

lie.
This

to teach

you.

cities29 in the

land

commanded26
Five28

our

(f.)wilt

lie23; thou

tongue of32 Canaan33-

The

Do

not

lie, ye will

not

(pi.fern.)not profane24 the

(is)the law, (which) the Lord
Thou
(f.)art gathering2?ears.
of Egypt3" are
speaking31 the
seeking35
poor34 (women) are

bread.

The

(f.)of
91oS

Pi-

17 an

25

is

[Pi.,-un.]7DW

SDDn

leSnp

in.

PI.

1^3

is

T|T

Q#

Pi.

the

are

2.

principalform

3.).

Besides

The

In

the

in

let

THpbfT*the
all

jp

Pi. 18 13
-

second

other

the

forms

imp.

principalforms

tlie two

even

fut.

which

in

fut. is

lier

not, Ps.

Hence
After

The

fTO*

excepting
""

2, 9.

Seghol:

jugations. in

re

as

wish,
Mos-

Makkef

tone

and

!"
brins fortllj
27, 9. nntriT^N

Conv.

an(^
13"ptD'll

is

Tsere

in

form

especiallyfound

: as

verb

or

fut.

command

I made
Tj^ONJand

\ becomes

regular

shortened

may

stroyed, Am.

Before

the

shortened,

usually

more

in

off, Ps. 12, 4.

cut

^PP"^8

1" 24-

Ps.

destroy not,

57, 1.

Jussive.

called:
Yav.

(" 32)

he

generally retains

5.

is

Hophal,

Hiphil by

aposop.

,NVin

4.

19^

S^pD?for S^H^ S^HD

part.

prohibitionswith ^X

I.

HOPHAL.

lengthened

expressions of

hide

AND

drawn

are

TLOplfut., 7ipplapocopated

In

"

T:

20;"HD

Dip

lomto

HD*IO

nor

same.

cognized only

a.

21

Pi.

HIPHIL

apocopated future exists,

3.

12

[f.]29D'1

38.

second

6. B.

PI.

-|T

to.
S^^
f?Cp"Ji

(" 12.

is a

mfc

22

tongue

P"-2tfp|1 JDH

-T

30D'12fO

first

the

3^

4i#33

6p"?" 5|H

I-T

"

The

poor.

Egypt.

14-11:3

Pi. 23*"

Pi. 31 131

From

by the

07

-T

24V?n

1. The

in

spoken

HOPIIAL.

AXD

gathered

are

ears

Canaan

HIPHIL

38.

"

in Hi.
not

which
de

as

kingjiJSam.
Tsere

N^"f5?n

laid

ne

first person,

and
but TO^W
I
^Dp^_"
Zee. 11,
T]^'"Oand I cast,'

the

as

in the

hold

become

upon

differs

resting

of the

upon

13.

12, 1.

imp.

and

Job

familiar!

fut.

apoc.

22, 21,

him.
from

the

that

other

of the

afForm.

J"T

*"

"

"

con

and

68

P.ART I.

^bH,
nS'bpil,

as

they

receive

shall

divide,Ex.

6.

In

ever,

the

the
H

'hvn.

the

7. In

drops

and

an^

n^HI

as

she

to

recedes

put

languish, 1.

there

is

takes

to de
"Vftlffo

as

end

an

Sam.

second

contraction

occasionally,how
Vcppil^);

its vowel

rV?0

to

Hophal

tone:

Conv., however,

generally no

remains

form

cause

Vav

26, 33.

stroy, Is. 23, 11.

to

With

prefc. the

inf. after 733

the

and

place,

in

EXERCISES.

to, Am.

8, 4.

2, 33.

form

with

Kubbuts:

as

Tl^v^nne

is cast? Da.

more' frequently, than

,

Ps.

8. The
are

I*1 the

^' 11-

the

part, this form

Mai.
Itpj^p.,

one.

reg.

occurs

1,

22, 16.

inflection

of the

in Hiphil
participles

and

Hophal

Part.

Hiphil

f.

Part.
P.

8.

m.

P.

p?0

m.

f. nSt?p"
f. niS^pp?
f.
n^tppo
EXKRCISE

:n-ira

Hophal.

8.

in.

m.

oon

11

4'n

58.

20

jr
'

in
31

rrr)

30

HlPHIL

" 38.

HOPHAL.

AND

f"9

'

D^D

TVS

:nir

Dtr

run

n.

differences

holyl profane2to divide, to show

a king7 to slanderS
p. m.6 to make
millstonel2

the upper

" 82, 4. b.9

master,

foundations

upon!3 fundament,

stumble*

to

cause

castlO

to

of 14 to sink

piecell

in,

saido

fasten

to

perversenessl7lipslSto put far!9 slowness20 anger21 to

to God24
a
(especially
give rest, to stil!22 contention,quarre!23an offering
sacrifices26 Solomon27
his
bloodless offering)wholly, entirely25 to burn
son28
to humble33
to be wise, pious29 to shine^O
brightness^lfirmament32
in!5

commitlG

to

al!35

collect. worms^4

worm,

words39

liftup, exalt38

be far ofBO

to

mention

to

EXERCISE
Do

cause1

not

living^
beside

my

not

deliver25

the

your

garments33,

This

woman

7r\D")

snprti

|_.-

15

t^
I

13-S2fN12

141

"

""

Hi.

Sx

27

"

HO.

5-aSnj51
-

18ir"JP3
: T

]
[fein.

10

Juss.

Hi.

411lSrD40

then50

m.

jussiv^ot:1?^,
HOB

ipi^
I-T

" 80, 2. g 90, 2.)

'PI

two

" 85, 2. b.)

ace.

32^3

31

49 mn

mV
T

4snD3n
-

D""O

fut.

Niph.
-T

38
:

iS"
v

^7D3'3x
:

30

-T

39
:

'J3

^Vll
YT

22n#X

2313*013

I~T

50 ?x

If46 your

possession52-

mS

24

Hi.

25 1JD

I-T

nSnj

realm42

the

over

Hi. (with

-T

girl3^is hiding

""

17^or

"."-:"

Ho.

es-

(sing,f.) the

(with the Article

pH

is

naked3^.

the

warned45-

as

shall

strip0ff32

knowledge49?

2*1?

Ye

sons31

This

pit2i.

-.

33DT1J3

42noSfl

43Q^t73

.1133^

my
son

the

who

28

Hide3?

Tiro

""

This

took8

into20

clothe35

and

;"

355T31? 34-ni'33
-T

Hi

Hi.
26^3y
"."*"
^

-:

""

'-

28VJHN

4njv3
T

r\D

191ll^

Hi

20SS 19, 6-

praise4*

dead12

her

My

girls44are

given52 you
-

T:

she

king4!

wisdom48

was

and

master

ye.

made

house4-

Joseph.

money.

The

533^

6^J3

TT-

unto

was

you

good property51

him

daughters^
clothing the poor.

Darius40

taught

father47

to

they stript1^Joseph1?

his

to27

master

Chaldeans43-

of the

to

thy

laid11

slandered24

(pi.f.)this

brother.

and

my

is
Hide

died?

cast1^

servant2^

his

caped2^ from30

child38-

they

Potiphar23

of

wife22

in3

slept15- And

and

coat18

he

bosom10

while14

me13

The

her

hight37

i. e.
praise,

59.

son^ and

her

from

son

his

of

with

strangers to dwell*

lay5 upon

woman

hearken3G

to

lot,fate44-

wall43

over4?

(theyall," 98, 2.)

".""-:

40

Hi. 37

36

J3V
I-T

DK

110.45

in*
~

Q'D^l*

7"

PART

"
1. In

Hithpael

2. The

rules

the

I.

30.

HITHPAEL.

two

principalforms

above

given

In

Verbs

as

"V!pJlB"n,for "Mpg"JVT,

with

commencing

coincide.

(" 12; 5.) apply to Hithpael.

sibilant,
:
transpositionoccurs

Before

tf,the fi is

3. Verbs
with

with
"1, tO" M"
commencing
the
^ and
sibilants,assimilate

n^rMbr

as

pret. has

Patach

wish:

final

tify thyself, Jos.

is

oftentimes

Patach

the

(" 33, 3.), the

be

name

is thrown

accent

in

Tsere

the

blessed

he

or-

sanc

'thyself,

not

In pause

the

Kamets:

"ITNnn

he

Ez! 7',12.

mourns,

forward

by Vav

pret. sometimes

T^inm

in^"Cliirek: *mHpnn)

13, 7,

S^p/in

hide

into

^NI^

1.

syllable:

expressing command

lengthened

girded himself, Ps. 93,

When

Hithp, :

imp., especially in

D^nn'^X

5.

3,

?p?rV His

lDp"

55, 2.

also

2. Ch,

tiyr\fl delight thyself,Ps. 37, 4;

as

5.

the

fut, and

the

'

Ps.

the fi of

courageous,

future, when

the

in

and

pause,

in

also

occurs

self

one's

in

Patach

usually

show

to

ptnnn

as

sometimes

(" 12, 4.).

n"^n

^4.The

clianged into

p^Hj (" ibid.)..

for
jTTCDyj'

ID-' as

EXERCISES.

Conv.

is sliortened

will

.show

myself

'

holy, Ez.' 28, 23.

great and

form

I.

NOTE

Kameth-Chatuph
of which

is

1, 47.
13, 55.

In

II.

Nithpael
n^'wIXrO

to

Ez.

Biblical
be

preform. n)"

the

theywere

riMHn

D33J1 (arisingfrom

N"^?7

to

be

the

sense

mustered,

DSSJin)

to

be

4.
defiled,Deut/i"4,

num

puri
iDH/1!

(Mishna and Talmund) a pret. form

frequentlyused in a purely passive sense : as

she

became
sae

Hebrew

forgiven,Deut.

23,

under

Hutlipacl(with

later Hebrew

is very

lyte, n"*"UnJ
In

as

is

occurrence

fut, Is. 34, 6.

made

NOTE

seldom

Kubbuts
,

fied,Lev.
be

of very

purely passive

bered, Num.

to

or

11, 44.

Le.

yourself holy,

show

shall
ye
DJI^j^fTyaiid

-is.

widow,

she

TTVMin}

was

divorced, ^s5tV^^

this

form

three

8.

IHplJI

21,

mfijr'j to

be

times
to

alike/Prov.

be

made

was

ne

was

only occurs:

prose

cured,

etc.

^35^1

instructed, corrected,

27, 15.

6, -Forms
the

7. The
8.

71

by Makkef, takeSeghol: as

followed

inflection

JQJtf)*

16

itself,Job, 6,

hides

snow

IliTlIPAEL.

o9.

"

participleis :

of the

f.
p.
D'Stppjpo
Stsprpn|?$p_jio
f.

m.

in.

EXERCISE

SN

nn

^S

rn

nr

60.

:6S'3
7

DK

:10mS 9n"

j^.

:n

19

to

glory* to

the verb

to know3

understand2

,,to have")

anything6part7 to
self11

one's
contempt10to justify
obtain15

to

delightone's

nised23

honorable27

honor

great32sorrow33

He,

of28

self21

himself
David.
mocked10

falsehood2!)

beat*

at2

to

Elisha11-

Before

Thee16.

hide one's

becomest9

self18

works, deeds22

to

show

to
strange26

distress,
be recog
one's self

sell30 joy31

grieveone's

to

make

David

made
0

is

himself

Lord

forth^

came

we

hiding

out

and

gave

of the

himself12

strange14

unto

shall

be

not

stripped3

Jonathan

Amis

(was) upon^ him,

children''

Little8

Joseph

thou

61.

the door.

of the robe4? that

ert13-

self wise8

(including

multiply34folly35-

to

men

to

cloak, mantle25

EXERCISE
Behold

self rich4 not"

wages12 bag13 to bore, pierce14to

earn

one's

cleanse

one's self24

to decorate

to

one's

think

surely,truly17

self16

adversity19to purify20to

feign one's

to

city and

in the

his

it6 to

des

brethren15-

Wo
justified1'''.

and
disguising themselves18
putting on1^ other21 gar
ments20Always22 we shall purify ourselves23 and walk24
thine own'^
Lord.
Do
hide thyself^ from
the
not
with25

men

flesh2*-

Consider28

(pi f.)the

deeds'-^ of the

wicked30

and

f2

,PART

turn

awaysi

if in

truth

from
the

I.

them.

Lord

EXERCISES.

Do

has

feign yourselves ricli32

given33 you wealth3*.
not

not

plur. suff.)5S# 4Vt#n Hith. (with ace.)

('S^with
Huh.
11 y"hx
(with foil. 3)
oSpT9K2TT d 90,

10

i^aS

20DHJ319

is aran.

Hith.

260^

27?pfr3 Hith.

25

17

Hith.
:341fc;ty33jrn 32-l""J[?

31

^H

24

23^^

THE
40.

14133

22TDB

(" 90, 2-) 21

VERBS

PE

comp.

standing

2. When

teph Patach:

is

of the

one

gutturals

Chateph:

of the

that

either

identical

1D_

under

as

the

from

Inf.

const.

is

always

serviles Tjl^

silent,the vowel

'("
3, 3.) 1"j;n,for

homogeneous

the

1DJ2_("14, Rising I B.).

homogeneous

or

Sh'va

Sh'va, it is generally Cha-

added

to it must

be

the

preceding :

as

with

ngjft (Pret. Niph.), Seghol

nOJ"for
for

be

Sh'va

4. If the

for vocal

vowel

it receives

("5.).

10JJ.for 10;

as

helping

The

3.

stand

prnQJ7;to

as

Hith.

with

GUTTURAL.

requiring simple Sh'va,

forms

all the

S^

GUTTURALS.

in

131210

VIL

first radical

the

When

Hith.

7on;*3

ppp 300^^1 29^"?3

CHAPTER

"

2) s D-sop

pTjfle^paSisrnx

Hith.

n"

21?;'Part.

D^3

Chirek

and

being

nJDJfll(Pret.Hof.],TDJ^,

TOj;^In

5.

with

forms

afformatives

the

T\"

"

1^

"

before

of the

vowel

which

the

Sh'va

loses

its Sh'va

points:

from
TOJjn; n-fOJJJ.

from

6. The

verbs

Fut.

as

serve.
*lDl?'_to

Chateph-Seghol:

as

ptfTto

NOTE.
the

form

Sometimes
is

verbs

augmented

with

by
to

the

comp.

10J";HD^n.

npJMrom

as

Chateph-Patach

drops,

13DJ?.i.

the

of

future

radical

second

be

0.
The

in

most

verbs

cases

Fut.

has

A. take

strong.

Chateph-Segholtake Patach,

afformatives:

collect,

as

"1DN*

to

when

bind, with

VERBS

" 40.
7. Some
This

is most

"IpfT

to

the

assimilated }

JJVN"to

in, engrave,

cut

to

case

GUTTURAL.

Sh'va

73

under

with

|1:

the

guttural.

lOfT

as

to

covet,

lack.

Inf., Imp. and

under

vowel

simple

frequentlythe

want,

8. The
for

retain

verbs

PE

Fut.

Nif., which

requirea Dag.
Nif.
(" 12, 4.), \\jilllengthen the
compensate for the Dag. : as

for

^
JTTJV "JQJJ*;for*M?'1J!"

characteristic is associated

with

the

gutturals:

as

""|TTto

pursue.

EXERCISE

S'

62.

N*S:4fnj;

5sn!

I2nn

:miD^cnDi

ny

orro

njn

nxn

sleep1 to change2Ethiopian3skin4

to have

vise7

to

dwell8

S9anj;

:38vnirn"x

to de
delight5understanding-6

to draw, deliver13
to rejoice11cit}-12
securely9prosperity10
silent16
oil18
count17
rich19 to lay
to
to become
keep

a fool15 to
intelligence14

hold20

to

examine21

to

condemn, punish22 to explore23after,then24

back, restrain25 help26 to leave,miss27

the
to
to

fool,simple31 to

believe32

the

words

of28

to

wrath49

hold

learn29 to mourn30

to seize35
wanting33 trespass34
pitch36
way38 prudent man39
simple40 to pass on41 to punish42
to
unjust gain44
lengthen45fierceness,cruelty46 fury47 a flood48
to

be

joinone's self37
ha(e43

to

envy5010

74

I.

PART

EXERCISES.

EXERCISE
In

the

shall

righteous

stand.

this
not

The

fatherless5

the

Lord

the

The

Lord

me,

thus24

of

and

helped20

lence32

am

these

thus

shall

you

and

scabbard41

and

and

heart

my

as22

as

the

you

have

you

of falsehoods1-

sword38

O37

Pi-

Sj?

3withl9nD3

2-

Part.

verbs
where

2.

The

be

"T

cause

put

si

to

radical

Nif. 32

24

oSx

the

in

verb.

15,14T^

"T

w^y

223

Pause

37 "IH

variations

same

in

comp.

36pny

these

verbs

the

as

all those
to

Hprn

as

forms
far

go

"P^J1,

to slaughter,for
'tpfl"f'n
HfJITJ.;

imp.

16^)1

17 1 JD

the

_T

Sh'va:

has

with

GUTTURAL.

Sh'va

taking

fut. and

and

Sconnect

25Bhn

AYIN

|r

":

Nif. 39tjpx [f.JSS^in

4o?^

subject to

are

rl;n3

wyti

VERBS

41.

second

the
for

41^r)

Guttural,

Pe

away,

^jn

verbs

These

I will

....

Jussiv
1j5Kr-'r\")^

[f.] 33

34*131

_T

28nnSij; 27iy

"

wick

siro;*

21?,'3*7

18m.

--^

;Nif. 42

1.

[Fut. A] 10yn#

H"'p3

21lSl?Nif. 20-iiy
SDX

plowed25

Let

a 25 7, 5] 29

forsaken23

speak34 against35 the right

! put thyself3^into^" thy

" 104,

4JT3

-"r

rejoiceth21-

rest42-

12JHH

trusted1^

have

reap27 iniquity28,and8

lying lips33,which

the

heart18

My

you,

fruit30

arrogancy36-

eous

widow.

wicked

I will forsake

eat2-9 the

to

you

raiment17

said unto

edness26)

35

house

do

pledge16

Fut.

The

stands.

not

Pharaoh9
heard1"
(in.pi.) not oppress7- And8
Thou
shalt
thing and8 h$ sought11 to slay12 Moses13do (f.s.) not
servant15,
take16 to
oppress14 a hired14

widow6

in

do

of'1 greats men2

place

the

of4

63.

regularly

are

prrv.

as

3.

Pi.

doubling

of the

first to

the
for

and

Pu.

Hitli., which

second

require the

characteristic

radical, lengthen the vowel

compensate

for

the

omitted

Dag.

under
as

T]")3

for

rpM'for Tp39, r|*O!9 Tj^Dlp,

Tj''",

Before
mains
cleanse.

"

II and

short:

as

y the

*1J"Jto

preceding

vowel

destroy, pTO

to

very

often

re

mock, ""insppto

In

Pi.

shortened

to

4.

and

AYIX

VERBS

" 41.

the

Hithp.

Seghol by

GUTTURAL.

Tsere

of the
back

throwing

75
last

the

syllable is

accent, which

"

often

after

occurs

Yav

Conv.:

anc^ ^e drove

CJHJM

as

"

"

away,

"
.

for "T"U*

and

rntin

word

monosyllabic

or

as

there.

with

one

the

mock

penult

minister

(" 14, Shortening c.).

64.

garment1 training,instruction2
to

hew7

to

" 105, 6.

ask18

of19

son

bless8

curse14
to

cast

to

refuse15

to

purify,

to

not3

out9

DiN"19pI

mock4

to

shall

to

serve,

(p.m.) the
the

serve

whether^

gods

of i1

my

people

said15;

to

j
v

grow

old5 to

flee11 to continue12

go10 to

deceit,fraud26

to

boast

one's

selfrs

to

to

the
the

God

which

Amorites12"
we

will

forbid1**

early13

hide17

deny,

to

deal

65.

in truth'2, and

gods,

one's

abhor27-

if

(itbe) evils

Lord, choose you5 this days whom

house14,

I and

Lord

change21 garments22

to

EXERCISE
Serve1

v:

to comfort, console

clean20

falsely23to lie24 fellow-man25

the

the

on

JTJ$7to

DE"

me,

JN

eyes4

tone

when

or

EXERCISE

selfs

for rr\W*"

"

pD"^ to

ministered,

"

follows

he

in

your

whose
the

serve

that

we

fathers^
landis
Lord.
should

in your

you

serveds
you

And

will
orio

dwell;
is

the

forsake11?

the

PART

70

Lord,

to

from

before

Lord,

for

God.

The

God

and

also

the

delivered25-

Lord.

the

whilst*1

lead4^
8 verb

in

you

before

the

[the adj. after the

the

g 90, 2.]

18

Fut.

Pi. Jussive

23JH3
I

~T

*~

12

DY"X3

seeking 43 #Tl
-

from

22#H3

it

ad

an

welfare44,

to

[f.J2nON

"TlSN 10

21

Q"3 y

HjS

2?TT"

Fut

""

Pi. 33 ^HD
-T

41)

Pause!
-T

-T

[f] is loving 42 3HN

Pi. pret. 32

"

46

-T

Pi

}"n
I

J
1

Part. act. f 403'K

-T;

47 Q'DD

'

26no"

Nif. 34 fio

Pi.

20.1J'J3D

"*"

-T

OKI

forsaking [" 30,;1.] 16

28t^^t^

Pu

TT

transl.

as39

with

35H^^

I-T

will

long

_.

TT

36VN3
T:

"TOWl

17 transl.
..

293T3

How

3.jn

DDT#3

'-r

trans,

Pi. pret. 301p3

"11?

13

D^HK
.

24pm

Haste

seeks-*3 your

you,

5Dat.

QVTI

[" 23, 4. " 96, 2.]

noun

How

man.

regard38 it

ye

the

of'46 integrity4?.

way

7 DX

noun

-ntf"! u'r\*2

it loves42

in

you

commandments?

my

(fern,s.) escape34 (f.s.) thither35-

versary^

unto

spring up26

not

the

out

(pi. m.)

cried24

bless30

drove

he

keep

to

We

out2"-

Arid

ye

(f.)does

the

serve

your

righteous. They
Truth

Iie29 is rooted

will

we

deny22

not

despise36intelligence3^will

ye

15

people21;
Do

trieth23

long31 refuse32
tliee33

the

God.

our

Lord
were

of

name

is

he

drove

Lord

for

gods;

all the

us20

the

until2?

other18

serve

EXERCISES,

1.

the

short

vowel

! 45

V
-

" 42.
1.

To

with

this

class

Mappik

" 7)

2. Their
a.

VERBS

LAMED

verbs

belong only
as

the

third

with

H"

gutturals when

them,

hence
the

n1?^ to

send,

require the

mutable

Inf., Imp. and

is

vowel

Fut.

"T

take

sound

therefore

before

changed
have

A:

into
as

(T^

gutturals preceded by the immutable

,

Jl (il

radical.

final

other

every

Patach;

""

y and

are:
peculiarities

These

b. The

GUTTURAL.

Patach

furtive

vowels

1, J|,

(" 6.): as.rTD^ J"lOB"'"

nn,
frStf'b"
3. The
retain
is

forms

the Tsere

chaned

into

with
and

Tsere
then

Patach:

before
Pat.

as

the

final

furt. must

guttural either

follow,

or

Tsere

NOTE.

VERBS

form

with Tsere

The

at the end

of

but

NE.

jnr*

1. 14.

Job

nns
-

frequently

more

second

12, is, but

11, 37,

Lev.

nnsTjob 30.

n.

..

_,..

the

and Pat. furt. is found

period(withdistinctive accent):as JHT

4. In

77

GUTTURAL.

LAMED

" 42.

sing. f.

with

ends

pret., which

of the

guttural takes Patach instead

the
of Sh'va:
as
sing. f. form of the
J1#D#. for flJflDB';
instead of two
Patachs
Seghols : as
participles,take two
two

vowelless

nj?Dfc"

for

"

the

consonants,

EXERCISE

66.

pn rji
:n-rn

nirr wrx

to

withhold1

of7 therefore8

to
to

slay15for ever16
or

make

to

" 97, 2.3

anoint2

open9
to

^D^'

xi^

nin"

dumb10

cheer,

to

to

hell11

unto13

the

face"

to

of13

the eyes

oft" the God

heart

abomination

cease6

in14

of19 to

of23

midst

n.

to

cause

p. f.24

oft6 other27-

the

mountains1

of

Tarshish1^
But1"7 to the

67.
that

(are) the feet of2 him

published peaces. Dost

hringeth good tidings-%that

whither*?
(f.sing.) not knows
from

destruction12

gladden17the

EXERCISE
upon

noon

of5
pardon4 iniquity

prosper20 to justify21to condemn22

door25 " 85, 4. b. rebuke

Behold

na^

: VDN

Saraiu.

the
And

And

David

king

of

men8

he

said:

Judah18,

did
rose

arise^
which

go?
up12
and
sent1^

thou
I flee^

to

let
you

flee
us

to

r.-uiT I. EXERCISES.

Of the

bled

thyself^

clothes29,
God

will

be

of

voice

overthrown34,

shall

walketh^o

yv"

"I"art. f.
171

that

3 part.

the

in pause

23pll

22nOK'n

30^

31(f94,2)
with

after the

noun

15

.^:p 14^^
20

36

H^3

delivered^.

(" 107, 4.) 7 HJX

verb

21713

37 Hi.

be

(him that br.)g. tidings

27

35^^

D^^

12Qp'l 11

19 part,

26Ni.

^fip

6pret.j;T

ff"n

ace.

.42oV)341

2^.H

13(" 19, 6.)

with

29TJHja 28;nD

,HD3

nprightse
heart, is a'

own

shall

the bringerof
-|fr|

fut. pamg.

in his

wisely4ihe

8 the

Of the

tent35

trustees

Pi. of

rO3

s.

16

38 part,

thy

rentes

but^

but

10;J3D

hast

and*

hum

shall

He

of

Lord

hast

Againso (there)shall be heard in

joy32. The house ofss the wicked

flourish37.

4part. Hi.

thou

and*

be-

aiso

whoso

the

him

to

say22

ye

(is) tender^

before2T

speak.

place the

shall

thu"2i

hearta*

thine

cause23

Lord,

(in wisdom)

w.tii

^3

article

Vav

34Ni.

155^

riDDH

40

nfer

co"v.

33n-3

part.

-tSn
''

CHAPTER
THE

SUFFIXES

OF

" 42.
1. The

IN

suffixes of the

Person:

'Sing.

VIII.
VEE13.

GENERAL.

verb

are:

1.

2.

I"' 3

"J

com.

THE

*"

ni.

DD

f.

used
poetically

for D

'""

in

t.

m.

"
(n

"

T"1

10

NOTE.

2. The

or

"

vowel

suff.
Union

called:

), to
is

are

annexed

vowels;

the future

by

to

to

the

the E.

only applied to

the

f.
:

as

the

10 D3

verbal

pret. by
vowel

verbal

("

it covered

forms
the

or

forms,

"

them.

A.

by vowels,
vowel
("

).

The

ending

union
with

Ix

42.

consonant:

the

"

ending with

immediately:

the

1*7pb''"
^wftp

as

THE

43.

"

vowel

79

killed

Dp ^??Pp ne

as

forms

GENERAL.

they

PRETERITE

suffixes
k.

WITH

the

connected

are

suffixes

Hence

Person.

causes

the

pret.

Person.

2.

1.

all

SUFFIXES.

The

Person.

with

in.

hy
lengthening of the word
the dropping of the pretonic Kamets.
undergoes the following changes:
1.

whilst

me;

3.

0 A?pinto
0?ttp(J3?
T

^riSrrs

into

"gjpT

p.

2.
as

(before^)

middle

Verbs

^pHK

forms

fixes

Tj D5
"

3.

in"

with
'

The

as

this vowel

1, 24.

"

on

this

Seghol ;

"

before

the

the

before

other

"

'

nri"

for

n^l"

undergoes
,

as

inSp^she

"haslaid hold
rUTtf?^
(fear)
EXERCISE

on

Pi. and
the

suf

suff. it falls

S^Dp^tDpD?^p O^p
,

suffixes:

In

garment.

changes

before

sometimes
fVptOp

form

for 1(iri"

1. Sam.

final
into

entirely:

away

retain

to put
love,D^'?1?

to

other

contraction
weaned

him,

her, Jer. 49, 24.

68.

::"

ijrNV) :ri:

TJIOD

before

rave

suft*.

80

PART

14

:njnp

ji

nru*

fear3

servants

prove1my

to

EXERCISES.

1.

strengthen'1
my

to

(withtwo ace. $ 85, 2, 6.) garments of?

willing11to repay12 thanksgiving13to
off17

salvation8

the robe

oft

deliver14

straw15

chaff16

all the

days

why10

be

to

to

carry

hurricane18-

EXERCISE
She

didi

him

For4

good

and

evil

I have

everlastingskindness^

(s.f.).
(the) earth,

Thineii

driven^

out

thee

me

hast
of

her

for2*

my

will

the

men

name2"?

do

her?

them?

him?

have

kill1^

thee, (s.f.) her, him.

We

(is)
has

Ioveth24

(is)

refmed20

Very22

have

have

Thine
Sarah*-*

me.

it.

asked2^

know29

not

on^o

fear ofis God

servants

that

(s.f.),

mercy

also^

No1*

her

of 2

thee

them.

house1^.

place
they
(is)Thy saying2i, and Thy
(s.f.) know25

I will

founded^

arid

thou

forsaken

(are) (the) heavens

Thou

in this

killed

69.

not

-shorts moment^

with4

Dost

thee

(s.f.)

Who

them.

touch edso

has

thee, (s.m.)

(s.f.)hast touched her, him,

them
hast
thou
(p. f.). Why
(s. f.) forsaken us?
me?
him?
They have forsaken them, you.
Why
she persecuted31him?
us?
you? (p. f.) thee? (s.f.)
He
has gathered them, you,
thee, us.

us,

her?
has
her?

9DSlU

6V3p
I

vv

15

,fV3

71

8tDn

*
T

Pi. tin j

31 crn

30TTJJ

I-T

1. The

2.

131D'1
20

part.

29pret.

\-

Cholem

with

THE

suff.

'ntf ,Q#

verbs

Lamed

(Patach),

but

with

the

Pi. with

10

S^J*
_T

to

ace.

have

m.

nrp

on:

""

18 nNT

JJ1H
-

27

26

fut. A.

suff. n"3

..

26 WT

16 with

24

3HN*
""

-T

SUFFIXES.

WITH

the

SNl^
-

Kal, -before
before

17 r"

FUTURE

of fut,

Kamets-Chatuph

The

19

_T

28

ace.

...

\;

spy
1

pass,

"

44.

H^lS

i2nx

-T

1 with

2"H'

._

:"

-T

"

into

pi. suff. D'Tl

3 with

43

TT

21(f.)nniDX

221XD

Thou

5T"JH

IT

14rp!#

-T

arid

clothe6

to
righteousness5

Tj"63

other

and

J3 changes

suff. it

(includingthe

drops :

verbs

as

Ay in

sound
only retain their A
Guttural) not
even
lengthen it into Kamets, the syllable

FUTURE

THE

" 44.

:
one
becoming an open
they pollute him.
irn^J^P

3.

loses

PL

he
Tj"f3jT

4*

count

5. In
union
as

for

me

suffixes

and

its Cholem

as

is

there
union

(in j"0) are

3. person
forms

\33"Ttn IP

as

stranger. Job

pause,

vowel

2.

corresponding masc.

the

with

connection

me

"

into

changed

Tsere, like Kal

clothe

gather thee, D"3p_'

will

plur. fern, forms,

The

81

will

'3CO7? he

as

its

shortens

or

SUFFIXES.

WITH

(in 1) before

TlHDN

maids

my

19, 15.

occasionally inserted

syllable
f"

f"

instead

called: Nun

of the

epenthetic,

in^-n^.

epentheticis usually assimilated

suffix and expressed by Dag. forte.
3

to the first letter of the

These

Person.

Person.

Sing. c.

^-

and

^"

Plur.

13"

and

-l^"

^n

nogn

njp

DI

embrace2

to

be

attentive3

to

sustain4

near9 to put
pride,arrogance7deed, act8 to bringlips12to bind13 correction14 h;ul
stranger, foreigner11
ness6

happy16U"

nj)"

:DJ

buy, acquire1to

make

f.

^"

m.

TO.

n:q

??^ run

3.

*]" (HD"

EXERCISE

are

Person.

2,

1.

HIPP

suffixes

inferior17 to crown18

(" 85.

'2. b.)our

the

bed

far away,
died15

fathers1^

11

to

to

of5

sick

remove10
pronounce

compare20-

82

PART

EXERCISES,

1.

EXERCISE
The

Lord

will

The

ness^.

thee

of4 God

name

from

help6
From

Zion.

Now11

she

will

meet

dost

thou

ask

love

ask

his

thee

help

"

-T-T

in

the

form

to

kill

?DD'

me

2. With
with

13

thee13

meet

him,

wilt meet

Now

set

18

will

love
on

Why

HTl'S 17 Pi.133

suffixes

hus~

16 to whom

'piy

S^D
"I:
l"with

Vav

23

^DJ

8 fut. A.

IT"C"
-f

fut. A.

couv.

SUFFIXES.

with

to its

suffixes

appears

receives
signification

nominal

suffixes

as

07t?p

killing.

suffixes
under

1" Pi. V3D

WITH

the

my

(pi.f.)will

connected

or

that

us.

11 HPV

according

They

him,

me

They

high, Pi. 3Jjjp 4 D#

INFINITIVE

and

love^o

love* him.

12*3

when

honor17

will

-T

^tppmy

the

Kamets

^J3

THE

the verbal

either

5p_Tj;5

infin. Kal

1. The

Thou

(s. f.),

thee

will

14

Who

you.

191^33

Alt.A. 3HX

" 45.

(art)thou

life1^ ?

Stftf 14TIK
(usually StfJtf)
20

brother

(s. f.) wilt

(pi.in.)will

You

6(" 93, 6.)

7"Hp

will send

(s.f.)wilt meet her.

(tut.).They (pi.f.)will ask us.

me

Thou

her.

high^,

on

Thou

you.

dishonoreth18

righteous-

my

gather them,

my

whose16

will

(pi. mas.)

thee

set

I shall

When12

thee:

ask15

will

to2

thee
sustains
of
out
sanctuary? and
extremity of9 tjie heaven, thy God jpll

the

and

according

me

the

gatherio thee.
(p. f.),her.
you

band2i.

requite1

71.

form

^j,D2" J3 a
the

second

radical

sometimes
:

as

occurs

^T^DN

thy
J

eating.
3. The

infin. 7ftp

assumes

with

suff. the

to

hinder

him.

EXERCISE

nin?
9onty

72.

form

^"DD

as

THE

" 4fi.

IMPERATIVE

niiT

n;

13Dip5:12

nfiD"DT?ri

"

no

SUFFIXFES.

WITH

CDITI

njn

TT

o 18^i
pjst

no

run

Ww?

run

17

give1 the

territory7keep holy8
rise13

when

become

surround9

to

seize, capture10to open11 your

to

T3.

EXERCISE
suffered1

He

produce^

thee

after

morrow7

land.

of the

searchn

to

the

David

has

Arid*

Kuth15

it.

(" 104, 2.) to

leave

againstzo the

Jews2i

to

of'24

thy

mother25;

thee,

when

thou

the

son,

shall

law

Iead27

thee

17

Sjl

12Pi-

231V:

22

pi. i3x

28 inf. with

3327

(before

no

1. The

2?nnjn

THE

26

in

transl.

7fcppT"the

main

unchanged

the

IM.

the

as

'3rP"*

thy going,

"jn

WITH

before

takes
Jl^tOp

Ayin

and

Lamed

syllable is retained
send

keep
1 fl'SH

verb)

their

in

8 transl.

91^

DHJ

infinitive. The

as

final

shall

IMPERATIVE

?bp changes

form

verbs

devised^

eating

21

into

2. In

not

25?JJ3X 2

Hithp.
.29 with

" 46.

and

Preserve23, my
thou
goest26, it

when

unto

me

has

sleepest2^,it

10 part.

Hln

it out'

spy

of

eaten"

entreat^

them.

Sp^n

to

Hamanis

destroy22

had

the

comfortersio

said14

(s. f.).

Conv.

4Vav
-

they

sent

city, (" 57, 5. 3 )

the

overthrow!3

to

wrong-**- And*

them

do

to

man

left off5 from

manna6

the

no2

eyes12

the skirt oft6 to kill1''know18-

multiply14see15

many,

from, from6

in order that5 away

of2 to sell3 Greeks4

children

sons,

me;

^?NC*

and
afsk

SUFFIXES.

its annexion

form

the

form

to

"7pp and

lengthened

suff.

17C5P

re

Stpp

of ^

Guttural, the

me.

pi. suff.

vowel

into Kamets

of
:

84

PART

EXERCISES.

1.

74.

EXERCISE

ob"

rrn
:rnrv

tr'p.3
:nplV3

^wvrj^

^350

accordingto
ration5

pun9

that

ye

avoid15

to

redeem7

fear"

to

throat11

table12

the

Kemember

me,

I may

them

from

among11

far
And

said

he

draw2i

thy

for2

become

clean,

enter14

to

on"

the

to1

me

to

king.

only5 this

pray,

enemies^.

my

thy

dwellis

wrong1^

sword22,

in

thrust

and

lest25 these uncircumcised27

therewith24,

sal-

my

Gather^

the Lord
people^ (pi.). Fearis
iniquityis (be) in thy hand, put it

letis not17

away1^ andi7

or

teach4

the

If14

Him.

love

to

heart13

strengthen4me,

avengeds

be

that?

rnrr

75.

entreat1

prays, and

once6"

and

and

(pi.m.)

me

truth3

Thy

cleanse,purify8 to be

EXERCISE
Hear

in

lead2

to

thy
revenge16persecutor17-

to

:7"$n

^ij;p

:y^'n TO

rinx

rio-teousness1

my

deliver6

to

rnrr

imS^D nin; 10'tfy.

Dpj" jnt^t

vm^D

nin? nj;T

pr

"34T!'?^

nrw*

:^j^|

nirv

thy

tents20.

through28

me

and*

come26

thrust

Hear

Hear
(s. f.) us.
Help (pi. m.) him.
Help29 (pi.f.) me.
(pi.f.) me.
Bury30 (pi.f.) her, for she is a king's daughter.
optat.with

8Ni.
17

SKI

HI.

16

abuse28

and*

through

me

71

D,DpJ
prn

me.

8ig 94, 3.) f. DJ?3

is

UDN

WJIK

^K

4Pi.

pm

i2nu;u

XT

29

"
The

THE

47.

Conv.

*Vav.

PARTICIPLE

of
participles

like the infin.

the

ni^

nominal
my

or

Kal

according
verbal

keeper.

3, Hith.

and
to

S
ion.

njp

hhtf

WITH

27

1 with

as

^HP^

9'TN

pp

2. HI.

D"1?^,26^3^

final Tsere

receive
signification,

their

#}Q

|^
25

|3

SUFFIXES.

Pi. lose their

suffixes:

i8"io4,
19ni?!^

20T^^
B^JJI 22T]3"|n aisjS^
28 with

ne

wno

and

either

keeps me,

" 49.

THE

PARTICIPLE

SUFFIXES.

WITH

EXERCISE

76.

nirr

HIPP

rrsriiN

JOHN

:D"D

"0^3 16W

n??nn
nin

nin

gird1(" 85, 2, b.) strength2(thatwhich

to

be

or

become

guilty4to

corn9 enemies10
to teach16

drink11

her,

wine, must13

new

shade18

say30continually31

devote

destruction35

be

to

ruler26

of the
the

of him

king

that

force

ing",

The

hand

seekis

Him

for

shall

be

blessed.
the
83

7DN""3

*S"

17 T

63

and
5Pu.

butso

needy29

leibKj?15

-^

3Pu.

14 "3

of28

the
the

Him23.
that

unto26

from
133

13TTX

that

2Dative=to

12 D

king,

H^Tt

say

that

wrath22

shall

be

deliverest27

robbethso

the land

in

is

that curse24

thee

who

Thee,

by8

to ask

enemy

His

They

bless2^

him

but7

all them

and

21

power

shall not

ashamed*0

was

(is)upon*

His

they

is like

ija# 4^7

therein^,

us

that forsake

who
the

For

God

our

cursed, and

Lord,

poor28

ofi?

word

as

I will curse,

lands

The

against12
spokenis unto

had

we

them

it.

help

to

goodi9;

(is)against*all
thee

because14

way:

shed^

up15

77.

(are)our judges* that judge us.

expiated3 of4 the blood that is sheds
blood

give8

destroyed37-

These

the

to

confusion21

curse34

to

God3

store

hearken27

to

great32salvation33

shall inherit36 to be

EXERCISE

be

gather1*to

to

clothe19 adversaries20

to

messenger84faithful2^

servant29
to

to

by his right(hand)6 if? (" 108, 4.)

the alien12

its children17

cold of29 snow23

the

swear5

is)holy, consecrated

him.

(f,) 1 part. D"J#

103

part.

25 Pi. part.

24 part.

rpa

23

^N

^n

30 part,

EXERCISES.

1.

PART

86

22

part.

f3K

foj,"20)

21

29J1"3K28-Jj"

27

The

all the

verbs

48.

the

of which

peculiaritiesof the

Tsere, hence
i,

N"2

VERBS

Pe

verbs

e.

the

2.

In

they

In

Guttural.

first radical
the

have

bake,

thou

wilt

the N

drops:

five

the

the

will

I shall

"j^K

the
^]D{J"

the

syllable has

generally Patach,

3, 3.

nHK

6. B.

In
to

Vav

Conv.

with

Job

20, 7.

^3tft\

as

to take

form

tHNS

6, 1.
Tsere

distinctive

is for
accent:

S^Ntfl
1. Mos,

3, 14,

the

accent

distinctive accent, Mi Ira

Kal

of

1DX

with

back:

is thrown
:

^jtf"J,

S"is n'DNSifor

3.).

the
come,

for

"pK"

and

2, 16.

inf.

The

(" 12,
6.

hut

syllables with

say

N1N

regular

final

With

5.

verbs

rtTN""^0*12. Sam.

in

to

first person

N"":

1. Mos.

the

of the

Job

4.

the

form

part used

most

or

"ON

to

Cholem

say."The

beside

"1QN

In

perish.

hold, f|pK to collect,have

3. The

following verbs:

quiescent in

he

eat, 12W
as

Cholem

quiescent the "

willing, S^K to eat,

be

to

some

K,

Kal

fut.

perish, PDN
i"T")N to

called; tf '" Ttf

are

partake of

is ft

first radical

them, however, the N is quiescent in either

of

fo3)

Buff.

(beforegravr

26

VERBS.

IRREGULAR

1.

S'.^

18 Pi- Part-

IX.

CHAPTER

"

mtoS

19

verbs
the

TfX
N

to

go

away,

quiesces in

nr"stv"inx^for

*)(1N to

Tsere:

as

nn^\v (cf." 12,

tarry, to delay,

StNSfor
^WN"
r".B.

3.).

VERBS

" 49.

N"7.

EXERCISE

:4mpn
T|

3niEQ

DIN

78.
:

xSi 8n#5 S^^n 7D"}n

10

#5:1 9w?n

13

'973 nnpw

SN

"v?wi
16^D

mm*

nrrx

yssh

*nxn
"

87

toTvi

:e

:12n^"1^5 nj;i.tr^-p nD?Di:

:^sr

"-

""

16vo#

"D
T

"

^DIID^

nin'o

""

VT

lie,falsehood2

witness1

ply /iis)4fig
falsehood11

"

fruit6

tree5

82/5.and $ 83, 6;

way13 hightof14

ruins,destroys12 my

in

accordingto'24 dough25
proportion,
drive

ened28

that2

ye

the

to

shall

he

fruit of'3 his

the

cape^ the wicked, and

shall

give10 us

fish^,

which

the

not

did

we

of

bread

is not19

with20

SVavConv.
Wfut.

15 rn

In

And"

'

23

^p

verbs

6 fern,

7T3X

22

nipn

(" 80, 10)

49.

of which

said:

remember

(pret.)the

"WK

thee, but17

asses21

5 Ni.

12 HJT

"-:"

"

shall

of Israel9

of Israel

the

ISD^XD

14Di)n

jn

]."-

he to

children

The

"
1.

saith16

to thee.

to hearken

righteous

es-

who

Egypt13 freely1^ Eat thou

eye15 (i.e. an envious, malig

evil

thee.

We

the

shall

Not

in

eat

an

children

eat10?

flesh11 to

person), for eat,

nant

171

the

(he is) good,

doings4.

patience of6

the

Ands

in vain7-

he

not

because1

righteous (man),

eat

leav

79.

EXERCISE

Say

unleavened27

sojourned30now31-

I have

out29

of16

sons

fool22 wise, prudent23

(" 85, 3)

cakes26

soul10 lie,

unto9

his heaven15

m.17 to cut off18 thumbs, great toes19 feet20 weak21

n.

expectation,
(sup

reach

flesh,body8 meet,

sword7

p.

in

dies3

when

DH

21

VERBS

are

of22

lllifS

heart18
will

not

Kish23

4^n

10 Hi.

were

n3

SDX

(give to eat)

'3

"3

TT

TT

or

his

(fern.)m'jinN

20

D;"

19^73 18 fa"?

N"1?
.

the

third

radical

is N"the

tf

qui-

PART

88

into

Patach

final

ens

syllablehas

the final

whenever

esces

Kamets:

Lengthening, 3.);N^D

the

other

fut. of all

E, and

or

for

NVO,

length
14.

("

N^?

full.
afformatives

Kamets:

(fiO)
in the

HK"D"

quiesces

pret. of all

conjugationsin Tsere : jlNVD^j in the imp. and

the conjugationsin Seghol: as rUN^?' rUN^Etf
verbs

The

3.

in

pret. Kal

the

in

as

be

to

consonantal

the

Before

2.

EXERCISES.

I.

throughout

the

middle
rest

like K*V

E,

of the forms

to

Tsere

fear, retain

fiN*y

as

"

*fiN*7DI

have

filled.

part. fern, is commonly

The

4.

n$yb

ntfmfor

as

Prov.

naOt?

njn

jiro

Zech.

EXERCISE

80,

J19"svpp

nx

has

nN?|H

8, IB.

contraction

by

3.).

Infinitive sometimes

The

NOTE.

6. B.

(" 12,

formed

the termination

13, 4.

F\tf

niEtT

or

j"T),

Ez. 36, 3.

"own

nj;

nin

father1 one2

brother7
cast14
find19
sweet24

to

all of us3 to create'1 why5

upon

afterwards25

to

to

s"ui39 ($ -25,7)40

to

to

hate21
fill26 his

be envious30

injure34to

clean10

(thesurface)16multitude

heal, cure20

to

fathers9

profane8our

bread15

friends of29
wound,

to

bind

men

oft1

of

after many17

gravel

(" 83,

to
up35 to split,

thy hcart'll-

deal

treacherously6
againsthis
renew12
within
me13
right11
to

to

congregationof22 evil doers23

mouth27

dush^G

stones28

6 ) crown32

days18

agreeable,

(" 85,
gray

to

2.

hair33

n.
unrighteousness37

a.)
to

p. m.38

VERBS

50:

"

f""j.

EXERCISE
I

heal1

said, Lord

great6 sin5-

in

the

the

camp,

Eldad

and?

do

my

him,

enviest20

the

thou

25

IXtf

8Ni.

9'rtf

Moses:

to

Joshua17

And7

And

said unto

Moses

would22

G-od22

Jehosheba30
and

and

that22
is not

ear25

intelligent
stole Joash31

he was34

hid35

in the

years.

TVavConv.

23

fut. nr\o

SI^ST

24fut.

[fern.]fTX

six

Lord

of the

house

them.

Athalia33,

from*

him

hid32

man16

young

And7

(the) men

they prophesied15 in

sake21?

isfound2^-

(man)28 wisdom

sinned

Eldad12

was

in the camp.

forbid19
for my

of9

people (were) prophets23. The

hearing. In the lips27 of the

Lord's

filled24 with26

and

prophesy

lord18 Moses

said:

and?

against*

have

ye

two

one1*

Medad14

(there) said

Medad

and

people:

of the

of the other13

name

the

unto

name

sinned3

for I have

(there)remained8

And?

campio? the

the

all

said

Moses

And

Thee..

81.

soul2-

my

89

Ni.

20 part Pi.

21

22?^-^

D'N'3J

193

KJp

U-

TT

32 m.

SO^T^IH;

ever

it should

ond

radical

for

36

35

the

take

not

receives

e.

place:

imp., i drops

infin. and

form

of the

imp.
these

2. With

is found

of this

(See 3

ye.

vow

with

"^,

Makkef

before

second

.touch.
3.

In

or

(See 3
most

cases,

lose }, when

as

the

sec

as"*",

forte:

Before

gtitt. the

(ibid.).
pX^" ^I^JT!
compensation, the
"*'"}
as
(Dag. lene);

tl" H W

occasionally:as

in

radical

of this

34 "TH

K3H

The

regular

C*ftJleave, VHJ

".)

verbs,

third

Dag.

word:

pargog.

to make

order

ending

bic, it takes the fern, nominal"

the

is %

without

the

following letter commencing

26:3

f'i).

C^JV t"^jn.fbrCT'^n (" 12, 4.).

does

part. Hith.

Sh'va, by assimilation, hence

doubled, i.

is

assimilation
In

take

2"p3j -7'ri3^

fut.

the first radical

verbs, of which

The

1.

VERBS

50.

"

D":^1

37

.*'J"3D

NL

29

is

the infin.
H"

"

guttural:

,or
as

fi"

H^

dissylla
"

'

when

Mjy

to

".)

these verbs

have

fut. and

imp. 0,

90

PART

many

A:

as

with

"fut.

0,

The

4.
the

EXERCISES.

^JD"to fall,fcty.
regular:

are

verb

The

imp.

"

JfO to give, has

besides

for

aiformatives

the

final 3 before

its

assimilates
for

DH^

as

(2) ; with"D^

infin. flfi,for rWl

UjrU;

of
irregularities

the

it also

Jl and

infin. of verbs

and

*?b}inf. ^535

as

the peculiarity,that
}''")

verbs

'

I.

^H,
10*? riflD; imp, fjl,\Jtf-J,
J

with

parag.

'

In

5.

njT7

take, the

to

is

analogous

to

the

of

Fut.
j"fi.

llpUbrHp^ inf. nHpj with D^Mnnp_3%nnp_^

nnpp; imp. np_,^np,
^np,n^np* Ho.np;-

the

for

verbs

Hp^

(" 14,

Short,

b.); but

Ni.

EXERCISE

12on

always

82.

^3"

$"

17y:)D
jr.K

xp

jt] np 40:

nin? nn?

:nnir
to

dig1 a

pit2to fall3 to break

npn
down4

fence5

to l"ite6

contemn8

all,every
thing9for.,in behalf of10 soul,life11

retain

anger13

sc.

knowledge24

off29 shoes30
chaff36

to

make

the mouth

form, make18
afar off23

to

from31

drive

properly42-

son-5

my

to

forth,utter20

thy

heart26

step near33

wind38

perform15

to pay,

of19 to pour

feet32

away37

vow14

iron39

to

my

to turn

ways27

kiss34

earth40

to
to

root

serpent7to despise,
revenge12 to keep,
to plant17to

Iooki6

an~ay21 backward22
to

observe28

out,

to

put

pluck up35 the

persons41(coll,)
substance,

Verbs

"51.

"'3*

EXERCISE

he

made8-

from

Lord

give

to

thine

give

him

to

the

dreamed23,

earth, and

deliverethsi

said

inherit3?

not
to

9fut.
lorpitfS
is

26 part. Ho.

25

fut.

rnn^

Thy

StfJ

i4Couv.i

30 fern. Hn

39^33

the

.Rightaway33

help^e.
This

my

Thou
woman

will

infra

47153

him

eat

211

sen;^-

D^JX

20

28 part.

aj"jj

12 PI. nan

i3nD"ip

22-^

^Sn^

san-a

take

And

on*

up26

we

(" 19, 6,) local

29

I will

to-morrow*!5 -via

23oSn

and

life.

house88and

son

us

son89

ensn

OITJ

24 rm.

D;?p

4ooi'n

4innn

give

and

me

heaven.

to29

father's

our

isnit.

16TU

a* J

31 Hi.

8^3

o. nyj

irnnoy

DK

in

set

To

Lord

vow1*?

thensi

his

death32.

give (s. f.)thy

I will give*my

me:

day40 and

to

ladder25

from

devised-^5-

they

shalt

behold24,

of22

days

the

(which)

thy lips11

man-child20,

top of it2? reached^8

the

eousnessso

life3*

and

made-t

wilt remember

if18 Thou

all

and

vowed15

she

handmaid19
Lord

He

flesh3-

evil

from

10

And!-*

of Hosts*7?

wilt

his

is fallen into the ditch?,

tongue

speaking!2 guileis.

said

he

thy

Keep9

83,
touch

and

digged^ it, and

pits,and

hand

forth*. thine

Put

91

^n?

Hi.

pU

34-^33

SSDJST

'-.":"

.($ 85, 4, 6.)

T

into
a.

classes

three

Dagesh
jTyn)

to

strew,

py

?". The

second

letter

for

"

DD'J

pour,

class

of Hi.
Hi.

radical:

fire,to kindle, JW

on

to

'

is but
the

changes
"
=

and

divided

are

is used

are

four

e,

Hi.

(Ni. flV-J
'

spread down,

to

form.

retains

Chirek

by

verbs,

slightly irregular. The

preceding vowel in fut. Kal
the

as

indicated

fi"*
to

"1^ to

fut. Kal

The

D^YCPatach
+

out,

pour

In this class

the second

as

quiescesin

all forms
from

set

is

which

is assimilated

'

e.

letter.

in the next

all have

which

comprises those, in

3"", i.

verbs

in the

""

first class

The

"""

first radical

the

of which

verbs

The

1.

VERB?

51.

"

into

Chirek
Tsere:

as

weak
and

1W\

as^tp"",

" 12, T. b. 2.). To

1.

PART

this

T""" and

The
of

class

this

of the

In

Hithp.

from

the

1 in

to

know.

J?T,

The

good,

In

to the

the

the

middle

the

not

-l^H (12,

for

In

2.

ing

the

I1?"

With

of the

word,

re

usual

one

T^llTfor T^H, -?Wl"

The
the

preformatives

form

now

aslV,

Oliirek into Tsere:

1^;

V-

conv.

but

vowel,

'

drops.

"

have

'

syllables,lengthen

open

for

2T.).

7. b.

fut, Kal

"T^U

TT"for

to

at

H^Mbr iVl, Dg*,

as

which
conjugations,

homogeneous

changed

-J^N,Hi. y?in,Ho. nVin,

verbs only is restored:
asyi'fnn,

have

preformatives

1 is

to.

few

the

verbs

The

class.

beginning (Ni., Hi., Ho)

in

now

":

awake.

to

^H"
third

into
those

at

pret. nVu,

Ni.

turns:

to be

word

letter

original1, being

the

straight,right, 3fc"

properly V'"),but

are

characteristic

apoc,

belong

(" 12, 7. a,).

for Din

T""

(fut.W

T"

wail? lament,

'"5

beginning

the

be

to

to
V?T"

verbs

other

and

verbs:

IB*

T"0

suck,

to

pr
c.

belongsix

class

EXERCISES.

in

Hiphil

with

conv

"'
171*1
3.

About

half

with

future

others

4.

drops

The

infin.

and

the

have

verbs

retain

possession of,

take

to

these

"

is formed

5.

H"]? to bear, ril-jto

The

the

they

imp.
fut.

6. The
to

be

second
are

Occasionally,it

or

DC^with

"P"
Kal

of the

class:

to

B^**JW

"n",

inflected

Verbs

dry, ^

become

go

like the

third

with

as

segholate ending H"

with"
) is appended: as

*like

Chirek

E.
:

The

"''^"

as

inherit.

to

const,

^niTO.

future

quiescent in

jfTJ^,

ft-"

the

i.

y",

e.

the

(" G6.) (with Gutt.

"

D^DD: H"}^, rClS?,

has

the

fern/termination

down.

POp',

parag.
LTT

to

take

possession of,

labor, toil, is formed

(3)" but
class:

in

like

Ni., Hi., Ho.

as

7. The

verb

forms from'"jD:

Tj"to
iut,

go,

Kal

belongs to

T]^,imp.

""5, taking its

Tp,

infin.

irregular

HjS"

Hi

VERBS

" 50.
In
it

all cases,

is

verbs

Tj^Hpret.

from

as

the

where

however,

inflected

v'2

Kal

EXERCISE

v'"

regular

are

part.
TJ7J1,

Kal

84.

niir

rot

rny?

: trNrrns

^p

rq^

i7NjD

nin

is^pin

JWQ^

ll\h]

J^nnn

nj;
'

nin

^i

"39

40 ''

41

42

jn

r^^-i *i\S"W 13
sons2 the fear of3 slander,Vin

statute, law1
both

of them6

night11to be
days16 a
kindle25
to

be

in

burn26

to

what43

weary48

every

do

pleased

to

help,

to

to

one44

bitter49-

Levite13

to

bear,

from
make

make

anything22

succor27

to

consent*0

bring forth14

squanderer,prodigal18

spread down,

sleep38 alone39

damsel9

the

to

whither31
fatigued30

there34
to

to

be

to

of8

father

good,merry12

drunkard17

thee21

before

together7the

"-jSn
to slander4

to

become
make

to

and

dwell40

thaf doeth45

to

be wearied29

to

make

be

rare46

troublesome41

thy

foot47

to

ascend33

to

grave36 together,at

weary,

increase15

poor19 to put, place20

good23 your ways24 to

thy presence32(prop.f. thy face)

bed35

lodgeall

add,

object of praise28to
praise,

one's

sit down5

to

be

one

time37
words42

satiated,

^4

PART

1.

EXERCISE
Kebuke1

not

wise

man5;

and

he

will

love

wise

man,

and

he

will

be

and

he

the house
And*

of

the

mourning1

king put

him.

on

And*

shall ask19

1-

their

fathers21

Iand29.

ters

of32

Jordan

hand

thou

God

thyself of43

day47

6 fut, A.

71HT

Labor39
father

to-morrow44;

bring

may

forth4^.

(to be wiser) DDQ

nS^ HrjnnS isnnpfr

22

in

31

Hi.

37

inf. (connect

inn

t. t. come

do

36

433

DV

and

27

283

37)

42Hith.

36

.*Vav

"
verbs

The
second
DO

now

radical

1.

hence

word

Dag.,
as

The

termed

which

DQ, for 3D"

35

D3\D

to

inf.

your

4113J;

Conv.

48

to

over

come

SSn

do

5-2. ArERBs

18-2)

17

13_J?

passing

40 Hi. inf. with

good 2E3" Hi.

yy

Juss. HIT

ace.

ep-"

with

ace.

5^3^

33

S
47

J"T

'23D'J3X

32

DD'J"3^

39Juss.

Qf

SHI.

16lb"S

241

Hi. pret.

341^

over

1 Hi.

""

with

25

good48-

I "."

HI.

what

not

V1)

J3

""-[

JTJ?

38

^^

46fut.

lS"

T3J?

45 tut.

letter is

generally

similarlv

written

is, however, omitted

but

to

the

at

but

the end

once,

of the

("12,4, Note).

!QD

resultingmonosyllabic

is vocalized

thee

not

belonging to this class are contracted, the

having been repeated in the root, as D^D"

:
Irregularities
The
repeated

with

2.

"

26

pT

j^S

Juss.

4KJJ#

.-

Know

Boast42

We

wStfltf20

DP13X

SOHti^r

30-)5J?kX

21

Him.

u1?:^ 1QnpS 9

123

rich40-

knoweft45

know37

might

to be

wa

passed

were

ye

for thou
will

on28

up81 the

earth

the

serve41

DDtlS

dried

not

and

15

of38

your

Jordan2?

until34

you83,

people

let know25

this

God

your

hold17

saying, what

shall

ye

over26

before

thy

just man

children20

your

come22;

to

came

Lord.

of

saying1^ lay

When18

up.

Lord

all the

of the

the

the

to a
(instruction)

; teach8

hand,

Then24

from

That3^

over35-

the

Forso

his

in time

children, saying, Israel

dry

learning10- (It is) good to go to

Go, eat with12 joy is thy bread^.
dried

stones23?

Give

yet7 wisei-6

forth15

his hand

these

(mean)

in

increase9

will

thee.

rebuke

thee ;

lests lie hate4

scorner2"

85.

word

regular

from

this contraction

verbs,

but

differs in

recedes

regular

verb

imp.

DD.-

as

for

SbfJV
(comp.

of the
for

verb

J?"J?
.:

!Dp",

like

3), ("14, Kising III.).

in

Patach

have

excepted,which

fut. Ni.

and

Infin.

I.

NOTE

in the

radical

second

fut. DD""
SfafJ?

like

!Dp,

first radical

the

to

95

yy

of the

vowel

the

:
particular

this

VERBS

52.

"

stead of Tsere.

preformativeforming an open syllable, which

fut. Kal
:
requires long vowels, has the pretonicKamets
The

3.

drops,

for

DDp"" fut. Hi. 2D*"

for

DD""

forward

is thrown

the tone

when

this

hence

Mp!;

Kamets

(" ^.

n^PJI

as

Keject. 1.)-

T)"

fl;

"*

of the

rO2D

future

5.

vowel

as

radical,

similar consonants,

Cholem)

in

receiving the tone, shortens

the

enters

instead

7.

ened

:niD"
With
into

Seghol:
S.

235P"

of

Dag.
are

Cholem

1 the

Kamets-Chatuph,

Before

and

the

meeting

long vowel

Thus

the

regularly

in the

of three

(invariably
forms

Poel,

inflected

as

niinpn*
convers.

as

imp.

require Dag,

avoid

to

Poal, Hithpoel, arise, which

DDiD'

"

J"U in the

with

Hith., which

]D5P

as

fOD

or

order

in

as

in the pret.

is Cholem

H13D

as

forms

the

and

and

rvtopn* H^P

Pi., Pu.

In

vowel

one

vowel

in

Hi., and

in

second

M^3P^

as

the

perceptible the doubling

more

:
defectively)

helping

This

fut. Kal:
6.

'"

to avoid

"!)

but

helping vowel

This

radical.

(writtenfully or
the

to render

2)

with

consonants

(f)

consonant

is used:

vowel

helping

three

of

meetin^

f"QD

f"U)

^"

with

begins

aiformative

the

When

4.

DCn"

DOT

suffixes

and

of the

the Tsere

fut. Kal

is short

of the fut. Hi. into

(" 33, 4.).

the

same

change

takes

place,

for the

96

I. EXERCISES.

PART

same

(" 14, Short, c.): as

reason

IIT

He

may

be

gracious

"

to

us

shall

Jinjnf) ye

instead:

solemnize

'JtS^*Hiph.

as

it ;

"J3p?, Tsere

strong sharpening) (" 14, Short,

Kal

In

II.

Vd* " 29, 1.)

to

they

the

Tsere under
I

and

DD3

DOT

"

"

29, 7.

Eze

"

he

cuts

off, is. is, 5.

Dagesh compensates

cal,

it

as

fut. Kal
1. Ki.

Ex.

3D*

9, 8.

and

3CV;

to
-fp"

bow

DT

with

as
occasionally:

he is

p")j

broken,

11.
in

the

final

the

vowel

syllable,
27, 2.

and

omitted

one

of

the

forte

Dag.
in

the

this class of verbs

Hi.

shall
Dfc*'?

Dp!

Jud.

preforma

second
in

be

follows.
radi

Chaldee

18, 23.

1"

86.

rnrr

D^nS-S

lo-

^inn

Dt^

Snr

18

Sis

nin

"

17

astonished,

23, 21.

19

^p JO

head;

EXERCISE

or?

3,

has

19, 6.

embittered, Job

(fr-DD1)"

the

verbs

has

is short

for the

generally

occurs

Cliolem

verbs

Ho.

and

(according
49, 23.
^

of these

Tsere

Patach
be

in

of these

tives in Kal, Ni., Hi.

This

takes

gutturals:*1DH

In many

V.

NOTE

sometimes

Hi.

POD*

as

bitter,Is. 24, 9.

has
syllable

the

upon

it is hot, De.

OH*

Am.
spoiled,

are

(the

Gen.

fut. A.

sometimes

'

they

VD3

especiallywith
rnn

final

^p.3fi?P^

IV.

NOTE

the

in

Ni.

III.

NOTE

The

5.

middle

arrows.

*")"* it is

: as
preformatives

despised,G-en. 16,

am

forward

of

examples

24, 24.

Job

lifted up.

are

Chirek

regular verbs:

!Qh they shoot

as

found

are

into

thrown

with

as

"

is chosen

b.)

here

not
'"

}"

n""

afformatives

NOTE

is

accent

The

9.

Kubbuts

or

nri

"

V'tfAND

27rb ;infc unn

"i?"3#ncnn?
Di*n

t?"' nin?
n^n
nprn^'N*
j ^S wx*n

44

("24, 3.) to

Gibeon12

der17 thunder18
to

covenant

my

door34

turn35

to

beat

down49

to

bed37

be

he

The

Lord

of12

the

rolled*

fendi"

keep

the

stone5

from6

will

defend!"

wicked

Sisera22the

desireth13

city,to

Lord,

Hazael34?

us.

the

Lord

them.

was

(He)

to

save39

to

do

to

the

save20

mouth

of 7

Jerusalem

you,

it.

2^' shall

And

of

thou

The

u.

And
Lord

He

wax26-

compass30

wells.
soul

him

I will dediscomfited2!

that trusteth27
about30-

Bc-

will be

gracious33unto
Israel.
And
Syria35? oppressed3**

graciuus37 to them
whom

the

God, that32 He

king

the

neighbor is not fa
will 'I begin16 to mag

mercy

in the year.

me

evil, his

Hills23 melted2-* like25

I pray

break, make

(my sweetness)44 the

feasts to

his

this

defeat21

ST.

tliou slialt

of Hosts^

in

i*

to

terrified,
dismayed47 to recede48

eyes15- This day

nify thee!7 in the sight of!8 all Israel.

vored

thun

cause

astonished,confounded50-

times2

And

p. f.

to

Arnoritelo

I will increase/"3

laws, to rule38
n.

be

thus27

measure32

begin43

open,

(sc.life,)to

confound20

to
so,

to

inscribe

to

EXERCISE
Three1

valley15 Ajalon16

the host of31

("96, 2.)42to

embitter46

Almighty45 to

rnrr

outcry, cry

my

(" 101, II, b.)8 Joshua^

moon14

year25seventh?6

as30

hin"e36his

name41

evil40 my

still13

(prop,voice, sound) Philistines19

with29

narrow

commit4

roll,to

to

then7

festival23 seven24

celebrate22

void28

28

wi-n

DW

works3

many2

stay, stand

to

25rm"3

:jm^43Sr?D

n"S

weakened6
fur help5to be languid,

sun11

29

21!"jii

"? :4(7l.n

mn

be

97

nsrr

adverb1

^y

rS"n?*^S

^Ofi^

mix

mn

VERBS

53.

and

blesseth^a

had

compassion-^

(js)blessed40:
13

and

on

(he)

98

PART

whom

thou

downH

e^D

curseth-u

Hi. fut. with

5pK

is cursed-12.

soul45?

my

EXERCISES.

1.

hope^e

Vav

thou

y?J

Conv.

Why13

in-*7 Q0d
keep

to

D'S

'VV

14 HO.

fut.

"

no'S^iT

ia#3j

isnniK

pn

iom.

"-T

yty

20 Hi.

19 pret. with

Vav

Conv.

24 Ni.

253

26JJ1T
27part.nD|
se

^nS 35D^N 34^?n

40 Pu.

Pi. fut.

39

part.

:47i?

45

53.

"

class

the

those

verbs

compared
similarity or

points of

Conv.

Hith.

VERBS

best

are

Vav

fut.

nn#

the

15

Conv.

1, DDH

fut.

233
Conr.

Vav

41

fut.

related.

second

To

this

radical

is V

preceding yy, whereby

difference

be

can

TJ"^

29npn

42 Ho.

i"y

the

with

""

^n

37 fut. with

QrH

nearly

are

Hi.

fut. DDD

43 HD

AND

of which
with

ace.

16

21 tut.

SOPL

with

yy
^y

Si J

22"OCTp

subn

321

44

yay the verbs

belong

which

(f.)-B'SJ

23 Qnn

pn

orn'joyrn'rr

17 Pi. inf.

Wy%

ODD

33

fut.

pj

38 Pi. fat. with

"p3

Sn1

46IIJ.

To

cast

JUfl

feast

them

art

rendered

the
most

conspicuous.
In
The

1.

in the

pret. Ni.

These
weak

the
tween

and

esces,

cal:
for

insertion

and

6.

cases),

rare

peculiarities
originatefrom
letter 1 cannot

and

as

retain

its

Cholem
and

with

y^y its vowel

instead
Dj"5"

of DlpT5inf.
B.

3) f

Hi.

7;a.); Ho. Dfmfor DJpH

in

an

verbs

open

before
Hi.

not

principle,that

Dip

power

be

following vowel
either
drops or quia

recedes
for

"

D'jTT,for

to the

Dp;

first radi
fut.

D'lbn ("

(" 12, 6, B.,

syllablebecomes

diflor from

the

consonantal

between
(not even
preceding vocal Sh'va,) the 1

These

and

Ho.

vowels;

now

in fut. Kal

helping (union)vowel
afformatives,but only in Ni.

6.
Dip? (" 1T2,

Chat.

vowels:

of the

two

pret.

" 12,

long
(Tsere in

Poel, Poal, Hithpoel.

consonantal

5.

monosyllabic.

Kamets

forms

4. The

Kal

y'ty-

preformatives have

3. The

in

is

stem

2. The

the

with

common

D^pN
ibid.

3.)'(Kamets-

(" 14, Length. 1.).

J7"J"in the following points :

VERBS

" 53.
The

a.

vowel

quiescingin

has

NL

Patach

ing the mutable

pretonic Kamets
7. Intransitive

NOTE.

In

t^'13to

verbs

occur

" 12,

be

Cholera

Part,

B.).

TUX

as

ashamed, XlD*1! and

Fut.

b.

middle

with

6.

Hi.,

in

""

D^5 fut. DlpV

after remov
2.)',

for

"

pret., and

in

the

0:

inf. nto;

fut, is al

light,tf13

to

come,

came.

Dp*" with

is

and

E.

no?

be

to

he

and

Tsere

inf.,imper. and

the 1 of the

verbs,

apocopated

8. The
with

fut.

some

quiescentin

ways

in

(for runs

ns

nnp,

DlpJ

\ " 12/7.

Dip; (the1 becoming

for

Kal,

it.

Cholcm

final

99

AND

Vtf is longer: 1 in

in

vowel-letter
b. The

V'y

Vav

Couv.

DJT1*

gutturals 1D*1"
The

9.

usual

form

paradigm:

in the

and

of 2.

HMplpp;

3.

like

form

fern, is

pi.

pers.

given

is sometimes
jrjfc'jtl

with.

met

Several

10.

double

the

modify

verbs

Vj; in

first radical

with

common

as
signification:
IT^H

the

permit, suffer; J^H

to

Some

iTpfT for JTpn

as

the

pass

to

Note

y"y (" 52

night,

thus

rest, (T^H

to

cause

5.)

J^H

to

to

complain,

murmur.

Verbs

11.

quiescent"

'"J?, Verbs
have

having

twofold

inflection

tially inflected like the Kal

after

(H

having removed

and

Several

H).

possess both

The

NOTE.

Kal, by the
he

forms
fut.

"veVbs

(Vy

rel, Kal

*"y :

of

understanding,Job
Not

II.

and

and

seldom

Kal

v'#): ^U

Hi.

D1"*

to
to

they

are

par

syllableof Hiphil

only in this form, others

occur

VJ7 and

radical

VJN partiallylike its Hiphil,

of

Hiphil can
signification
only:as J^

givesthem
NOTE

verbs
of

in Kal

characteristic

the

second

for their

and

J^ and J^

as

be
he

"

from
distinguished

understands

that of

(Kal), DTDn

32, 8 (Tliphil).
Hi.

rejoice,Kal

set, put, Kal

in

agree
and
and

Hi.

Hi.

sense

2T\

etc,

in

these

to

quar

100

PAKT

EXERCISES.

1.

EXERCISE

88.

5Din

DIB";~"DIOIK

IK o

raiS
18Dnpc"17nrn
pK
|

23iD"

niir

noDra
T

"

""

"

:;pr

"p
IK

12npt?

K1?

I5pton

DVJ^

21pn
"

n-Sx

K^r?13iy?

:16irv39njn

:221KDD
:

SD"

9n?

^x

njri 143T'5 :nipp

nnn

DHN*

nin*
*-

wy

^"

25Sba :

IK

vn^'Nn

43

42

nn

JJQD

nin?

^3 : DysTi

y 61niKn

to

despise1(" 107, 4.)

honor6
turn14

the face of7

(" 107, 4.)

before20

lished19

to

to shake33
move,

put away38

raise45

placeof the

be rich46 "

prepared,ready54 war55

that3

the

they

Lord

may

spake1

search4

lies18

found,

to

be

to

(" 106, 2.)

rest31
to

shout

at

to

the

with
stones

his

help,victory56deed, act57

to

to

totter,

joy37
of41

to

to

head43

re

put,

first44
attend48
to

kill52

bring,lead58-

89.

Moses,

land

re

exult, re

wait32

to

(prop,to come)
head, hence:

to

saying :

of Canaan.

to

lay the foundation

to

to be poor47to mark,
preten,d
desire,lust of51
disappointed50

to

up5

firm,estab

26, 6.

EXERCISE
And

tell17
to

rise

to

open-eyed12blind13

shout, sing36

to

meditation, prayer49 to be ashamed,

horse53 to be

to

wrath30

grief39 to set40

(from CrJO)

pretend

deaf11

hair4

gray

3 bef. inf. const.25

.away29

turn

vineyards35

anger,

.to

or10

his throne22

up, fix24

soft28 to

set, lay42 n#K"VD

to

set

raise34

to

mouth9

establish21

to

joice26answer27

make8

depart15 his house16

to

(of a building)23to

of2 (" 84, 7.) before3

void

Sends
And

men,

tin?

men

went

up5

and

came6

they

returned?

from

they

And

days".
wordis
thou

sentest

less^

the

be

And

they murmared20

God

that22

by26

fal!25
Let
And

the

the

sword.

raake28

us

and

ed33

(and went)

of

(" 101,

3.

n.) -Vr\

~Sx

tf'X

32

nj? J

38

with

31

Vav

T-l1"? IQpartic.

Ni.

20

26

25

30

nj"3
Conv

^3 J

SS^QVlC' 52Hi.

^D

"

51 Vn^
-

few

some

2.

All

the

on

sev-

that

saw4^

the
and

earth

50

third

29

18

8)

96.

(" 116, a)

22

28

35pret. 33^

pam?.

34

(" 90, 2)

pret.

fut.

to

T^

would

|J}3 27

stay

all

-(31

Conv.

Vav

1 Pi. with

eat.

lOsing. (" 92, 3)

3^

Bffcn

I7

God

"3

D_2S^

that

(" 97, 4) VHX

night

nS

-T

:-

Conv.

Vav

("

did

he

42

49 Pause

41 H3N!

^\
!

lS"

48 Hi.

40

Hi,

CD^p
#H

?-13 47 Hithp. part.

"
The

t^D3

(" 84, 2)

31

pret. n^

43^3'^

Conv.

Vav

1.

article

23

36H^1^

-I:
44

45KT1

Conv.

Vav

37 npT

4""n3y

the

24 part. Hi. ^13

Pi. with

Q-lD

with

and

him

11 Hi.

21^

earth:

the

the

from

arose

before

asked, they putss bread

he

arose^s

house

into the house

and came
(himself52)
and
into his (own) house
(when)
returned

he

thenso

God;

Iay35

and

anointed^

and

washed^1

he

fast-

he

perceived4^ that

he

and

and

David

And

Egypt.

into

pass42

to

land, to'
another2?,

from

up

came

died.

Thenso

dead.

was

child

the

whispered4?

servants4**

child*9

it

to

of his

raise4** him

And

one

nights*

all

elders^?

the
to

not**-

clay that44

enth*s
his

him39,

to

would

he

but

And

earthse.

this

childsa,

stayed

And

Egypt.

return

us

foi-si the

God

(pret.)and

in

let

Would

to

us

said

they

captain29, and

went

the

upon

And

besoughtso

David

brought24

Lord

hath

said

of

land

the

in

diedas

land.

the

in

and

against2i Moses

had

we

Neverthe

good.

dwell"

that

strong^

whither**

land

the

to

came

we

back"

brought

and

surelyis it is very"

and

us

people

wherefore

said

forty9

after"

land

the

Moses

to

came

and

himi2

to

of

searching

And

it.

searched

and

land

the

into

radical

54.

VERBS

,"S
"

of these

verbs

was

originallyV

of

1,
forms

ending

with

the

third

radical, change

into

102

I.

PART

tl-

H^,

as

Kal,
3.

To

ty

for

which

(" 12, 7. a,), excepting

regular ^JU

is

forms

all those

ative, (fi,

EXERCISES.

the

fO)

f\, "fl" Ij,

in

quiesces in the pret. Kal

of the
and

active

other

original*

Chirek:

afform-

consonantal

as

in

part.

pass.

This

returns.

IV^

the

in

"

in

conjugations, promiscuously

fttyand JT^, in the pret. of the

Tsere; as fVtyjin the imperative and

Chirek:

only

with

ending

the

"

pret.
Tsere

Passives,

as

in

future

'

Sehoi:

as

4. In
n

the

3.

in order

"

sing, pret,, fl

fern.

pers.

to

avoid

the

vocal

repetition of ft :

the

into

is commuted

HD^Jl

as

for

nrfo,
5. Before

17^

6. The

,1

) the

fi

drops :

6. B.

(" 12,

as

3.).

quiesces

in all the pret. forms

in all the

in Kamets:

imperat. f.

all the

in

*"

^jYUprop. ^|,^n

for

TOfb

p|,

afformatives

as

in Tsere:

as

JlS^H^ etc. ;
fl^f.
11703 ^ etc.;

H^

"

"

part. f. in Seghoi:

fut. and

nSjlK

as

etc,

7. The

inf.

ni^n, ni?^
titty,

as

The

8.
the

vowel:

avoid
like
vowel
with

the
is
Pe

from

I.

Sometimes

^ie

fD'!lan^
NOTE
open

*\rV\

II.

the

and

it

Kal

as

he

and

first
was

off
and

and

but

Kal,

htf'
Hi.

to

(formed

the helping
guttural'

look, (" 14, Rising IV.)

made,

(" 66, 10.).

syllableis

affected

not

kindled, IITI

and

he

by

the

rejoiced,

encamped.
The

of
preformatives

syllable sometimes
and

flV

which
^y_,from Jl^Jp,

rv?#,

is used:

Guttural, "y"\

guttural: as

an

7^,

as

Segholates " 66.). With

let him
Patach
y"
: as

NOTE

throwing

in
preceding Seghoi, whence
would
arise,having three consonants

helping Seghoi

by

formed

is

future

the

Hiphil forms
one

conjugations with

all the

etc.

apocopated

with

in

ends

const,

she

wandered.

has

the
Tsere

apocopated Future, forming

:

as

|")^

and

we

turned

NOTE

helping vowel

The

III.

3^*1

as

forms:
10.

N'T

and

rW

to

inf. const

nVH

fut.

fut

rViT"

11.

12.

niqn^
,

The

suffix:

nV^)
for

he

^75^

pret., the

with

"

live.
V

nTty

fut. apoc.

as

has

me,

pi. DfTO

with

suffix
has

preceding

In

me,

" 44, 16, in7Dl

imP- "T.0;
Yav

TT),in

23

pause

various

Piel

vowel

^V (from
(from H7i),
^j1??^'

third

me,

person

invariably
Piel

changes :
drops before

to

the

fern.

sing.

form

H7^

*40?3 (shaine) has

'

it shall

consume

it, for 'i

90.

rush

nj;

Conv.

Hithp. nirj^^n.
("n. Btog iv.)

answered

the

EXERCISE

DfVTTl;

DJl"rj" inf. Dl^rt'

down.

bow

attached

made

two

WQili

thee.

^yn.
is

Kal

fut. apoc.

he
"^J" (from !"ttj")

Hiph.

has

with

suffixes,occasions

commanded

fut.

^V?;
'IT,

fut. HW"

the

mute):

drink.

with

'

Ynnt^(forinn0

of

first

NTK

pi. pret.

inf.

the

case

to

gave

apocop.

in pause

VT"

2. pers.

he

prefixes DVH3"

apocop.

annexing

he
*1"^J""

ered

Conv.

Yav

pret. 2. pers.

be.

termination

the

the

see,

(original
IHJfOto

nnty

13.

the

to

Hiphil pret. nTJil"

*fT"

as

to

with

JTrT.with

imp.

fut.

JIT!

HiSn

in

(a liquidbefore

and

captive,f^\

took

he

verb

the

In

9.

and

omitted

be

can

103
t

than the second,

sound

radical is softer in

fth

VERBS

" 54.

njn

22

cov

PART

1.

w"

:D*D

104

rnrv

'

3onp"rn

build1

buy2

make

to

g-oldof?

for thn

weighed6

lame19

swer18

silence24

to be

do25

to

tion, correction34

*}% vj.^3a
sun-dial

no

down21

of26

of anger

breath

possessor

an

shadow

help,assistance44

to

want,,

in my

and

do5

them,

and

make

you

less child.

to

Joshua,

be

with

Only22
thou

saying:
thou

he

mayest

which

Moses,
it to3"

from
book35

I will

thee:

right

law

and

do

thou

mayest observe42
If

thou

to

he

to

And

stop from,

to

the

Lord

spake

forsake

nor21

according

to43

alli5 unto

Moses, (so) I 'will

the

to

that2^

of

day and
the

to

law,

turn2^

left33-

out

thee.

all the

to

thee:

according

return

father

courageous24,

very

or32

at

cry14

thee,

therein
do

anger

perhaps39 enemy40

afflict^

not

depart^

not1

meditate3^

lord37

coramandmentss

my

with1^

was

hand31

shall

thou

therein.

shall

fail20

to

instruc

possess46.

servant2*7* commanded28

my

but38

ten

not

observe26

shalt

4.

turn42

to

keep4

cry1?-

strong23 and

the

of the

his

As18

to33

unto
graciously1?
you,
9
multiply you, and establish 10

afflict13 him

surely16 hear

keep

to

turn?

Ye

you.

If thou

I will

me,

I will

fruitfuls and
withn

covenant

my

thenG

an

91.

and

statutes1;

to

2U
enemy28 thirsty

owner,

" 89,

per-

17

laugh23

to

fast,adhere

possessor,

without45

EXERCISE
If ye walk2

to hold

of

be

to

another

the cry

of27

of,rnind

degrees)41 to
be

to

ear16

clouds5

of11

secret

weep22

to

man38

angry

of the

words4

death10

stop15 his

to

equal-0 to break

the
(literally:

desist43

drink9

to

to wait14

declaration

increase3

much,

help31wait for,,hope in32

to let go35 to associate36

drink30

give to

do

or

Ophir8

reveal13
to disclose,

son12

to

to

rttflt?'4

jrrirr 82w

-33irrn

6n^p
to

nnS

^NE^-ONI

34nis:3

EXERCISES,

-not

This34

thy mouth

T,

night4^,that41

all that

is writ

Almighty14*

thmi

shalt

built

be

Lord

spaceso. The
do52

unto

Lord,

is

on

thanSG

large

III.

in55

trust54

to

in

the

(" 101,

can

(It is) betted

put confidence5^

to

in

me

what

105

space46 I called47

answered4o

side51

my

man?

me

confined

the

Lord

the

ANOMALOUS.

DOUBLY

From

up4S-

Lord48;

the

upon

VERBS

55.

"

the

Thou

man.

1.)

hast

might fall; butci the Lord

And
wise^s
in thine (own) eves.
Be2"3 not
helped me.
well-belovedes hath"n
he despised64the birthrightes. My
clearedit
of stones"
he fenced69 it and
a
vineyard^. And
thrustss

and

built

that?4

Pi.

HJ.T

18^X3
25infin.

6Conv.

11

10

with

Hi.

with1?

24

321

Conv.

Vav

(fut.A.)

yDN

Slprp1

30

23

l""

50 arm

T:TT

48 n1

73

Pi.

HIP

72VUD

47 with

acc,

with

22

pm

brought

IjSn1'nipH

fut.

2Kal.

HJ'T.8 with

Conv.

14fut.

p^_ 21^1

20111.

28 Pi.

27

291^0

HI*

^D

36

S7,T3^

Vav

Conv.

p^Jf 13
19

nS^

34

ftit.

D^

26

H3J^

35^30

63

Conv. HT3

533113

52

DDH

62

rTH

61 1

60 with

SpD

69

Pi.

pT""

(" 83, 9)

verbs

anomalous

51

on

inf. ^

my

59

67 hath

68'TT

42iut.

43^
=

to

me

inf.abs. (g105 1)

was

side

to

66D^3

74 with

inf"

-T

"

"T^

75

DJJ

"

'

ANOMALOUS.

DOUBLY

VERBS

55.

H^

54HDH

70 Pi.

71HJ3

44^

4onj3

76

Doubly

it

Vav

x-jp^46^5

553

"

"

and

15infin. abs. ($105, 1)

38 Conv.

56("91, 1)D
i'DS 64 with Vav

looked^

TT

4onjjr

he

S-jSlXD

Q.1p9 Hi.

(" 85, 4)

41'IVDS 40nl7'|l71DDr39H:n

it, and

grapes^,

4fut.

(fut.A.)

ace.

of

abs. (" 105, 1)

16inf.
17ir"pj;V

SsbKD^

H^

prot.

r\X

midst

forth?5

the

in

tower'2

bring
grapes??-

7HJ3

thatso

me

should

wild

Hi. H""3

at

"71 a

it

forth

12

sore59

have

two

radicals, both sub

of the different irregular verbs: as

ject to the anomalies
to bear, carry,
to be will
XVI
belong to J"" and tf"7" HDN

ing"to
Verbs

N"3

of the

fT'S
and

N"D"

6.

H"Sand

K),

n?'"

most

a,

fut.

H"1?

and

HD^

with

inf. nlDPI'

H5K

Vav

frequent
to

to

occurrence

bake, fut, Kal

of this kind

H^

particip.Ho.

T|*Vimp.
H?p5

HDJ

H3H
to

smite, pret. tli.HDH-

Conv.

are

part. H^D',
,

apocop.

bow,
14

t|H,

incline,

fut.

Kal

Vav

Conv.

imper.
d.

"

|T^

e.

N*"'3 and

""2,

Hi,

tut.

i"l{",with

N*"

Piel

Eeject. B.

ft"%
to

*"", HI*

thanks.

fi^ty

ntttfand

N"", inf.

flit. Kal

out, fut. Kal

go

ret/K'^

Hi

and

tO?V

D"1,

X"h"NEty

X"S and

Conv.

Vav

H^.with

and

""

c.

EXERCISES.

1.

PART

106

fut. NW

throw,

to

fut.

VT_1 and

3.), Hi.

fut.

Ntf',

imp. NJf, inf.

"

Hi.

to

confess,

to

give

they cast, (for!pT"l(" 12,

iT^iS with

suff.

pret,
^"|1kX,

n*jin,part, niio*
/. yy

and

^wS

lSt* Hi.

to

Nl3Tto
cause

come,
to

come,

EXERCISE

Kal

pret

fut.

ND^HND,

lead, "bring.,
pret. NOrT*

92.

i^*^^
nni^

nirr
jD'Sj;

itrn

DID

to?? DW.

26

"in

"7

niiTTi^

:43nkxr

nn^j; nw-n!

tg
in

the wid, remoteness

to go forth7

bear11

men22

of21 wise

to

prosper28

to

confess29

to

withhold24

to

mercy30

obtain

to

oppress15
of19

to incline20

beat25

to

tell39 to

to

the
to

right

ask, in

($81

declare41 the fishes of42

speak40to

the

to die26

incline31

to

to

of the

out

to

pervert18the ways

to

paths6

afraid10

("85, 4.) to sit,abide34 to go out35 to come36

beasts38

the
terrogate37

be extortionate14

to

teach4 ways5

to

to praise9 to fear, be

give thanks,
vex,

of3

mountain

set, direct,turn23

to

the left hand33

hand32

to

to

yoke12 youth13

cover27

to

of8

10T

GENERAL.

the

up2

subjectof the sentence17

bosom16
words

of1 to go

word

the

the

Ix

5f".

"

1 .)43

serve44-

My

son,

fear1

bear2

thy

shame3-

within?

eous

them

EXERCISE

93.

Lord

and

the

wilt

city:

thou

be5

fifty6 right

destroy9 and

also8

spare10 the place for11 the fiftyrighteousthat

Thou

shalt

in1?

answer16

bring

forth23

would

not

get thee

with

of the

Lord

thee

take44

that48

know4?
be

with50

say

52.

her

she

and53

head

Jehu

came

face66

to

who?

in

the

And53

eunuchs?1her

threw
the

wall74-

foot?3-

is49

glanced60
the

there

and

he

on

gate64, and53
said

glanced

out

on68

said, Throw?2
the

Who

(some)
horses:

lifted

two69

her

down.

of her

blood

and

he

trod

may

shalt
heard
tired59
And

window62-

he

and

I will

and53

(is)on
him

earth

Jezebel56

eyes

the

at61

out

and

and53

her

the

Lord

thee

thou

what

and

Jezreel55

puts? paint58 (on)

window,

down:

to

the

and

Go

thee

teach51

and
came

at63

And

God

Israel.

in

thee

all the

not

with3?

me

smite43

I will

in

I know34

day will

"

land

the

to

to

come

thee4"*, that46

thy mouth,

(ofit):and53

hand, and

Arise27

coiriest to

This

Hosts40-

from

Jehu54

return3"

Thou

Who

light.

little33 lad32:

shall

He

nations26?

and

in36-

my

there

Amiss

land29

(am)

of

head

of

spear38? but39

into42

thine

the

to

many

Lord, and

the

King

come

or

and

deliver41

this
I

out35

to go

sword

name

from

out28

in

Trust22

Thee,

fear 2 5

shalt thou

after 20

incline19

to

righteousness24 as

thy

kindred3!-

thy

(how)
a

quarrel18

not

therein12?

are

report13? neither15

false14

(judgment).

wrest21

of

bear

not

Jerusalem

king.

there

Peradventure4

the

the

up65 his

my

side6?,

(or)three70
So53 they
spirted73on
her

under

108

PART

7}lf\3 BD'Bfon

ir^|16njy

15 and

23 Hi24"l|Tp?

Pret- with

33jbj}32

l"j

42J

1JD

41Pi.
47fut.

48^
65

[" 19. 6J

59

Hi.

67

^X

Utf)# 13j?Dtf

not

c.

SOmtf
3irjrnSlD

45Syp44

461

yV

SN|np 54N"n;.53Conv.
58

[transl.she
65

66D'J3

fut. with

aim.

with

made

pret. with

Hi. pret.

C. 1, nrj

72"0^"

Y^

633

71

iHTO^D

26

Hi.

with

with

50

C. 1, HT

H^

J"

C.

1, rD

D#

49

fnt

61^3
62jftn
70

34fut.

pret.

57 Hi.

^3

25fut. K

D\U

35 inf. "r

43

-|1D

(3) paint her eyes]

64 Pause

Dip

inf. gl 3

C. %
51

Pi. 13T

52

36

373

Hi.

27

28 tfr

29fem.

N^j

fut.

12,13^3

38^jn

391

(g 57, 5 3) tffrj

fern,

2 Jerusalem

22HD3

i , xr

40nW!JX

fut.3D'

74-|^ 73

3}rra^

4^S'K

5^

EXERCISES.

1.

60

69

fut.

Hi.

D'J#

.75 fut. with

C.

], 0

X:

CHAPTER
NOUNS.
56.

"

AND

FORMATION

1. The
more

nouns

derivatives
Verbal

verbs;

other

nouns

from

rw'n

bow.

2. The
with
a.

By

is effected

derivation

the

or
Vocalization,

from

Tj^Oto

erally the

second,

thief,from

DJJ

or

part

gift, from

tcTknow. Nouns

in

derived

as

the

same

|DJ

to

derived

HD'p archer,

as

manner

the
or

of

all

the

of

vowels:

as

TlSp

of

doubling'of
two

of

radical,gen

one

the

radicals:

as

33 j

steal,f]p9D" rabble, (peoplegathered

to

from fptf
quarters)'

Augmentation,i. e.
more

modification

reign.

or
By .Reduplication,

By

JH"

most

called: Denominatives:

are

together from
c.

The

verbs:

king,
I.

HJnD

as

nouns;

the

for

are

give; njTT knowledge, from

from

INFLECTION.

a) Primitives,b) Derivatives.

are:

numerous

from

GENERAL.

IN

the

formative

to

gather.

prefixingor postfixingof
letters VfOENrT

(nomina

one

he-

emantica):

"

as

eastern, from

3.

StOpthis

contains

Twhich,
tives",
being
in verbs

part,

attribute,

wise,

Vtf :

the

Frequently

-6l child, prop,

as

seized with

is

born,

3\T\

object

an

as

derived

when

^DN mourning,

NDD

un

cooked, done.

7^5

of
VitOp(partic.

mid.

verbs

0)

'

few

natus

intransitive, but

are

verbs, passive:

clean, fp|old,
"
adjectives,

the

(from Dp"! to rot).

nouns

transitive

from

either

D1p""express

and

that

he

rottenness,

these
Stpp"

for

(cf. act.

participialform

subject together: as Dpfl

man,
DHJ gold (the glittering,sc. metal).
action is signified:
result of an
proMuciTor

wise

or

DNp

substan

as
adjectives

many

old

attribute

the

or

Dp

as

of the

pS"!p

front.

come

class

"

stand,

Dlpp place, from Dip to

before, in
D"1pto be,

By Vocalization

a.

109

GENERAL.

IN

50.

"

only in

as

use

intransitive

substantives

as

passive

and

7l"!j great,

DV")pnear, Dlb^ peace.

StDp(regularact.
Stpip*
"

7lDp
tives

partic.)(cf." 35).

(reg. pass, part.) passive and

'

anointed, D1"l? strong.

nifc^D

as

adjec

intransitive

(Chaldaizing)(pass,part.) 1.
^^tpp'

passivesubstantives:
to bind, to fetter,(it

prisoner,captive,from ^IDK
by being always
SltOp
distinguished from

TDK

as

is

while

noun,

dignity

Tp5

are

or

ed:

often

thus

time

T"p

as

of

time

latter

officer,TJ13

an

season

the

in

'

judge, prince. 3. The

of the verb is perform

(prop, time o/ cutting, reaping)

plowing.
hence

the

Tsere

the Kamets

immutable).

mostly inf. forms

a

j^p

the action

"

"

howling,

of abstract

meaning: 2H5

plPlVlaughter,3^)

border,
cf.

overseer,

hence
T'LDp(forb'Ktpp
ALDO

as

of
participleonly). 2. Names
formed
as
:
TPp^ a sovereign,ruler,
is

which

harvest

used

"

00.

"

"

writing,

military post,

110

PART

3. b.

EXERCISES.

:
.By Reduplication

^9p (Kamets
sense

1.

immutable), a) adjectivesintensifying
the

"'Vf very weak, K|[5jealous, b)

occupation:

cook, qjj thief,Bhn

TOtt

of habitual

nouns

(for #in)

smith.

bodily
7t?p"adjectives,denoting permanent
(forBnn) deaf.
*T)#blind, D^N dumb, Bnn

defect:

7l"3p"
a

small

class, adjectivesand

:
strong, substantively

substantives: ""1123

hero, Ti3t? adj. and

subst. drunk, intoxicated,
a
drunkard, *Yisy a bird, prop.
the chirping,twittering, from *)"" (Arab.) to twitter, to
pipe.
strong

one,

passive and intransitive: TOJ^' bereaved, f^llcom

7l"3p"
passionate,pnn (for plH)
diligentone.
a

Vtp[5adjectivesand

substantives:

"

fettered.

Instruments
in

77tpp.

nouns

nrp$

which

the

brood, knaves

young

third

radical

is doubled:

JJgg?quit,undisturbed;Mjn

fresh.

green,

StoStOp

nouns

of action

*VDX
pH" righteous,
V"'i an axe, a hoe.

*n

which

the last two

radicals

dotib-

are

'

1 Sb^^
^

led

D^'1"- reddish, nnnn^

-R' ing colors,

i.

e.

an

(English:ish).Many
specified
for the

of
reduplication

the

ening

shine,

vowel

to

glitter;

"]CD(Arab.) to

radical

for *]"$"
fj^ljp,

bind

of this

about;

the

to

color

class,compensate

by doubling

star, for rD5?"

DD13

inclination

nouns

the

blackish,denot-

from

band,

(Arab?)
to

33
a

length

or

fillet,from

S^f/for^3^5, Aram,

to

con

fuse, Hebr,
3.

/??/Augmentation :

c.

Prefixed:

NI.
from

as

np"

preformative
to

give

idea

frequently,it comes
of an
:
who,
objective

either

what.,

it is related

somewhat,

or

sition 3"-=

in, %,

note

the

occurs

on.

by its labial character to the prepo

of this class de
Accordingly, nouns

something, somewhat,

1) in which,

2) by which,

3)

at

which,

Ill

expressed by

action

the

which

on

or

GENERAL.

IN

" 56.

the

is

root

performed:
1) r?3tp
rifices

altar,(from POt

an

where

stand) where

one

key, (from nfl5

a

vessel

for

(fr.

which

take)

to

stretches

one

(fr.^"

to

to

III.

is

"

sibilant

of the
IV.

it

what

is

taken;

forth

the

hand)

"

are

return,

reply, (fr.

south, (fi\JO* to be

to

give

arm;

b)

easy

intensify the

to

bold, daring. (Aktal, the

often in proper
formed

converted

from
into

the

on

pro

initial consonants

two

(properly deceiving,lying,

up

comparative and
*"

bO"l# and -Sb^)

yesterday ; PnjJVf?and

3J3^ drying
lie),IftK

the

first of the

the

J^hf^ and JHf

bracelet:

been

to beat

hand.

prepositive,a) usually

nunciation, when

Some

stretch

pray) PO^II

return); JOTl m.
right hand).

his

(fr."TO

by

"

prayer,

3W

to

generallyabstract substant.,hence for the most part

the hope, (fr.
f. formation:
Hip to hope);jl""$ri
Jljpfl

II. H
with

to

pulverizing.

li/t^pa possession, (fr.rhtifto

object to

instrument

an

mortar,

HpS

booty,
Jllp^/J

3)

open)

to

lock; "Tp"

opens

pieces,to pound)

to

e.

stands.

one

2) finOD
which

sac

Hjnp pasture, (from tlV*\ to feed) i.

an
ambush,
is feeding, IHND
(fr.3*")X
is lurking ; Dlpftplace, (fr. Dip
there

there

lurk)

which

on

offered ;

are

where

i e.
sacrifice)

to

from

is

i"n# V
action:
3ft

regular Arabic

to

form

superlative).
names:

the

as

future, the 3.

substantive

shines, gives light, from

pHV! Isaac,DpJ^

Tl"

to

as

Jacob,

having
*"iny*oil,(properly:
p.

m.

s.

shine',
lighten);

3H*

from 31") Hi. to strive)^

(prop,he strives,
to gather, to col
a
bag (prop, it gathers, from tDp^
lect); Qlp^an existing, living thing (prop, it is, stands,
from Dip to be, stand).

adversary, enemy,

Dip*?!

EXERCISES.

1.

.PART

112

Affixed:

1. The

is j"f"

important

most

(to which

the
responds) : tins, besides indicating
is

appended

a)

hearing

njfi?(#the

sense:

H"

or

cor

gender ("57.)

lem.

infinitive,to give it

the

to

jl"

substantive

b)

fljn knowledge,

to

convey

n"'jTQ request, HKDfl sin. H^IN

blindness,Hrttp (fr.Hip "toburn) the
foolishness,fiTIJJ.
an

abstract

burning
2.

D1"

of fever.

heat

or

Kaniets
a.

meaning

(the last
frequently immutable). These
D"

"

p, 07

f"

"

exterior

Adjectives: p jTH outer,

6. Concrete

and

not

abstract

form

terminations

f^3

latter.

p")r?Nbinder,

nouns

often, the

so

building, pDJH

hunger, scarcity.
c.

Diminutives

(from #'N)
p{?"tf

pupil ; p"ny (from -)}"or

d. D1

e.

neck.

^NW)

termination

adverbial

an

as

(of the eye),

man

DlB^' and Dfe^' the

suddenly,

DNrUP
-

times

many

occurs

little

before

day

yesterday.
D"

old

an

"

tained

*"

^1"V

under

'^Vnty an

words

D3H

in

the

p^

part, b) Gentile

Egyptian

The

"

H1

JlHDi^

form

is either JT"

feminine

woman,

vain, DpH

and

nouns

Israelite,
n.3J?a Hebrew, HVV

Egyptian.

have

that

re

emp

a) adjectivesfrom nouns:
north, "nf7j-) lower, from

forms

this termination

rilir) the

the

to-morrow.

northern, from

4. fV"-

adverbs:

mostly

it, are

tily,vainly, DmTO
3.

ending,

accusative

Hebrew

abstract

or

patronymics
nVO

Jew,
IT"

an

HHVQ

an

woman.

rV^N"") the

nouns:

beginning,

f^b?5 kingship, rule.

4* Compound
as

^N'D^O(El

pound

words
is

King),

appellativesare

darkness

5* The

(theappended
primitive

inflected,to indicate

for the

are

as

T|^^N (Ab

rare

PP

most

part proper
is

King).

nouns:

Com

jT^jpNOhorrible, frightful

God, intensifies the idea " 91, d.).

well

as

the

derivative

nouns

are

THE

" 57.

grammatical conditions

the

".

twofold
1. A

of

113

and

gender

of the

relations

attributive

b. the

number

These

noun.

latter

are

genitiveor possessivecase
the preceding word
which

in

noun

put in the

follows

the

attribute,with

an

GENDEII.

Const,

as

is

joined or
"0*1 the king's
(" 11),5.):T]^"PT

state

word.
i

2. Suffixes

appended

are

"
.

ter

genders are
gender in Hebrew

2.

The

of the

cation

The

can

and

masculine

word.

my

wanting.

be

ascertained

feminine ;

a) from

neu

the

signifi

DN

father,

its termination.

from

:
by signification

of

names

noun

is

b)

noun,

Masculine

3.
a.

gender

two

H!fJ

GENDER,

THE

57.

The

to the

and

men

in

males

general:

as

7]^5king.
common

and

ains and

months:

b. The

proper
as

month,

ain, CHI!

of

nations, rivers,mount
DJ^ people, ^H3 river,"in mount
nouns

jJ/^5Canaan,

|TV

of the

Sinai, Jp^ Nisan, the first month

The

t1.

d. The
per,
4.

names

of

names

of metals

rndj? lead,

and

has

masc.

yean

Spring.

D'DX

as

DHJ gold ; except D^fl}

which

termination, hence

most
ending with original radical letters can
as
"UljJ.agarment.
quently be considered masculine:
nouns

3)
a

ending

Nouns

with

cop

fern.

are

characteristic

no

Hebrew

WQ

as

by termination

Masculine

5$) The

seasons

Jordan,

the

i"l"preceded

by Seghol:

as

fre

"Tib'

field.

j) Most

|__:as

of those

v\yy

Hebrew,

p"""Nthe pupil of
5. Feminine

ending

nouns

the

D1H.3

with

ransom,

*"
,

D1

"

D~

"

]"

or

|5")p.sacrifice,
a

eye.

by significations
15

114

Names

a.

I.

PART

of

""O^p queen,
and

b. Common

females

and

women

EXERCISES,

general: H"*N

in

IT3J"a

female

gazelle.

proper

nouns

of

countries, cities,towns

1*J7 city, fltf land, country, 1UTX

as

woman,

Assyria, Dv"HT

Jerusalem.
In

NOTE.

the

case

people or

nation

to
(applied

the

people)Jews.

of the

Names

members

1*

6.

Feminine

I. Nouns

"

onyp

of the

body,

termination

by
with

114,

HI^H

as

Iw", 3, 8. and

i^T.19,
which

10.

are

in

pairs :

as

HODI"!

foot.

hand, 731

as

masculine;

Compare: 7i33 ni^H*

PS.

nrrn

cities represent the

or

living in them, they are

rnirr
iirip^
c.

of countries

names

accented

the

final

syllable H"

"'
T

wisdom.

II. Nouns
after
and

with

gutturalsfi"
with

the

the
:

as

accented

unaccented

nipJ7

final

"

"

H^

fl"

J"VO*7"
kingdom,

7. Many
K

nouns

fire,Tpl

are

the

HIIlD
used

in

the

JlHIlK

as

end,

arid

nj^ll^Dacquaintance,

crown,

ending JV

syllablefl"

"-:

morrow.

both

genders

as

fin

wind,

way.

EXERCISE

94.

onyo

nin

o^

ni. nx?

29n

:~r?

nb'y

nin^

^i

27nrn

in

NV

nir

THE

" 57,

115

GRXDER.

37njn 36[#

n"
Syria1Damascus2

Aramaea,
leaf5

sprout, blossom6

to

session

of 10

B.

gold24 the

of25

mire

out32

street26

nnp\
of33

ravens

rnj,Vpp ], 37, 5 Note

I)

H"

made

be

to

shall

and

of12

mart

he

beg6

brought^

ravens^

morning,

bread

to

and

in the house

weighed

Lo, the winter2o

wicked.29
the

his

pride46

for

the

land.

The
7

to

shall

nulling

Elijah1" bread
in the

will

an

plow4?

not

nothing7-

have

flesh in

and

the

Tyre11

evening.

them.
rejected14

of God

the

by

Their

silver and

gold1"- The

wan

hand

the

call

landir"

gold

was

of18 the

priest1-'rain22 is over23 (and) gone24;

her
green27 figs2*7-When2"

forth26

him
then47

be cut

cometh
off50-

Tabor-"

month.

'K, Pause!

round

rest43

HebronGO

the

6S"

ear

When4**,
end4^

out

whole

to

land

the

city

of

water^i

of Ethi
SivW

mountains.

\^7

the

quiet40;

The

river went

are57

in 38

about44-

shame48-

coinpasseth^sthe

8inair"5 and

eye'"2sees63,
have

("88, 4.)

night34) but37 joy3''(cometh)

of Jehoshaphat42 was
realm41

Gihon52

second59

harvest, and

past21) the

gave

cometh4^

wicked

Hie

The
God

the

opia^.

(for

(his) expectation31shall perish^:

unjust33 (men) perisheth. Weepiiig3^

of

hope32

morning.
and

in39

trust

rotten37

man'dieth,

endure35

may

is

in

hath

putteth

fig tree25

and

be

to

Hjn

95.

flesh

the Lord

is full15 of silver and

to

Beprobate1^(" 90, 2.)silver they

nations.

them, because

the

broken,

be

to

(the)cold2 (the)sluggards

of1

reason

therefore5

("91, 2.)

tooth,masc.36
eagles3-1*

waver38

to

EXERCISE

The

than1?

more

("97, 2.)22

valley34 young

accentless

pos

mother31
HHp' obedience,respect^0

st. of

const,

city9 take

man.40

unfaithful

By

p. of

heap up23 fine

high, lofty27strength,Vn nfrj?to do

be

to

the

]?}Q" with

from

(part m.

n.

( " 83, 6.)12 spear13javelin14*yv*

out11

3.)19 Tyre2"" fortress2i

valiantlyss("96,4)29

pick

of*

inhabitant

dispossess,drive

to

follyis(" 12, 6.

to

with7

Samaria4
Israel)3

of

(thekingdom

retained)(" 117)15preeminence,excellence16

of Hi.

(H

Ephraim

of

isr"7

graves6*-

hears.
5 C"nv.

4^^n

Sy""

rSp

By

roawju

of n

PART

MO
ISpart. Ni. OXD
20 vnO

19

28 inf. with

jrU) 18

27

3 (" 106, 2)

36'33

371

11

^Hp
M

34

""

(" 84, 2) }Sn

24

I*-

32nSnifi

SSQ'jiX

31;"3
'"' VT

to

give

50Ni.

n-1J

rest

Hi.

42

69

58

47
48-n'Sp

56 113^

57f"77,3j

Masculine

I. The

NOTE

IN?

44

52

33D

In

45, 9.

Ps.

^"iX

and

thus

2.

Nouns

H!)J^orthe 'final ^

with

^"

of the

ending

3. Nouns
the

4.

plural:

51

Fli. HDiT
ITT

from

D'D1D"

"

DID

"

^"

as

as

p^*JJob
^"\ Cant,

18, 2.

8,

is the

^ithout the

after the

'2.

Syriac:HCS

,take

only:

is omitted

as

and

DH^'^1'0111
indicated

by

in !"T"

this

drop

syllable when

rijtl
(part, act,

from

DUfT

as

b.).

noun

from ^
D'V?'

: as

is

add'"

few

(" 82,

ending

Conv

(Mishna)the ending p"

later Hebrew

Lord

39nj1

plural by adding D'"

seldom

More

^H.

-T

DUAL.

AND

"

nU"

asHTDO.

"

pp'J

fHIp pp^DSD'PpJ^'D5 sometimes

as

pne:

-T

well.

1*2.

3,

Tt

*"

43 with

3'3DD

13

"

Tl:

21

29t"Bh

Conv.

JOpr,

53 part.

plural sometimes

mnsc.

31, 3. Micha

common

ing

quiet

a)

mpn

"

their

with

45 part.

nil
IT

54*^3

form

Dagesh

v. 1 46

bo

to

PLURAL

nouns

horse, rVTUS'5 from

*jp

40

D#3

22

31

3013K

by adding j"V)to the singular: as

feminine

Prov.

Con

65'J'D

THE

"_r"8.
1.

4iroS]0

""r-IlT

~T

I-

(" 85,

ace.

n^p

23

SQ'SS;?

Ni3

with

1,

VV

DS^l'lT

4gr\'""nX

part. r\"O

Conv.

Ni. fut. with

15

25 rUiXJl

~T

9 part. Hi.

lOirrx

12f

DV"IN

gjn

v-

pS

35

26

rVJ3
T

38

12

Sj? 17 3ri7

T_

EXERCISES.

I.

form

from

H^n

encamp.)

to

4.

tions

Fern,

into HV

pi. nlinb
5. The
tion

in H"

nouns

from

Hi) HV-:
Nouns

(" 72.)nnj;

as

with

ending

j"V"

hence

the

JT"

"

HI

these

change

termina

rnrJD

pi. rinlH;

crown,

precept, pi.nny..
is to

be

considered

as

contrac

plural (fl" being changed

pi. nWJfl
pattern, model,

H^3P
two

D"

rTTiri law,

as

fern,

"

into

"

fern, terminations
the

latter, thus

the

plural from

the

depths: DlH^i* Hebrew

women,

in JT"

nVJirtfl
f.

and

the

HHDJ*

IT"

lowest
and

"

form

parts,

" 5$.
II.

NOTE

Some

PU'KAL

nl^P

por
*"^P and rfiJOO'from ^39 Part',
fiiftN/from
H/pN maid4 servant, D'N^t?

kingdom, pi.

for

tion; fiiTOX*

"

D'Stt,
from nStO

for

as
:
pluralirregularly

the

form

nouns

117

Dl'AL.

AND

HINDOO

lamb,

"

for

fr"m

flTOP*

"

HTDP

'

"."

Such,

fold.

are

from

or

mother

QX

from

both

terminate

often

sisting naturally
the
(especially
in D'

inate

hands

"

HI

plural

and nlt^S)^
D^f"5^J
'

as

bodies) term

animal

or

ending:

Dual

the

D^"l

as

feet,DH*

tongs, snuffers.
dual

the

instances

number

the

simply

and

49, 8.
the

in

genders (" 57, 7.),

of human

members

few

P.

Misclma.

fern.)representingobjects,con
artificiallyof two
parts or in pairs

called

"

and

D'dpVj(m.)

In

8.

or

fTfap'D from |"'p

back-bone, spine.

in D*"

(bothmasc.

7. Nouns

Spraclieder

znr

in both

used

Nouns

letter ;

H1N

JTVT^

Of. Geigcr, Lelirlnch

6.

fr"m

niTV)N"

hifrOlt^'

*i"n;

"

S X or Jl,
similarpluralterminations by prefixing
as
HinDX*
in the
language of the Mishna:

common

very

two:

as

denotes

not

two

days,

D)OV

pair, hut-

two
DT^ti^'

years.

the

Chirek

word

is

9.

In the dual

III.

NOTE

being only

ending the

rests

tone

helping vowel,

the

on

penult(" ),
the

drops, when

which

lengthened.

Many

the

in

only

occur

nouns

of

form

plural :

as

D\J") lace, D"fl life,DUIpt old age.

plural

in HI

j"TnViN

")X3

as

DiSt

or

112

cistern ; JJ

night; Titfblight;1DO

p^'P

habitation;

"U

rain;

treasure, pi.

IVIN

roof, PO^P

s"at, throne;

ND3

their

form

nouns

rnasc.

father, pi. rVOK;

JV-iHvision;

dream;

of

number

considerable

10.

altar ; D'l/H

ITi^ tablet;

stick;
DlpO place; ^pDstaff',

lamp: *T\y skin; "tojMust-, D1V

fast,

trumpet,
fasting; ^ip voice; Dip encounter, battle; *")"}"it^
horn ; JH^ a table ; DL^ name,
curved
etc., and vice versa
many

fern,

pi.

woman,

cake

of

in

nouns

DW;

dried

] darkness

as

!"U^

\*3$ stone,

D'JDX;

D*~

figs; ni'iD'la
;

Jl^V

dove

bee

n^D^

y^ar,

f h"1
brick

pi. D\?l

H^5
law
or

egg
;

H^fl

tile ;

wheat

Jl^D

word;

',

IKS

P.UIT

O,}

EXKKCTSKS.

TJ,* city, pi. DHJ/*; HfC'S

ant:

fi-tree

rnj'fc'harloy:

flax:

etc.

EXERCISE

D'MnS tfSD

nnS^n

96.

atos

T3

j? 07^
i?

j^
^"ccj :36nio/p -35^3"x34npj; 33pT-rp

40ni^ 39D^r 38r5'

41n.jpT3

nani

njn"

jn :n?rr

n.

out6

p.1 light,swift2

oiHce

of the

Gaza8

to

Samson5

roebucks4
to

land9

fetters

to

of

a
prisoners1'2
running, race18

8.) captives,

of skilU5

men

down7"

bring

to

( # 107,

of3

one

favor16 chance17

happen18

to

priest21possession,

of

men

tongue19tribe

of--

estate

through, put
copper10 to grind11
bore

priesthood,
srnoke'-4

the

tectli-3

the

understanding14
of-0

de-

lijrht25burnt offering26sacrifice27 hear, obey28 decay, rottenness'29 bone:i()

of Japhet (Gen. 10,
fern, pi.32p. n. of a son
jealousy, envy'11gent, noun
(L 4) the founder
of the Greeks, Ionian^'3
stand
king
up. arise-'14four15
dom30
souls43

to
a

dream37

drop

seven38
of44

ears

of

corn39

bucket45

the

small

EXERCISE
Lord

The

hearethi
horses

pared5

him

is no8

God,

ethio

the

are

the

secrets11

and

the
men

thoughts9
of

the

dust46

balance47

to

full42

count48-

D7.

poor2to

cane41

up40 stalk,

come

run6
of

heart.

And3

AbsalonH

before7
wicked.

the
J

pre
There

him.

Clod know-

wl^mcutsis

are

pre-

digged18

and

ert

built

Uzziah17

and

in

abomination32

(are) an

tongue35? and

devisetli37

swift39

in

running40

breatheth43

lies44 and

Job49

the

feet to

7"J3S

stiff..

with

12

Ni.

'3")S

lin^Sl'D

pret. TJG

SD^

31y?^

32n3j,"in

37p:irt. ^'"\n

fr.

39

V-n

44[1p*^

bef.

the

"

Pi.

15

1J

29Nri'

3"1

"

purl.

8 there

..

wicked.
and

orphans52

and

is

no

Vtf, before

22-"3K

21

HJprp

"1J1D

38[beforo

26^

2771271

34

493VX-

:" v

Vtf

before

the

20

pi.

him

to

[was]

part, he

SSnrDIN,

of

his

suffers
a.

word
an

Nouns,

in

the

genitive

fut.

Hi.

pretonicKamete

the

42

n-13

41

1^'
Ip'uJ.'

in

^"

rijTlS^11 by
c.

Feminine

46 only

"3

in

plural

drops] rOttfTIE
40

n"'1

to

run,

45 Pi. part.

pS
I

in

the

drops]

STATE.

CONSTRUCT

it

change

state

construct

(" 19, 5.)

the life of
with

into

H"

("UpD

as

camp,

camp.

change

nouns

of its form:

\"n"" n3Pjg Israel's

b. Nouns

soul] T^DJ
:

standing

,1"

loving

waa

47

THE

alteration

19 113

""

48318OD

59.

[" 108. 1J

""

ending:] [33$

.[the prctouic Kainets

"

1 part.

|V3N

noun

[an abomination

33

D"l

43

["9"J#

The

are

blind50

..*.

heart

tf^S

^p^r

13

Iv

MJTDSrp

pi. ending]

501?t"

P33

(that)

the

the

"

'I

lying

among47

28[g96,4J

861DB^

36'pJ-D"T

witness42

QiSfc'SK Sc-onv.

9711310

part.

drops] 0*12

[the Tsere

23

10

"" "*:"""

IGconv.

171JTTJ?

183"n

inf.

nfe1^
T

24

Cpart.VO

......

to

sevens

that2S

feet

of the

(is) father

are27

yea^o,

to

"

widows.

of the

judge

God

lame51-

There

discord46

eyes

poor,

des

mountains

blood36?

(shallbe)

the

to

the

false

fools.

cattle21

lofty34 eyes,

soweth45

(he that)

father

in

iniquity,

of

mischief41;

to

in

much

innocent

sorrows48

Many

was

shed

thoughts38

that28

the

liateth29:

Him33:

that

hands

brethren.

Eternal

unto

and

husbandry25-

loved

the

(things),which28

six**?

of

for lie had20

vine-dressers23

he

for

Carmel24:

back15

Jerusalem

in

wells19*

many

(also)and

husbandmen22

the

stripes14for

towers

119

STATE.

CONSTRUCT

and

for scorners,

pared12
And16

THE

59.

"

it

into

Pharaoli
final jr"

t""'

as

*H

living, life,

change

it into

fl"

as

120

PART

'

plural

d. The

into

changed
NOTE

undergoes

terminations

shown

in

49, 11.

the

horses

of, *JT# the

the

word

st. sometimes

const,

23, 18,

in

arc

of,

eyes

const,

EXERCISE

is found

state

with pa-

tyjflgPs. 114,

'2.Mos. 15, 6. fy

'tt

D*"

following" ".

4. Mos.

1^

as

the

and

D'~

changes, which

poetry the

In

EXERCISES.

'DID

as

vowel

or-""

ragogic 1

dual
:

will be

IT.

1. Mos.

'"

The

I.

NOTE

arid

I.

5. Mos.

8.

33,

16.

98.

ran

n^r

nn^nri

Sb

:26npin
nin? 30n^7

nrir

i7!irrNirii

^^5

^90

25pyvv f?

D?S

l^ jn

'

'-pa
_

hedge, fence1

(a speciesof) thorn2 wickedness3

artificer7 smith8

the force6 engraver,

poorest sort11

tutelarygod
land19
a

wall,

p. n.12
of the

mightySO

number21

idols16

lion22

the

weight27 an

rampart26stone,

fear30

Lord

of

wisdom1
smote-*

the

m.4

n.

to

carry

captive5

poverty, hence

the

to

to

man

give ear,

to

Ephah,

imagine31to

maketh

first-born5

to

listen1?

appearance23 horseman,

EXERCISE
The

p.

save10

kill,(animals) slay (persons)13Elijah14 Baal,

to

Phenicians15

liquidmeasure)29 the

remain9

to

of

(a

rider2*

measure)28

corn

counsel32

fathers18

morrow33

to

the

to

the
my

run25

Hin, (a

camp34-

99.
his

Egypt.

iace^

to

The

shine2-

The

inhabitants^

60.

INFLECTION

said

to

David,

David

took10

"
of

Jebus7

Nevertheless9

All

Israel

mon,

to

do

(of) the

that

saw

of

is far13

of

wisdom

the

Solo

m1^

was

and

she

to

came

heard

prove21 him

questions22- Of the Lord (are) the goings23of

of the heart, but27 from
the projects26
Man's25
are

hard22

with
man24-

Lord

the

Cain32

Moses

man

the
9Conv.

in the
* Hi.

TG3

"

vv

ifrnn) 25D1K1?
'T-:-

TT

RULES

" 60.

struct

graphs,
2.

cause

These

which

the

to

moves

greater

or

22

changes

changes

are

forward

fut.

21

HDJ

io-dS

nrroa
\

W.

"

SIJK^ son^'i

OF

MASCULINE

NOUNS.
Con

Feminine, Plural, Dual,

of the

mentioned

with

noun

in the

vowel

considerable

-\-\X Hi.

i2?rjr

pirn

HTH

INFLECTION

of the

was

IT

"

the connection

state, and

addition

3 D"J3

ss-iiy 32 pp

formation

keeper30
the ground34- And
land of Egypt, in
of the people.

eyes

HDJ

"

23i;*tfD

vv

THE

FOR

The

1.

24 "Oil

-34n:rm

*(T) drops

tongue's (request)

Abel29

tiller33 of

13
:

the

great in the

and

63'^

to

tongue.
a

very

7DW

Spun

was

was

Pharaoh,

of

eyes

answer28

of the

answer

sheep31 and,

the

the

(comes)

: the
(transl.)

271

a.) from
righteous.

queen18 of Sheba19

The

Solomon

God

is

3.

(" 79,

prayer14 of the

the

hither8-

come

of Zion12" 'which

castle11

Lord

judgment17-

fame20

slialt not

the

but27 HehearethJS

the wicked:

of

The

city of David.

the

Thou

121

NOUNS.

MASCULINE

OF

suffixes,in

preceding

para

changes.

principallyeffected by the tone,

one
or
more
syllables,producing

less modifications

in the

form

of the

word.

only of the word are

Generally the two last vowels
the end being
changed by the inflection,the third from
3.

very

seldom

affected.

penultimate vowel, being mutable, may

jected,the ultimate either rejectedor shortened.
4.

The

are

grades
representedby

the

const,

5.

Two

state

occur

the

in the

in the
two

change

forms

of

of the

singular: "Q*!

and

be

re

vowels, which
construct

state:

the construct
16

st.

in the

plural:n^

shows

the

In

a.

1.

Run

122

well
is

of

the

H^TT* the
the

In

6.

classes:

ultimate

Chirek

vowel

sing., and

retained, but

under

of the

vowels

being only

short

therefore

penult

as

helping vowel.

two
distinguished

are

corresponding to the
higher grade, corresponding to the

re

properly it

rejected:HITI,

are

changes

lower

is

forms

two

penult is

in

vowel

ultimate

plur. both

st.

construct

as

the

of these

fr.

"im,

the

b. In

the

of

that

comparison

sing,

st.

construct

jected and
ened:

The

EXERCISES,

grade,

const,

state

const,

state

plural.
7. The

following forms
grade: the singular

lower

with

forms

forms

with

light suffixes.

plural forms

According

the

with

according to the
suffixes,the femi

state, and

form, the plural in the absolute

nine

the

inflected

are

to the

suffixes:

grave

the

plural

higher grade :
DDfT

as

const,

st.

sing. D?rf" const, st. pi. 'gjfi (prop. 'Dpp), fern. HEOq
and
pi. D"DDf" with light stiff,'sing,
plur."/Mp* '/MP:'
,

with

suff.

grave

above

rules)see

NOTE
nation

ing

For

I.

NOTE

II.
as

pi. Dp^/P^p

Segholateforms, (which are

"

having no

nouns

well,

included

not

in

distinctive feminine

inflected like the

are

termi

masculine, except

they regularlyform their plural in ffi, which form

state.
unchanged before suffixes and in the construct

that

mains

61.

"
1, With

DECLENSION
reference

OF

to

foregoing paragraph,

the

the

changes

vowel
are

nouns

Nouns

with

immutable

CLASS

II.

Nouns

with

mutable

vowel

CLASS

III.

Nouns

with

mutable

vowel

CLASS

IV.

Nouns

with

mutable

CLASS

V.

The

ultimate

and

Segholate

as

in

the

follows:

vowels.

vowels

penult.

forms.

exhibited

classed

I.

re

NOUNS,

MASCULINE

CLASS

the

the

66.

Feminine

*)N5

in the ultimate.
in the
in both

penult.

syllables:

FIRST

" 02.
2.

This

division

sake of brevity

fourth

this

immutable,
ment,
2.

In

Paradigms.
:

the

For

first,second, third,

DECLENSION.

FIRST

62.

"belong

all

sometimes

are

similar

being

OXpr" TJ1 ("

of which

nouns,
as

Ttf city,

3,

to

POD

Spp_
belong

Dp

derived
6.

Kamets

mutable

Note

is immutable,

p3J thief,

for

terms

difficultyarises with

forms

Kamets

the

the

vowels

the

are

voice, B*Q*Jgar
*7ip

hero, JTpCJ'todestroyer.

Some

mutable,

use

(" 14, 1.*):

*TQ3

vowels

will

in

1'2:"

fifth declensions.*

and

To

is observed

we

"
1.

DECLENSION.

^,

from

4.).

standing

executioner,

fc*n"D rider, for

Kamets

D^p

and

for

ty*5D'.

^j;ND
*'

nin

run

these

immutable.
Tsere

and

1^

im

are

standing

for

like

writing.

^'*1")',
^H

EXERCISE

and

as

^tpp_,
^j^the
^Nt3p_"
^Npp ("56, 3/a.b.):
forms

In

DH?

Tsere,

sometimes

and

and

and

100.

To

engraver,

the

form

artificer,

PART

124

smallbeginning1

put,to shame7
flee13

"to

harness8

to

contention, quarrel4hastily5for fear that6

increase3

to

to

up9 ($ 80. 5.)10

go

escape14 a spoiler^

(" 118)19 the hosts20

high2-5
(" 96, 4.)
("83, 6.)

($ 96, 3.)2a turn

counsel, and
wise

be

est4

stood
his

in

head.

the

king

horseback18

goeth

out25

not

and
strength (lieth),

and

poured36

said, Is it

it

14

7'P#S3

TUB

Hi.

brought

12

liorse of
him

done

all the
5Conv.

princes44 of JudalH5
4 tut.

ntransl:

D:J

great

of

oil35,

him,

the

And5

inheritance41?

to

bound32

anointed39

hath

Lord

said

thy

kissed3*?

and

the

lamp24

vial34

pro-

unto

mightest be

took

on

city, and

it be

thou

head,

the

His

fi^N

!3np

X13

his

head
And

and

Samuel33

upon

(be) captain40over
Babylon 43 slew42
8Pi.

'wherewith31

because38

not

the

arid the

thee, wherein3*)

pray

Then

afflict thee?

to

me,

off9

cham

Her
king delighteth to honor23.
Delilah2"?
And5
by26 night.

Tell29

Samson28?

their

king

shall

and

Jerusalem.

of the

street2o

Thus22

him,

the

whom

man

the

through l^
before

claimedsi

the

may-

cut

took13

to

arrayed16 Mordecai1^

and

city-7

ran,

and

saw

David

brought14 it

apparel15 of

the

took

him8

slew

And

thou

David

Philistines

dead, they fled12and

fortified

that3

And5

and

the

when1"

Philistine

Hainan

instruction-:

Philistine'

And

pion11 was
of the

receive!

be

to

101.

end.
thy (latter)

the

upon6

ofmail^

coats

back, return^

hence
give, to wm/ce'-6 fortification,
copper29to give light,illuminate-'50

to

EXERCISE
Hear

put on11

to

to

conquer16 the recompense17 (" 91, 2.)18

to

near**

control

column28

EXERCISES.

1.

and

thee

to

king

of

jn

["101,111. a)]

that ('3)

their

-n'33

champion

Conv.

10

QfpJD

I-T

T|
transl.

18 to

193

2031JTP

21JOP

bring

horseback

on

331

Hi.

whose

in

honor

the

is

king

29

Fli. parag.

imp. (" 34,

4.

36

("51, 1. a)

pr

'

44D"V!P

27 nV1?"! 26
jl^plfir

"fiV 34^3

plur. *]'$;

43

S^3
v

*T

T;

28

" 104, 1) 1JJ

35

: T

delighting,delighting in 3 VSI")
:

""

25

honor

41

1'^Sn:

-T

24

31

-T

1.

Under

68.

this

are

SECOND

DECLENSION.

included

all

nouns

here

22

DIG
T

23

1J

H^2

(g96, 2)
3"n'".3

38 "3

-T

with

par.

"

39H^rD

40 1" JJ

nr"S31

V-.l*!

IT:

nD.2)

T-:-

15

ID"1

"

33Sx-,D^32Ni.fut.npK

42t3nJt*

^/^

16 Hi.

J7OT1D

"

having

fl, 71^31
T

mutable

"

DECLENSION.

SECOND

C3.

"

125
.

vowel
or

in

the

with

Nouns

blood

D1

(D3?TT)

with

b. Nouns

hand

roof, T

D3"T)"

CTV"

"

The

when

the final consonant,

doubling
lengthened at the

JDr time,D|P|

with

Patach).

as

words

Monosyllabic

Kamets,
is

word

the

Kamets:

monosyllabic,

either

are

immutable*

are

(in the Paradigm.)

sound
A
(Kamets or

I.

mutable
a.

vowels

preceding

their
Ad

syllable; they

final

end:

Kamets

(" 14,

shortened

is

D'rsea, pi. DW'

as

c.

Short,

c.).

Nouns

with

H5

mv

Patach:

12^

dual

"

breasts, *Q

DH"*

son,

son-

with

d. Nouns

which

Patach,

double

radical

final

the

(derivatesfrom J?"Jf) as 1H mountain, (with article

nnrt) piur. Dnr?(for DHD)"Dy_
people, pi. D"py." T?
:

chief, prince,pi. OHC'

living,pi. D'TT/lfc'
Ad

If. Polysyllabic nouns

OS^'p judgment,

as

with

(forDHfc")

final Kamets
Several

33113 star.

.or

Patach

the

double

nouns

D^IN vestibule,

porch, D'p^N; JplN a

wheel, D^"1N; TjCTTp
darkness, dark place, D^r?5J l^W
radical:

last

a)

pride,
quiet, subst. wantonness,
f|^^ a(^j"
a'liiy,
b) ^"TiQ threshing-sledge,
p^l^'
1*^%'

gift, D^3r*^'

|7l wheel,
"

in

Ad

III.

B*$fy.

Monosyllabic

with

nouns

"Hpt^ is the helping vowel.

drop
also

the

Tsere

with

the

only in

Other
construct

plur. suffixes:

grave

^..'
D"V3?.''VJ?:'

the

st. have

1) Several

final

altar, TOfp;
fore
DD
nouns

the

/pP

your

retain

as

this

D5

Tsere

of this

state

plural,
tree, ^#,

n
^.'i

kijid,
hence

^|Vi?.'

knowledge,

the

const,

liDPP lamentation, ISpp;

HJtp

J3 some

staff;DJnii/Dyour
the

IJ^I

couching place,

pip

suffixes Tl

of

nouns

Patach:

Chirek

Tsere.

nouns

as

DyVt:' 13 1)ack"^.'

^jn, J^l companion, friend,'JH

^4c? /F.

mutable

in

the

class

in

IJJ^p tithe.' 2)

of these

sign,

take
wonder.

Be

Seghol : as
3) Some

plural absolute:

as

126

PART

descendant
double

of the

the

last

third

before

Nouns

the

doubled

D'"*S"*

generation,

plain-orchard, 1
Cholem,

final

writer,

changing

radical:

skilled

person

also

these

the *, when,

double

HIPP

nn^Ji
Ad

VI.

in

2)

of JT'7

With

n"b*

Observe

guttural

which

in

H"

tirely

before

nXT"

with

suff.

downwards,

from

is

few

the

forms

the

^DD);
149,

the

for

the

suf

^?"?p

Pause

Lamed

guttural

')
derivatives

other
H"

"'

r\$T\

as

H7J^D

from

and

state

with

local

plural).

en

state

HDD

as

H1?]/*?
"

original termination

the

H"

const,

r\~-

from

upwards,

stiff. ?TMQ

drop

HKI

as

verbs

HVp. enc^

seer,

(" 13,

"

7.

a.)

thy covering
(s^nff-)

(sing.) Is!~30,23,

^pp

the

const,

with

taken

with

in

With

afformatives:

"

with

Hithpael,

1) ^yCpp'

of

and

the

HtSD

stranger,

the

Thus

Ps.

and

that

^l.plur. D\\h,

instances

(erroneously
Creator

of

HD3

as

Ca.

TjtJHD(sing.)

2, 14.

VtTJ?

his

2.

EXERCISE

l?^

nin?

oi'ten

which

T]5"1kX 3)

in

in

fl"

any

restored.

(as 'from

Piel

account

terminate

*"

D'JEtf

DHIIT.

here

Participles

change

In

and

fourfold:

are

4) rj5\X (on

VII.

Ad

in

nouns

is lengthened:

D'HIPP

an

hieroglyphics D^'0""|D'

"

f?

Ayin
.

word

Jew,

Tj,D5"

3$"

the

Kubbuts

into

hight, summit,

derived

Participles Kal,

exception
fixes

the

belong

it

D""Hp

as

JS margin, border, D'Sp^S; p^

To

Several

4)

"

TD.5P palm-branch,

as

with

V.

sacred

in

EXERCISES,

consonant:

cultivated
Ad

I.

noN-ri^

102.

:nin?

rj^n-i raj]; N1?

"
: rnrr

crj

127

n,

nint

-try nrw*

DECLENSION.

SECOND

63.

:12^prtnp "^s^'

ninptps^o

:npN

desire1

supply: my

compassion,pity6'(^97, 4,)7

in
gird1?("85, 1. b.) iniquity18

to. be

few21
little,

become

or

minion,
be

strike8 to become

(" 75, 7.)12 lamentation13

couch, bed11
to

to

rule25

(" 18. Note)4

on3

to wait

kingdom2

to

dance14

to

to

ashamed5

be

pledge9debt10

loosen, untie15 sackcloth16

with

niD

suff.20 (g66, 14.)

intoxicated, drunk24

torch23

envy'22 a

wicked, foolish26 friend2?

to

of"

the power

surety,

to

help,assist28 without29

do

to go

out,

extinguished30"

EXERCISE
the

And1

and

it

manded

the

to

Keceive7

scribes2 of the
written

was

Jews

king were
according to all
and

to

instruction,the

my

struction.

103.

The

angels of

the

called
that

at3

that time4?

Morclecai

com

of the

provinces6in
fathers' instruction,our
Lord encampeths roundabout

the

rulers5

Philistines
them.
And1
the
just and delivereth10
together11to fight*2with13 Israel.
gathered11 their camps
of thy camp,
Lord
in the midst
The
walkethi*
thy God

the

before
give up16 thine enemies17
Jethro2o,
thee; therefore1 shall is thy camp be1^ holy i". And1
heard
the priestof Midian21.
Moses' father-in-law^2,
(of)all
that God
had
done
for23 Moses, and for Israel,his people,
to

and

deliver15

he

Blessed'^5
my

hands

thee

said:

and

to

I, thy father-in-law, am

(be) the Lord,

to

war2^.

my

come24

strength26,which

My refuge^,

my

deliverer30

to

thee*

teacheth27
and

(He)

128

PART
whom31

in

The

me34-

The

subdueth33

is

thy keepers

upholdeth3?

with

not

I trust8'-*;who
Lord

Lord

evil:

but

STINTS

*r

My

trusteth44

in his

heart

26

4fem.

-p3

-j^H13

23

part.

30

Pi

CoS3

part.

22

m'n

21

(doubles

nDU"

35 part.

S, Paft- tyh

41 with

45

[doubles the

last

40npty
lh

cons.]

34

39

(" 75, 7) ^DHH

28

"

"

27 Pi

S^p

64.

declension

1. This

in the

vowel

ble

Tsere

in the

Pi.

vSn
I

18

-T

rm

IT

TT

part (6 96, 8)

"]^S

(6 96. 8) T\^

32

pret. HDH

(" 96, 8J

37 part,

43 part,

nfrj?

36 cone.)

^OD

42 Pi. pret.

46 part,

"

DECLENSION.

comprises
final

| .-

3, part. HD3

THIRD

10

-|T

"

.47 part.

"

iconv.

59IJT1P
:

33 part.

38 part

HitO^p

44 with

UpPI

SOn/V

pi 3

(doubles the last cons.) 3 jti/D

^V

the last

29

2120

QnS

12Ni.

IT

3113

(own) hearths
that imagine46

33

r\y

25part.

IIV

reproach-

poor

14 Hit. part.

24

meftdle*9

(is)joy.

l--r

Kal.

thy shades^.

son

of them

of peace
snip

"

bvj

15Hi.

16 mj

fallss.

the

the

enyn

]~r

-r

is

Lord

the

under

people

my

moeketh41

counselors47

fnpS

part. run

IT:17 TX

(is)in

the

to

that

He

Deceit

fool.

all that

Whoso

rebels40-

eth-*2 his Maker43is

EXERCISES.

1.

all

with

nouns

syllable and

immuta

an

mutable

Kamets

or

penult: as Vj-U great; p"N faithfulness^

truth;

remembrance.
fit"Ot
2.

Kamets

The

state

const,

or

Tscre

of the

penult

invariably when

and

wise

pl^N Dagesh of the

dropped : as f1*"l?tWords

with

suff. fainS

like

forms

In

"

the

is

word

middle
as

pHS

dropped in the
is lengthened.
radical

is like

ruler, leader,

(Chirek helping vowel) ; p3]n famine,

pDjn, for pDJH (" 14, Rising I. b. B.).

of the form
inflected, take
3. Some
nouns
p^3t' when
Thus
p'tH vision, const, state
Seghol instead of Chirek.
a tenth
part (dry measure), plur.
plur. n^Vrtl; \\*W?y.
jVtll,

with

4.
a

suff.

few

nouns

of this class

retain the Kamets

as

C?vC-*

(prob.the third part of an Ephah), and a peculiar

soldiers. H^
refuge,fortress njJO ; po shield

measure,

class of

week

PL

DD'

and

ni3'"

const.

THIRD

" 64.
5. In

double

tliis class

comprehended

are

last radical:

the

DECLENSION.

129

several

which

nouns,

Dl"lJ^naked, D'E*1#; ^TlPf net-

as

'

'".~:

"

tie,D *7*")n
"

6.

several

In

derived

those

verbs

from

suff.

flight,with

of the

nouns

HUE

]"y 1 is changed into *):

fear,pi. DHUEJ
'

fortress,with

*T)VE

sufF.

DUE

as

flUp rest, pi. D'fTUp; pJ^Ehahita-

"pUp;

tion, pi. D\WE;

DlpD place, especially

form

r|"11VE;
plnE sweetness, pi. Q'p
EXERCISE

104.

nS :np"ip nrip

sn

nijoy
T

16

mrr
:

"hq :2 0*9133 ^p)

sjjte^

"'npIT trnp1

srnpI

nirr

l^Kb{?S

"inn

nirr
T

:iDipaD
|
:

-Sist
: H73 ni^i^nin^ jn 91073
22

"

"

21

njp

: 33

34 ^

iN*
to
=

raise1

His

to

bend,

bow

majesty fillsthe

the fullness

down2
whole

earth)

of3

glory,majesty* (supply:

remembrance5

(" 83, 6)6

is

wantonness7

delight,acceptance14
ignominy8with9 lowlyio faithful11 weight12 perfect13
nest19
wander18
mighty20 word21
proverb15to conceal16 to search out17 to
to

touch23

healing26a

dream27

behold2'3

vision3l
and

the anointed
to

eternity
=="

forever and

man25

(" 76, 2. c.)-J Hi. to chase away30

D^J^ eternity
eternity,"l.l"
1% perpetuity,

flyaway,

foundation, basis32

to priests,
kings,)24old, aged
(applied

vanish28

hard
ever33,avaricious,

"

hearted34

17

riches35

but36-

130

PART

1. EXERCISES.

EXERCISE
Our

Redeemer1*
One

Holy
that
he

the

as

dream

The

of

(he) a father,

master16;

unto

dew21

upon

eth23

the
the

and

scas25"

of the

people28-

not

fellow43?

taketh

that

stands^0

"

16

nor

He

7 mn

D'DFl

with42

right

15

14

1O3

Hosts

of

God

of their
Lord

44n2"|Pl

4a;n

mutable

still-

waves2**

reigneth^,

heart40-

of the

part, (g96, 8) JOV

341KD3

|9'DSl'vS48

the

33JOO

Ni.

fut

evil to
his

totter48-

11 tut.

"U

'2

PDH

("101, I. c.)

10

n
I

19

part. HT3

18

the

cons.)

vowel

32

S.3 25

belong

nouns

in
the

last:

both,

first, or
as

^HJ
_T

(doubles

the

last

cons.) Q"1

g 14, IF. Shortening c)] the last cons.

with

39 part.

47 part, in

Kal.

const,

13H
state

"

31S3*1J,"
30^ing.

plur. suff. T3D

38

37

p^

46 311

part.

45 prct

p
IT

FOURTH

9
..

17KTb

("80, 5)

65.

Stf'JI

IT

TT

last

40^3S
LD1D

never49

his

neigh

20J

the

(doubles

tipret.Sjl

^y_

in

ri"IX

12
.

(that)

poor.

[strong shortening of

this

26

He

doeth

nor

Kamets

Tsere

DK1

28

"

in

hand

21^
p'i'1
I

22

Kal

part.

13

JTN'

JIIDH

1. To

his

shall
(tilings)

Stf

27

^D

35

50iut.

in

"

part, n^^

Q^S

36Q'Jpfi

"and

S, p?"

with

-T

pret. Pause

(he)

As20

reproach44 against

the

part,

.51

Lord

king.

The

23 Hi.

plur., doubles
29

up45

(g 82, 4 b.) D-jnK

jmar

if I

name.

noise

tongue,

these

-.

24

his

doeth47

at51

6 Hi.

of

the

truth

speaketh39

hackhiteth41

God

favor22

if then13

and

the

hon-

darknesssi

and

bor^;

saith

night).

son10

master^.-

despise19 my

(is)the

of

shall

about
Him32:
(are) round
right
and judgment (are)the habitation83 of His throne34walketh35
uprightly36 and worketh37
righteous

that

ness38*

fear17?

them

honor15?

of the

noise24

and

eousness

He

the grass

tumult27

clouds30

(is)mine

priests,that

O18

his

servant

nations3

vision

(what is) good.

is my

distress^

(of the

the

name,

of all the

that

vision7

inherits

where

you,

and

night

where14

(is) His

multitudes

Israel

(his)father, and

Hosts

of

The

uprights shall

oreth11

Lord

of Israel.

fight4 against5

105.

Sj'S
Nt"'3
T

DECLENSION.
of
or

two

with

with

syllables either
Kamets

Kamets

in
in the

the

with

second

first and

old
"CTJ word, DD^ heart, JPlJ

changes in this declension

2. Vowel
Kamets

a,

nrj,

drop:

'pr^'jpr.
suffixes

the

before

sing, and

state

const,

in

changed

syllable,are

last

the

in

Tsere

and

b. Kamets
the

syllable always

first

the

in

Tsere

or

131

DECLENSION.

FOURTH

09.

"

Dp" |p

in

"

sing,

In

c.

Patacli:

into

plural

the

the

const,

4. In

few.

Segholate
suffixes:

l"ranch,

in the

st.

const,

st.

const,

const,

st.

const,

st. "1DD;

const,

Some
st.

^^V

of the

nouns

wall,

0.

of

nouns

suffixes

Borne

instead

e.

e.

g.

y^V

Dp^pP

is Patacli

on

rib,

vowel

in

'

and

7DD

"

the

before

st. and

J^and JtTp_;
t]JJ"
J^V

and

Segholate

form

st.

const,

"

form

take
^tpp

J"|rOshoulder,

T^J T|T hip,

const,

const,
st.

the

st.

const,

^14
t]r\5;

^M
T]T.;

st.

robbery,

Tp5";lii) heavy, once

const,
st. ^j; and *T3JJ"

^Op retain

of the form

Tsere

in the

plur.

Jg^ sleeping, const, 0"'y;^DK mourning,

T^TO^(but
^DN*; DDtr joyful',
^'ifindelighting,^")H

also

"?{?)

EXERCISE

2rnr

const,

state

const,

uncircumcised,
7*JJ^

g.

Hpl,

as

^pp

form
in the

used

^; Tj^Nlong,
nouns

suffixes

helping

Clrirek:

of

the

"sirff.
D?5^;

with

as

grave

vowel

helping

tail,J?7V rib, the

smoke,
Jt"jj

as

J'Sjrwith
5.

2%

(" 00.)is

form

the

drop:

Tsere
the

as

before

and

plur.
and

Patacli

.plural is

the

retained:

guttural.

of the

fp3 wing,

In

light suffixes sing, and pi.

the
are

HJW'" ^'

"Dpn"

account
3

state

Kamets

plur. final
but

Tsere

and

final Kamets

tZ. In

before

and

33
\\X."

1T1"

as

100.

tDdjTjS
orjS
jn^ nin*. :nr^: nin?
3*3D"S rSnp nin* :bn
:nn

H?^'forgetful,

132

PART

EXERCISES.

1.

S'pgn:8""no nS
7p5'n
S

"C

mrr
T

"

nan1

I7

p?n

29

: H33
the summit1
ness6

to

break

to fold7 counsel8

forth2
four9

soft
flesh, body5 quietness,
wing3 lightning4
Pual
he
made
wise, hence:
: to
7.)

little10($ 83,

exceedingwise11 strong12to prepare13the coney14

division17

(by bands)

spider*8

worthlessnes8; lowness25

catch19 ($ 76, 2.

to

(a peculiarspecies,small

locust

Word
had

Lord

had

and

and
be

them

given

of TheeS,

deny9
not

me

deny

poverty16

(Thee)20,

poor21' and

vain).

Fear

want26

to

these
God

and

and

say,

them

fear27

judgments and keep2"

shall keep29 unto
thee

Iove29
bless29

thee

thy

thy herds33-

and
corn,

bless29

thee

thy wine30;

Speak

ye

to34

heaven.

(transl.the

Who

is the
the

saints24:
If

and

do29

His

covenant.

and

oilsl"

heart

of

Lord

Remove
of

lie)*4:

be

full 1 9,

lest I

or

of my

Grod

for there

(in

is no2^

hearken28

ye

them,

to eat,

required?

Lord?

multiply29

thine
the

word

name

Him.

Lest

the

The

I die 12!

riches18-

Lord, (ye) his

that

of

Israelites

before"

not

steal22* and.take2^
the

the

And2

(things)have

lies

nor17

forever.

corn

Two6

(them)

vanity 13

me

stand
upon

(of) the

me"

circle21

107.

manna4

wicked.

the

from

give

down3

d.)

assembly29-1

circle,an

shall

God

our

rained

from

is far

far13

of

ornament20

conjointly24
assembly26'to rejoice, to play, dance

an

EXERCISE
The

($ 82, I.)16

locust

edible)22upright one23

and

(# 89, 4.)

dance28
to laugh,rejoice,
(Pi.)97

rock15

to

the

Lord

thy

And

He

will

thee:

he

will

flocks32

and

Jerusalem,

and

thy

call unto35

her,

the
transl.

from

19 fut.

y3"

25

there

pK

no

i6$jo

171

Wffy
is

IjntfS 7^W"

9pm

24

30-i#VVn

29

35

"3^

(generallymasc.

make

originalvowel
")9P'

the

the

short

was:

By
^'"Ij^*

second

t^e

regularly changes

^"3p

l?np become

2. Tlie
words
3.

The

second

of this
On

resumed:
NOTE

the
as

I.

Kamets

in
rj^Q
"

vowel

declension

the

being

"

The

in

an

Tsere,
ir
it

does

originalTPO

T]Sb
1$P
a

in

now

only

the
,

under

however,

pause

thus

TJ7"?'

as

becomes

Patach,

being only

"

8r"jp
.

helping vowel,

all

Milel..

are

of the

lengthening

"

to

added,

been

"

Chirek

pause

order

In
has

vowel

Seghol,

lengthen regularly into

with

helping Seghol

of the

Cholem,

into

/cm.)

called

nouns

one.

("

short

the

Kamets-Chatuph,

36 Acre

Segholateforms.

i, or

a,

addition

consonant,

xSo

consonants,

vowel

term:

syllableis lengthened.

open

first

a
helping
dissyllabic,

hence

(" 82, 1.) jtfi'

32
T

37

38 Ni. pret. Hi'"!

the

following

regularly Seghol,

pret.

XT

(" 82, 1.) ^D3

33

originally three

had

vowel,

them

to his fearers

large class of

the

embraced

are

20 Pi.

DECLENSION.

FIFTH

66.

Seglwlates, which
one

fut. #T

IT

fern.) ^

here

(gen. masc.,

"

but

12 rut.

39

this

27
J/'Ettf

ace.

34^

SN

pi. suff.

with

21 Ni.

'2 C.I

"IB D

-T

28 with

C. 1

with

3 Hi.

|D

isxr#

14313

pro

41D'Si)3 40nS

1. In

pret.

5j;n

ferflfl22pret. 3JJ

IT

31"in]T

the

io Hi.

23pret.

imp

""

D'jTtf

sins*3-

all her

foH2

of

received^

hath

she

for

of the l^ord, double*!

hand

accomplished37,that

is

warfare36

her

that

133

DECLENSION.

iniquity39 is pardonedss,

her

FIFTH

C"6.

"

word

the

original form

is

if
Hence

He

local

(" 19, 6.) appended to

Segholate,

"

requires the original form

as

n^""!^

to

the

land

(T^lNt

134

I.

PART

N);

HJV3

In

the

in

originalvowel

4.

the

the

to

house

NOTE

segholate form

is

sing, the

state

const,

jnt seed, *nn

II.

kindred

5.

words

form

of three

second

one

shoulder

T]S/9"
1"p"

forms

They

From

the
as

CH

the

7. From

the

NOTE
the

II L

but

in

8. In

rally stands
ei-able

DjX

under

(5.vowel

and

absolute

In

the

and

plural

the

before

form

of two

for the
had

etc., with
forms

with

"

as

consonant)'
with

forms

con

final

the

is

radical
the

grave

suffixes:

grave

of

one

as

the
retained

is

absolute

plural

in

*2*7'2DrTp^O"

suffixes;as

'

"

^Q, the

Seghols, as

original Patach
Cfrirek

first gene

But
(?f?b)"

originally; as

Tj^pknee, D^
suffixes: ^IJpjHp?

consid-

"J^p garment,,

rain,

hp?

remem

with

two

Seghols (Tto)

some
Seghol ("lipp)
(most of which
Seghol as the original short vowel:
?

marshy

are

number

the

D^

""Dp

plural

the

marsh,

the second

(1D3 trust, confidence,

brance

man

"

sing,p'pg,DJP^O
the

ink ;

"U^

the

D^^Dn"p, D"gHj?:"'5^9 ^.")p

the plural
etc'.) formed
regular (Tj'p/p

When

st.

and

those

after

vowel

one

"O|

1H

aspirated pronunciationof

the const,

but

with

st. :

const,

all

as

and

state

thing,in

Segholates in inflection:

the

plural

light suffixes:

vain

class, embraces

this

^ftp gain,profit,

room,

infinitives of Kal, of the form

this form

taken

struct

moisture

with

agree

of

B"3^ honey

Ig^
the

breath,

consonants

as

place, and

9.

When

is accented:

If"

o,

apartment,

an

plantation,
plant,J

are

(JTp, orig. JV^)

unaltered.

remain

6.

EXERCISES,

are
as

and
Pe

"OK

Tsere

gutt.)

witli
have

pinion, with

rq^, r^n

DECLENSION.

FIFTH

" 66.

135

p^npart, pgr?delight,h$,caif,i#

fat,

against,(IIJ^Gen.
help, 'Tty*valuation, i^ before, over
against him, i. e. the counterpart of him),
2, 18, 20. as over
ten
*|JJ"#

etc.

salvation, rHK

y""

Patach

the

JHJ seed,

as

second

radical

^tppand Sfcpp

forms

of the

vowels

guttural,both

is

When

way.

guttural, the helping-

radical

second

the

under

vowel

is

radical

third

the

When

10.

is

Patach;

are

*}#} boy, lad, -)]" wood, forest.

as

^tppwith

form

TlS^3 thy deed,

The

Kubbuts

handful,

V^/pp
,

letter

guttural takes

D5
p as ^^?K
" 45).
(Inf.with 'stiff.

work

^|

tnv

the

plural absolute

t"Hb*' root, and

The

two

D'BntP

and

whence

vS'liSV ^riK, but

3)

nouns

D^'"Jp

the

guishable

in

lengthens

the

before
all the
and

the
other

rVt'

forms

V=1

; a

P.**adversity,with

with
15.

suff.
I.

absolute.
1 into

before

is

"

the
*

T:

only distin

1 the

Kamets:
as

death,

DVJ

as

vowel

JT? olive.
into

(" 12, 7. b. 2.);

midst,
^1N; Tjiri

*3in;fV3 house,

const.

-The

of

the

D^j, with
verb

H"S

^pp

form

lose their consonantal

preceding

suff.

Scgholates

With

unchanged:

1 and

with

"

T:

v']^the segholate form

the

article).

"

remains

contracted

are

thong:

Patach

the

also

DrinnX

Patach

but

holiness, have

"Hp

"

sing,

s]"ears.

SllNtent, has ])1.D^^TIK

"^HK"D^SnN*; HIN*
also

noun

"

T'J7and

With

WtTlN

makes

14.

way,

The

with

(thus always

guttural:D^HpH

without

tent3

v]"3 actions, DHip5 cypress-flowers,D^nQH

2) with Pe gutt.: DHpJ^ gazelles,nlH^X ways,
1)

in

Tj^Dthicket, lD3p; ^"1J|

as

7iDp vocalizes

form

instances

middle

suffixes

the

before

13.

few

The

Kamets

iS^(alsolS"|^)
fpp

greatness,
12.

in

suffixes:

before

inflection

the

^tjphas

form

The

12.

In

power
a

diph

hence
const.

suff.
exhibit

the

136

three

originalforms

EXERCISES.

follows:

as

'Vt|"'Vn"

suff.

such

II. From
was

originally1

inn,

IPO

"yfT,

arise

mt^

suiF.

IfU^

radical

^jin

of which
1PQ

from

("12, 7,1). 3.)

EXERCISE

the third

"

H$"

pause

"Vn"suif. "Sn

in pause

from

"

in

H"

^P

of JT

nouns

fruit,C*"^)' 'VD l^a-lf,

H"

sickness, Cvll)j hence

0"T])" vH
"nS;

I.

PART

phi vyy$

108.

3T

:nin

nin

? rru
I

:nii^

mn"

""

ninn

rrn
-

;2
n

itr'

T"

now

nio
26

nip

an"n

SD
^ vfc'sp

the

fruit8
person
down17

Sj;nin!

^orn

SbS

splendor2purt.3to weigh4 shield5 to plant6 rill7

path1 brightness,
to wither9
greatness11food12 wickedness13
intelligence10
possessor,
given

or

addicted

("93, 7.)

to

thing14 the

the deed*9
magnificence18

wall15

stone16

sacrifice

to

break, pull

("83, 4.)20to

flatted1

to

it,the correction)to devise25

to

fr. 'JJ7 affliction,

misery29 wisdom30

bear witness33

flame

burning35 the

flame,

early

afflicted'-28

scoffer32

company31 scorner,

vehement34

hard,

seeks

($93, 3.
early,diligently24
direct, prepare26step27 poor,

seek

to
spread22step, footstep23

137

DECLENSION,

FIFTH

66.

"

to

testify,

of Jah, i. e.

kindled by God36-

EXERCISE

His

holy3

cometh

thy foot12

as15

he

cording
saying,

to

his work18-

have

is Mil*
do

thou

what21

hills 5,

will

so16

sent

to

sentest

to

not

of the

the

to

Hiram20

And19

heard

earth

render17

I will

me:

to

He

Say not, I will

Lord.

done

has

earth.

The

totter11-

to

the

goodness13 of

and

heaven

made9

the

to

eyes

(bless)

from8
help (cometli)

help7- My

my

innermost2

my

up4 mine

I will lift

Lord, who

suffer-"

and

soul1,

my

name.

whence6

from
the

Lord

the

Bless

109.

to
man

him
ac

Solomon,
for21:

me

thy desire23 concerning24 cedar-trees

and concerning fir26-trees. My servants
(treesof cedars)25?
the
unto29
from
Lebanon28
shall bring27 (them) down27
for
desire in31 giving bread
shalt do my
thou30
sea, and
household
house). Saul32 and Jona
(bread of my
my
than33;
lovely34 and pleasant35 in their lives, also36 in
swifter40 than38
their death
not
were
parted37,they were
will

do

eagles39?they
through43 the

were

(and) I22

of

breadth46
and

(with the

art.

inn

19Conv.

5 in

262Tha

27 Hi. TV

33tnjV

32^^^

ITT

portion51for

rny

plur. " 17, 1) "IH

hy)

18^3

jflJ9

17 Hi.

24^

25pK
31 with

1"

inf.

3^

xfrj
the

23}'3n 22
30

flesh48

My

strength50of

(is)the

ever.

(" 83, 6. b.)

15"1#N3

j3

14

[" 93, Note] -JN

[" 93, Note] HP

plur. ^

(part.H^J7)

of

maker

16

in the

it and

of

thee.

unto

(but) God

faileth47,

12(subst. with art.) BID

2QDTT1

length45

the

it; for I will give it

heart, and

my

in44

Arise, walk

lions41-

stronger42 than

land

heart49

my

all

29

D#D

(" 85, 2.)

21

fern, #3 J

")?#.6 j'KD

fc^D

(" 111, 2.)

["19, '6.] 28 [" 80, 3.J

38

i" 91, 1. 2.]

4"7

37Ni.

Y13

43^

42

36

[naa

"

35with

naj

art.

pi.]i3i

.51pSn
I

."

""

34 Part.

Q^J

50 1"

41

Ni.

pi, rn,

493n"7
T

18

"

with

art.

138

I.

PART

THE

" 67.
The

1.
masc.

FORMATION

feminine

suffixes.

FEMININES.

OF

termination

affectingit

noun,

EXERCISES.

in the

same

manner

fern. JlCttD; NttO,

DID,

appended

is

Jl"

as

HNVlO;

rnpio; rn.K" nrnfc; nrn.fem. run,

DDR,
nSn|;D'ptj'nppJ?;iv. i)eci.

v.

like H"

penult
the

like

the

H"

it

When

tives from

in

is

u-et

the

Jl"

CLASS
the

as

undergo
as

follows
vowels

H7bp

jlTTtJI
"

H"

mutable
:

as

from

IV.

derived

Nouns

III.

as

rQ^D*

*)J^; rrnpX

strength, from
CLASS

become
becomes

and

"

*| (Deriva
and

into JT"

"

Kamets

less

change

than

before

or

fem

statute, law.

HpH
|T

the

Tsere

before

jlV# counsel, rDJ^In abomi

njTiyrighteousness.

masculine:

man,

be

FEMININES.

immutable

with

Nouns

fern, termination

nation,

in

of

Seghol: TD

contracted

nouns

II.

Tsere

becomes

are

classed

are

with

Nouns

termination

CLASS

Kamets

FT$yj

OF

feminine
and

ones,

I.

CLASS

and

Seghol

^ne

exceptions,

and

nouns

DECLENSION

inflection

masculine

Deci.

(fornp^')"nni^'(forrvpt?).

" 68.
In

Patach

to the

appended

^7

few

C'hirek 0")

r\"^),
i-et

w'" rvyp

inine

with

sound:

Hj;

"

Decl.

a) the ante
b) the penult

TTU;

for T|^5'
v^zTj^b*

JlfTfi,fijll^D;
rTTV^

as

Seghol: m"

in

wall, from

rn."U

as

ft", modifies

ending

preceding vowel,

Seghol:

fern,

Seghol

like

comes

II.

(TV!*.

toneless

The

light

^p, ns^QjD*?JN
np^Jti

Deci.
'

2.

the

in.

the

to

from
from

word,

the

segholate form

of

TPO;

wo
rnj"3 a young
saying, from T)pN; Hptfl

ptfl
"

Nouns

properly Segholates, terminating

in

DECLENSION

FIP^T

69.

"

(with gutturals fi"")

ft"-

tress; flg'tfwife:

njrO

" 69.

the

in

st.

const,

Before

light

syllable

"

NOUNS.

ft-

"

139

ftT}^ mis

as

DECLENSION.

ending only undergoes changes

is commuted

Kamets

into ft":

Patach

suffixes the

plural JTiDID remains

"

FEM.

coat.

the

H"

becomes

ft"

FIRST

declension

this

In

OF

of ft"

TlpID

as

unchanged

in

all

HpH

being

but

"

as

in

const.

an

D3fiD;lD

open
The

"

forms.

"

He

local (H"

"

ft"

"

as

"

the

changes

fern,

termination

ft"

into

"

from
J"irn!p"

PPO

n.

EXERCISE

jfc :nirr nsrp.

(bitter
fountain).

p.

110.

zrbn$:nS^ioSn

HMH

^T

rnrr

nnin

nisi

nir

: 13

secreti the
chamber6

to

v$ np^'

rejoice7 the end, extremity8 a going out,

the

heat12

only13silent

mouth22

push,

unsearchable26.

thrust

circuit10
rising9

to

resignation14
(i.e. perfectly
resigned)

deliver,rescue15 path16 far off,remote17

praise21his

22

beginningsperfects(gg3, 7:) (g90, 8.)4 bridegroom5 bridal-

hide, conceal11
to

np^' i^i^i

nmo

down23

4$ 108, 1.)*

near18

to

unless24

utter19

righteousness20

delight95searching,

140

PART

I.

EXERCISES,

EXERCISE

My

soul, waits

(is)from

only1 upon2 God; for my

rock5
and
only (is) my
my

He

defence?*
I shall not
(is)my
Thou
(is),(sois)his might 10.

'

man

ships11of
to Thy name
of the

He

Him.

vationG:
the

thou

111.

Tarshish
0

earth.

with12

God,

and

and

the

The

him.

Baanah26

chamber

and, Jo, my
behold, your
selves4o

to

have

ye

sheaf

God,

DID

also3?

and

Go

And

himself4?

[doubles the

last

34 Hi. n-1D

C. 1, nn^

with

part.

have

ye

cons.] ;ui#p

33

39

33^D

unto

this

47 f^PI

1. The

as

6nj^t#'

46DKD

words

in the

2. When
in

house,

the

time44

scorned4^

of

all

of

your
evils4^

your

Kal

3^J
*"

44 n

totTW

SECOND

123

21

37 QJ

21? l^jfl

QD^

nrrjx

|3
30

lomoj

93

20[part.]^DJ*

^y

29

part.

"

43 dative

42

"

28

JT)],H^x

and

SOfplur. D'"

33^

Hi. fut.

y"

41

\ ~;

DECLENSION.

and
drop the Kamets
inflection,
excepting in the plural absolute:
of this

8h'va

paradigm)
from

Pause!

38Ni.

4mpjl

"N3f

31 HtSD

rut? year, rOfcT, 7W,

(as

Re-

bed3_2chamber33,

day

out

you

32 IIH

fut. 3^0

" 70.

Tsere

of the

you43 in

save42

saved48

48

And

upright^ ; and
prostrated tliemthe gods, which

and

cry4!

22

40Hith.

of

way

stood

isnn

35 Pi. D?^

the

endur-

troubles50-

your

8Ni.

and

chosen; let them

who

the midst2^

surrounded39?

sheaf.

distress4^

ends1?

and

arose,

sheaves

your

and

b.)

in

his

the

According

path24-

in

they smote him, and slew34

(were) binding35 sheaves3^ in the field,

we

my

their

bed31

his

on3"

thou

not

into2?

came

of h.

Behold,

shatterest

(is)Thy praise15unto1^ the

fear is of the Lord
(is)clean1*),

king Iay29

(in the

As

so

ing2o forever.
My son21, walk22
wicked; refrain23 thy foot from
chah25

salva-

totters.

wind13-

east14

an

hope4

declension

but

Hl^'"

precedes the
a

npny.

helping

vowel

termination
is used:

H
as

"

--,

"

3.

immutable,

nt^'3?(the

declension:

the

comp.

witness

ilNVp

;
T

*'

nit

are

first

" 62, 2.) dry land;

nj^'pSrequest ;

nVJO

re

v
^

'

something

stolen ;

overthrow;

nD^np

4. Several

nouns

^theSegholate

np^Pp
n^N^D
T

n^?bX

darkness

etc.

in

const,

take

or

const,

'

the

f]"

"

st.

i*l!3^Jl

'

and

'jlp/pp^

before

suff.

suff.

with
"

i'

n^DlD
:

chariot.

"

government,

"

HytTpP

"

war

ornament,

""

norj3

cattle,with

suff.

const.

mistress,const.
n*)tpj?.5
rn'lljl

const.

nDH1?

^PD?^

W^D?5

^^

crown

EXERCISE

112.

nin

:np?p
nin

"

n^NII fig;

as

jlfliD^pj

work,

M^|

gall; "1i3l^burning

nfiJJO
plague

kingdom,

hight;

Jl.'Dl^ pool
T

Hllp

71*13^something

family,

nnBJ^p
T

form

',

unclean

(fr.

pure,

(UN)

curse,

strange, (fr.itf);,103

foil ; ilNptD

robber

n /M

'

the

to

evil, (fr.Jfjn) 5 ni3

Dagesh), HJH

(fr!
TU);

saw,

^p

rumination, (TU); niNp

ni3

lost ;

belong

Tsere

n^HS

pfen

of

and

(forn^*15) exposition; ni^N memorial

deliverance; 11*1311 a knowing; ,11" (fr.11V" Kamets

proach

TO);

feminine

darkness
(for i*"O*tJTj)

iTDJ^n

to

words

141

NOUNS.

Kamets

these

all

hence

FEM.

OF

words

following

the

In

DECLENSION

SECOND

" 70.

142

PART

22

:23pn

1.

2l

EXERCISES,

20

'

38

sweet1

sleep2 laborer3

to search8
to

exalted4

be

to

35

36

37

city5snare,

gin6righteousacts7

form, imagination9thought10 to understand11

search13

inward

chamber,

messenger17

part14abomination15

the multitude18

honor19

the

the

breath,spirit12

high, proud (" 83, 7.)16

the want20

people21 destruction,
prince23to know, regard24the life25 beast26 ground27 to be satisfied28
than all30 a watching,guard-"
throughout all ages ($ 91, 3. b.)29above, more
that travels35
one
ing31 issue, result32 slumber33 folding3*
poverty36want37

ruin22

of

man

shield

armed

with

shield38

EXERCISE
The
and

Lord

will render1

his faithfulness4-

tention8-

How9

to

land

Andie

sighs15 (are) many14-

of

his

man2

of a
lips-5
sing10 the

we

(in the

strangeis land12

113*

every2

The

shall

stand39*

to

a.

righteousness3

fool enter6

Lord's

" 83, 6. b.).

st.

if16 there

be

(fut.)in

sin17

the

land, which

And

inheritance27-

subtlety29 and

peth32

his

the

ear

hath

Lord

thy God

giveth

he

said, Thy

brother

taken30
the

at33

cry35 (himself) but36

(is)the rage38
in the

(is)an
right

of

shall

man39?

day of vengeance42abomination
ones

(is) His

to

the

he be
his

not

be

therefore40
The
Lord:

he

with28

delight43- My

stop-

also

shall

Jealousy37

will

the

that

(for)an

not

sacrifice- of wicked
but

man

defile26 not

came

answered.

My

body22

for he

thee

he

put18

thy blessing31- Whoso

cry34 of (the) poor,

con

song11 in

(deserving)the judgment of death, and

to death18, and
thou
hang19 him on20 a tree;
shall not
remain21
all night21 upon
the tree,
is hanged24 is a curse23
of God, that25
thou
a

into7

spare41
ones

of up
rigteousness I hold

3 6

prayer

TflnlPDECLENSION

"71.
fast-H

will

and

(is)in

9TK

5H"3^

6fut. K13

3 -"I 73

16 Ol

l^X^H

Hophal pret. ma

...

26

S3 part.

I .-

21

HpS

1,
36

29HOnn

""

45m.

71.

The
in form

by

the

"

is formed
""

king,

as

the

of the

like that

const,

st.

inns

np)

niD?"

and

the

to

refine8 seven-fold

comprehend19 a

the scales22

the

like

Segholates in

D'D^D^from

with

suffixes

114.

the

exult3

($ 92, 4.)9

palm of

nr

rightthings4 the saying5

to

comfortio

his hand16

(prob.a third part

to give way^
testimony2-1

measure

hill23

3,

changed

^to^ ^S Tjnxp npni

'nyfyp
nn^i

to

pret. with

: 0.^x03 23nijn:n
nin;nin"x-^
rn^S nirr ^piniN' :24vnij;i

np.^i ipp

reins, kidneys1 (" 94, 2,)2

"

so

nh^nvhin$h

to measure15

361

"

ending, remain
plural absolute,

masculine

HD^D

from

annri

(" 83, 10.)7 to

plain13a fox14

of

of the

EXERCISE

x^SDSITDX

27

feminine

exception

rVD^-p
queens,

but

"

class, having already been

addition

unaltered, with

flSfi

DECLENSION.

THIRD

of this

nouns

44m.

HSJI
T

"

19prot.
283

37,"lKJp

HDH

vv

Ttf

H
T~:

39 ^3J

401

p1? 20^

12riO1K
..

Hi.

3^

""

30Conv.

31HD12

DDK

1 Hi.

13 "OJ

T_.

23nSSp 22pS3J
T

2BTK

I TT

v:

14pret. 33*1

"

breath.-*?

my

SHpIV

irWEX

ISnfUK
.

24 part. pass.

251

Pi. KDD

which

143

me.

lOHi.-Utf
18

NOUNS.

go45 all-isthe while46

let it

not

FEM.

OF

of
to

the
an

ruinii

Edeni2

span17 to

Ephah)-0

depart25-

furnace6

mete

to

the
out1"

weigh2l

144

PART

1.

EXERCISE
The

land

of Canaan

and

of

water

of Gibeon5

outer8

worn

land

(is)a

Jeys1* (and) drinketh4

the inhabitants

115.

garments8

the

took

of

mountains

them.

Israel,

shoot

shall

ye

your

fruitio for2i my

(am)

for23 you,

will

settle^

said

in

the

They

went

going

the

up

SnoSfr

nb3

fern.

17

16njJ3jJ

sing. W

27Ni.3^
-

33

34^10

3")s

40

6 fern.

c.

st.

1'Sp

culine
and

32

solute
the

vowel

(g 83, 4) nS^D

as

nn#

jS"! 12

Pi.

22

HT

but

shalt

be

pit.

damsels41;

2*7

HI

The

"7 20

N^J

29
nn"ip_303
wSl'KB'37 !|K 36

st.

vowel

'

18
:

3^

m.

^'flV 35 Dual.

c.

suff. 'JTlOKto.

st.

In

(o)

ft|?ife":.
pi. hwi;

the

is

re

pi. ab

class, that

(which

D'57?) drops:
of the

mas

unchanged,

of this

nouns

the

(""""")

plural termination

trace

19 nS
T

sing, remains

originalshort

is Kamets:
a

I:

9 part.

with

generally agree

const,

the

Hj?p3
T

l"Hn

u^"

("75, 3.) 21

as

nSn/?,pi.

in the

fil^lD^p;

preserved

plur. nl^3"
plur. iSfy^ftflT^f^'

n%

sides35

DECLENSION.

FOURTH

preceding

"

hast

of the

3 IBB
T

following is peculiar to

fi"

found

Tty3J

Ho.

39

with
rn.5^'P"

form

the

cityand

31 Piur.

of this class

Segholates

masc.

in

the

13

23

("55,4)

suffixes the

as

sides

; I will

two

Segholates.

appears:

S#

14

24Conv.

rhp

nouns

before

S^J

TT

" 72.
1. The

the

two

T"

15Pi.

"'-(

Thou

yet3? thou

25HJ2

26DnV
T

built,and24

water.

r63

TT

to the

122

the cities26

state31-

north36;

the

ascent40

draw

out. to

shall be

grave38; to the

to the

down39

brought

and24

you,

appointment34; in

of

parts)

remotest

bear20

up33 into32 the heaven

go

of

and

of

For, behold,

formers1

your

I will

mount

unto

the ruins28

afterso

thy heart

sit upon

(the

and

Ye, mountains

Israel.

I will turn25

and24

you

of

their feet

upon

branches1^

your

people

inhabited2^

be

shall

forth18

And

My belovedio is like^
leaping13over14 the

gazelle11;behold, he12 cometh

the hills16mountains, bounding15 over
to

val~

rain3 of heaven.

worn**" shoes6

upon

and

const,

in

"

state

" 72.
NOTE.

DECLENSION

FOURTH

There

several

are

Tsere

and

Kamets
absolute,

FEM.

OF

in the

appear

145

class in whose

of this

nouns-

NOUNS.

plural

penult: fnrO

chapi

nroin
H?31$o
knife,pi.rrtSjHffii
reproof,
pi.niySpp
ring" PL rnj^tD; nj;Spp"
pi. nwjwlnjftib
ter, pi.nvunis;

carved

work,

pi.Hlp^D (as if

ilpJPDnurse,

plowshare, pfdr.nifchDO

-np

fiT^

rn"'3 draught,pi.niTj?3

^tppin

As

2.

in

terminates

the

from

Tsere

in

ates,

Patach

either

suffixes

("

or

IDlTb;

2#; ^|?.^5nurse,

masc.

if the

W^
D!?^ (infinites,)
the
ihpTO.from

masc.

termin

masc.

^O^b

suff.

with

fTtpp'O

before

takes

"

Patach,

plur.

Astarte,

Chirek, if the

);

"

Chirek

or

masc.

Chirek

or

Hp^'p);

in fi"

form

general,the

from

'the

from

p^D

masc.

"

^ Seghol occasionallyoccurs :
H^ (Inf,from ^H)
thy wife, otherwise
^ri!^'N
Ttfl^'i*
has Seghol with all the suffixes 'fl?1?*
^?*?
^4^2'
Before

3.

suffix

the

as

"

form

4. The

M~

masculine

has

with
ngtlj (masc. trin^),

suff.

cially when

njDriD
In

5.

either
H

"

the

is most

use

and

Kubbuts

}) with

as

'frW'm', n^3i^3 wages,

absolute

forms

two

of both* in the

only.

frequently used

sembly and

thought

the

words

many

in the

(espe

np.^DOdivision.

measure,

by the

words

certain

in

is inflected

in

In

the

rr$y_"const, nn^;

absolute,

both

or

the

cases

const,

H"

exis^

of the

form

and

H"

state:

form
as

in H"

PnVJf

as

rnfe'#and rrj"%"fCy"BQ

do
HDxSp'work,
HD'jpOkingdom"
rij^pO*

minion.

EXERCISE

116.

:5nin

p
19
.

146

PART

I.

EXERCISES.

HIP

onrnn

|Swpr
22ni:n

nirr

rb

ION

blossom1

the

lily2 sucker, sprout3 the

glory, honor7

the

dog8

male

handmaid13

to

servant,

law18

return9

to

mistress14

kindness20

kingdom19

the

vomit10

boyhood21

to

the

Israel, when

The

seer4-

gladness6'hut

the

Hezekiahs

And8
should

made

shall

of their

bray 21 the

est

with

corn25

kingdom,

foo!22 jn

the

part2? from

and

millstone36

time

of)

that44
so.

7rnn

he

the
and

write

ennnfr
14 ll;

him

(of

the

clothed

them.

he

the

skin
And

crown1"

thou

should-

the

ground-

his foolishness28

not

(is)an

de

everlastingso

when41
the

he

throne42

copy45

cast35

woman

head,

BnSnfrt-crnih
ISnj'n

Arid**

(endureth) throughout32

Ahimelech's38

sitting)upon

they

Jerusalem.

among^4

12

imp. pi.

with

inf.

and

sitteth
of his

2 with

an

ace.

all33

upper3?

shivered39

of this 'law

bn

us

perish.

Israel, thati2

took

his

(shall be)
shall

Though^

kingdom^

he,

ones

skin14

mortar23

certain34

it shall

shall

15D"1S

the

fe

let

corned

ones

at

Ands

dominion31

And8

upon

his

Lord

his head;

Thy

Thy

And

all

pestle26^(yet) will

him1^

generations.
skull4^.

off1^

(transl.in

spake,

wicked

wife16

ordinance1^

from

king

he

for

his

lord12

fall,ruin23-

righteous

of the

and

mine

keep

of

garments13

" 82, 4.) to Adam15

^e

thus

letters1** ton
House

crown6

profit17the charge.

went

man

expectation^ of

the

to

come

Lord

the

hope5

wrote

the

117.

inquires (of) God,

Agoing)to
go

in

vain16

increase22

to

beauty5

repeat11master,

to

dominion15

EXERCISE
Beforetime1

tree4

olive

his

(about (the
kingdom43,
in46

book.

.40

rider,hence

lit. the

36(331

SjJ45r"J^D

44Conv.i

"

DVplJ'-.a

aQjToa

nS:3 3723?

35 Hi.

rpSaa 42

plural D'nN

HID)

from

VrttsV-

sutf.:

DJTHg'

?|'t?N'.

^111^

(pi.abs.

5.

DlOn

6.

J3 son

c.

st.

st.

p,

nj3

seldom
-f^j

p;

suffixes

With

11.

sutf.

with

from

(forH^^

suff.

^3, with

'J3

Num.

24,

b^3, const.
T]^3;'])lural

*",

iein. from

suff. W3;

J3^ const,
const,

be derived

(supposedto

rV3* with

st.

^5"arid 1^3

once

'H3 (for^3) i plur. n^3,

house

8. JV?

build), const,

to

etc.

daughter (forn.53"

suff.:

const,

cf. HlO*

nTTN*

the

suif.

stepmother,

3, Gen. 49,

with

from

contracted

but

Makkcph

7. J13

also

not

stepfather,with

DH

before

"

"

4.

from

plur. DTO*

st.

st. H3'

niJ3"

|"l!D to
const,

build),

st. TO'

suff. ^3.

with
9.

maid-servant,

iTDN

plur, niTON*,

^3

10.

11. H5

const,

mouth

(Prov. 5, 4.)
B.

^N

st.

const,

st,

n?iS% with

suff.

\1D^

nlHDN.

vessel",
plur. D^3-

mouth,

my

1.

sufT.: 'HX"

but

TINS

occur), plur. with suff.: T)iTTX"

(The ending jll in the singular niPfN is not

plural ending,

st.

suiF.

with

suffixes

Srave

const,

THin"?.

from

sister,const. nlfUX, with

does

32

^D'3N

nlflX

3.

and

(" 88, c.)

nin^

st.

const

with

TUX,

const,

33

40nSjSj 39 ^V*J38

with

^3^"

TUX,

const

IjV^34finX

NOUNS.

ON,

i)lur-ntiK"

brother,

2. HK.

26

271?D

"5N (likea Segholate form

st.

with light suffixes:

Q3'3tf" Drp38'

nlK

H"y

of

28

inf. D

41 with

ND3

IRREGULAR

73.

father, const,

2X

n"%

S?

43

Derivatives

A.
1.

upper)

the

(of all eternity " M,

30

147

XOUNS.

IRREGULAR

" 71.

const,
st, ^' with
(prop, for HKD^
V? and VT$; plural D'? (from Dwfl)
'

and

HV3

Derivatives
man

(from

(Jud. 3, 16.).
from

tTJN)

Vei'bs
,

const,

^"J^

"

st,

C'^,

with

suff.

suff.

I.

PART

US

EXERCISES.

plur. the originalform

In

2. rt"*K

(forH^NX

woman

Derivatives

C.

from

day, with

1. DV

suff.:

"

D.

*plS

derivative

H^K*

st.

st.

*$NT\

with

dual

D^pV' plur. D*P*" c.

(once DHJJ7 Ju.

10, 4.)

N"J^ is J^K") head,

from

suff. ^N*)"
-

E.

D'P water,

c.

st.

c.

st.

st.

HJ".

(for ^K^

("14,RisingIII.)
suif. Vt^N^

with

once
T

*p and

EXERCISE

:2nWfp

witl1

v']/"

Segholate form) plur. D^'N^ (forD^N^

const,

st-

"

TJ/f city,pi. DHJf

2.

const,

Y'Jfand

local (Jl" ) HOW

*P" with

const"

D3'g"JN.

with'suff.:mx"

^N%

oV'W'

sing. "}$$) (seldom

D^'i^" fr. the

first

D'u^X (probablyat

reappears,

"

*P*P"

suff.^p?

w.

^P^P

"

118.

ntsto nin^pi ninx

xnSffl
pni

trto^SJD^D t^NnS4jn
.^33 r^Soj5P^Onnj;
D^8
^iri3^3^fp
nninn

IN*

nin*
^ijSkx

inheritance1

the

n"p

^':N

prudent2 wreath3

bird-cage6judge,defender7
birds,a

brood11

:rjS
^ijSef
jri^

egg12

to

grace

apparel8garment9

crouch13

her

can2

find

price5(is)far3

virtuous1
above4

chance

to

be10

the

part5

young

of

jealous14- (" 83, 9.)*

EXERCISE
Who

(" 89, 2-)4 divide, have

119.

(a. w.

woman

rubies.

The

heart

of virtue
of her

1)?

bus-

THE

" 74,
does

band

blessed8-

her

wife ; and

his
to

should

words

of

is my

wife ;

slay20

me

Jerusalem

from

ne?zar26 had

gardens28, and
and

give

bear32

daughters

your

7pret.

D^p

11 pret. with

19

pret. with

following

(6 77, 3) 18

3, HD3

16 3

17 "nj

15

into

exile

nSi

Hi.

^X

30

Hi.

iV

29HpS
.35

to

"
1.

The

must

be

ders

the

const,

to

2 fut.

into exile35-

IT

be

c.

i.

nSj

e.

Y^X

PL" with

21^

Conv"

1^3,)")3etc.)S*3
fut.

(g 108, 2) J^n
-T

"

cons.)

Hi.

20

Vn

jj

27

^DJ

33!"hl

34nr3^-*l^;X

32

NUMERALS.
cardinal

either

considered

last

[" 101 III, a)]

:

may

of the

peace

1 12(witli suff.

^2np^"1
"

sons

they

(doubles the

are

as

nouns,

or

The

ordinal.

having

two

gen

state.

CARDINALS.

2.

Masculine.

Feminine.
CONST.

nntf

the

blessed

call

13 Conv.

THE

74.

that

pfpp

8 to

91

23 ^SD
"

com.

cause

numerals

cardinals
and

28

plant2?

for your

wives

-T

24n"DT1
T

wives, and

ye

to be carried

(g91) Q

14 3W

IT:'

Take29

seek33

you

(g 93 Note.)

pn^'

TT

31

IDD

rhtf 10
ljyj

T;

25 to carry

caused

I have

cities,whither3^

saith

Thus

and

take

And

(are) the

(inthem);

husbands31,

to

daughters.

and

sons

them;

; and

daughters

and

begetso y0ns

the fruit of

eat

of the

Nebuchad-

Babylon

to

feared

men

Israel,whom

abide

and

ye houses

Build

Lord:

the

exile25

of18

prophet, sent

the

Jeremiah2-*,
of

he

These

"01-21 Rebekah22.

into

carried

(him)

the

(saidhe),

lest

the children

to

asked

sister: for

isi9 my

letter23, that

the

place

inie

abode^

Isaac^

of the

men

said, She

he

She

say,

place

the

And13

Gerar^.

And^

all^2-

jhem

excellestn

thoui"

call

and

up?

virtuouslyijbutt*

done

have

daughters

Many

arise

children

Her

her.

in

trusts

14y

NUMERALS.

ABSOL.
nrrtf

CONST.
"iru*

ABSOL.

"in^

2.

3.

4.

EXERCISES.

i.

FART

150

Masculine.

Feminine.

ABSOL.

CONST.

AUSOL.

CONST.

trton

5.

iltfon

"

7.

yyy

8-

9.

10.*
K

nnx

11

N*

"

rnety 'fifty

n""x

12.

3*

13.

14.

*p

i"K n^
21.

0-

st.

10"-

,/1Np
300.

B.

500.
3000.

(myriads niD^plur.)
,(EZ. 45,

16.

17.

is.

rr

19.

20.

,D^'^' 60-

y
and

Hundreds

,[("13, 6.

j^

1J3

30-

40.

c.

15.

,niN"

^g^

2000.
10000.

13-1 ,nD!in

20(J-

40()-

HHN

.-

,fj^

1000.

or

,0^X^3^4000.
"

90-

.D^pTl

Thousands

3.) D?HNp forJD1J1NO

pn

50-

'D^'PD

~T

-.-

,CNeh. 7,

7-2.

N121

" 74.

THE

Ps.
*fjij?

68.

NUMERALS.

18.

in

stand
NOTE
from

and

13

From

1.

NOTE

absolute

the

to

numerals

The

II.

the Tens

from

900; but

800,

The

connection

of

the

Hundreds:

and

unit

is

GOO,.

f}

to

700,

MO

iri=

in the

seen

st,

Unit,"

from

==

more

const,

The

"

masculine,

letters.

by

the

in

T| 7j 500, Q
usuallypfi 500;

decimal

"

to

"

"

"|

"

P*'"] [

the final letters

denoted

are

30000,

the

with

feminine

the

; with

state

20000.

DnJ?.

kX D'

etc.

units

incl. the

19

to

*$*

DTn3"])
100000.

1000000.

151

etc.

table above
.

For

15

is

viation

for

numbers

5=2000,

3000

this last

"

being the

thousands

the

higher

(or {O=

as

and

abbre

1000

etc.

(}"?") of the

termination

The

III.

H"*

alphabet^used:

dotted
=

not

the
Note)^^For

18.

("

HirP

the

NOTE

and

employed V'D

numerals

with

masc.

feni.

nouns

is the

nouns

(H

) is

"

(" 75,
adverbial-ending

dropped,lest

it ba

1.

Before

Note).

considered

the

as

feni.

ending (J"| )
"

(" 57, 6, I).

ORDINALS.

3.

MASC.

FEM.

FEM.

MASC.

/ 6th
7th
sth

wt

9th

From

the

instead

used

without

the

01*

of the

the

ordinals, and
found

are

numbering

T^T nj"j"?3Gen.

4.

cardinals

eleventh, the
article,they

especiallyin

rvyin

8, 4.

Syntacticalrules

see

the
the

before

months

article
noun;

and
and

are

when
after

days:

it,
as

H^3*1J*!
DH^R.DVS Hag. 1, W.

" 92.

EXERCISE
rrrr

both

of years,

and

with

follow

4th

^3^1

120.

152

PART

I.

EXERCISES.

:nirv

5npg

nin^S6ni^?n

Kin

^n

nS

njn

DV

DI* njn

15Dn$5n

D^jr
18?)n:jt'n

,"j"p
pr?y".

how1

to

flight2
appointedfestival3 between

to

bread6

passover5unleavened

the
a

put

memorial11
make

an

sound

of

week7

the sickle8

humble17
to afflict,
expiation16
a

for

measure

EXERCISE
We

(are) all
of

man's

sons.

father, one

strict rest10

only,but14

expiation15

celebrate,to keep18 booth, tab

dry goods22121.
We

(is)not*,

(are) twelve
and

the

breth

little

is

ren,

sons

this

father in the land of Canaan.

The
day with2 our
congregationtogether3(was) forty and two thousand

whole
three
and
sand

hundred
their
three

hundred

our

one

to

evenings,twilight*

standingcorn9

convocation13

trumpet12 a

ernacle19 creation20 world21

the two

and

three

score,,

maid-servants,of
hundred

beside4

their

one

man-servants

whom5

thou
(therewere) seven
and
thirty and seven:
they hads two
five singing-men7 and singing-women7-

forty and
Their
hundred
horses, seven
thirty and six:
hundred
two
forty and five: (Their) camel s9"

their

mules8

four hundred

"

IN

" 75.

Two

asses.

went

women

enth

he shall go" out

tions

(are)in
in

bread

second

of

year

aftei-28

and

Whenie

women

shall

your

satis-

be

not

spake

Lord

the

come29

were

abomina

bake19

the second

(day)of26

sev

I break"

eat, and
And

He

in the

Seven

wicked.

woman.

they

buyii

serve:

shall

twenty

in2?

month,

land

of the

out

Egypt.

6 to them

(in

5 of whom

(were)
10'3

limp
17

first

the first25

on'24

Moses

the

was

and

thou

nothing^-

ten

ancl2i ye

oven20

one

Eve23

fied22.

the

shall

of the

bread,

staff18'of your

to

Ifio

out.

free' 4, for

the heart

hundred

seven

servant, six years1^ he

brew^

the

thousand

six

five:

thirty and

153

GENERAL.

(doubles the

breaking) "130

my

243

25-IHX

23n-in

.29 XV

15

inf. 3

22t"3fr

21 Conv.

7 part. Pi.

and

fem.

j'K

pi.

(" 58, 10.) HJK' 12

19pret. with

20 V-ifl

suff.

(" 75, 3.) with

masc.

13

U^flH

DJH
1

2f\K

3"^n"3

cons.) Stt-l8TJ3

last

16 with

Conv.

"-t

T-

TV

4"^P

H;7N

28 with

inf. and

suff.

out) *? 273

(aftertheir coming

26

(" 83, 10.)

XL

CHAPTER
PARTICLES.

"

75.

GENERAL.

IN

comprise adverbs, prepositions,

particleswhich
divided
into inseparable
are
conjunctionsand interjections
and
prefixed or postfixed
inseparable are
separable. The
1.

The

syllables,of the

D^M

of them

The

6.

separable consisting of

primitive:as

already treated, as

have

we

" " 18, 19, local Jl" " 19,

2.

I.

most

words

entire

(a) the negations 7^^ ^

and

partly

are

the

poetic
"

^3

not

local i"D
the

manner

(b) local

and

temporal

terms

there, H"D here, "# where?

and

mode

of

actions:

tN
as

as

D"2""

(with
n"t""'

then; (c)expressing
HD

thus, #}
20

par-

EXERCISES.

I.

PART

154

entreaty ; partly II derivative : as JT3P within,

VTfT together, ^?p circuit,fi^fi (Inf.Hi.) much, the in
tide

of

fitzfr
why, J^IID(compounded

terrogativeadverbs
hast

JftT (p. pass, perceived, seen) why

and

terrog. HO
thou

of/Gen.

seen?

fTh"'"nS

sooner,

On

truly.
accus.

rtiJ?K
time), j"|73 wholly,completely"

adverbs in D"

56

("

"see

hundred-times"
Prov.
a
hundred-fold,

On

derivative

of the

Some

3.

of the verb
or
signification
with
connected
rived, are

suffixes

with

Cf.

10.

17,

the

in

(" 85, 4.).

which

include

which

they

adverbs,
from

noun

suffixes:

v^Pl, ^fi and

Nouns

by S (see " 84, 3).

formed

Adverbs

2.

3,

HND
adverbs,e.g. fift1}*)haughtily,HiD3 safely,

often

are

20, 10.

are

prop, at the

(fr.fij;time,

what

frequentlyconverted into adverbs,e. g.

rUllflN!} later, Jl^nO quickly,fifty now

Fern, forms

NOTE.

of the in-

behold

^fi

de

are

fi}fi behold

as

the

lo!

I, (properly: be

thou, tyft behold he, etc.

^H, Tprjbeiiold
^y, ZTlty,^*!l^" fltty
Ity yet, as yet, still,
w. suff.: ^^Jly,
while,
thou art, he, she is
I am,
still ; iiJD,"ij;3
yet
while yet I
while yet
H^3
; ntyjp since: H1])0 since

hold

me)

as

or

am

am.

st.

\i#,const,

there

"

he

is, DD^

ye

^N*, const,

st.

is he?
verb
4.

D\X
to

be

they can
appear
5.

they?' The

are

am

was

or

T]^ thou

not,

art, 1

thou?

1\V where

of the

substantive

art

force

adverbs.
of

greater number

prepositionsare

^VK (subst,the
and
"between,
f'J(^3 separation, interval)
or

const,

st.:

as

from
nnjTO
as
prepositions:
beneath, rU\*D from with, i. e. from, or they

be connected

abbreviated
The

where

where, H^K

accusative

near,

under, from

suff.:

conveyed by all these

in the

side)by,

^^\X I

are.

Prepositions. The

nouns

suff.

is,there are, with

where
is

not, with

PN

with

as

other

prefixes:

prepositionsbeing

thus

nouns

D"7'JD"3
"

can

take

suffixes

(the

suff.: Vinr);

with, is distinguishedfrom

fiX

the

particle,that

sative

(filX): as

with

V1X

behind

thee, VinX

(^

suff.

^3,

with
suff.

these

To

he-

TjHHX

me,

but

T]^

with

also

pi. inasc.

Dp^i^ntt1?'Dfiti'3*

^3,

suffixes:

HJJ, ^"U""

suff.

poet.)w.

o#

over

upon,

ac

^X, vSx,D3^?N

to me,

unto, (H^.poet.) with

far as,

as

me.

etc.

^X

to:

fern.
and'plur.

1#

him

poet.)towards,

j"3between,

T)X

me;

cordingly they receive only plural suffixes.

behind
behind, after,HPlX
long: *inX" HP1X
behind

accu

originallyplural nouns,

were
prepositions

Several

6.

the

HX

is commuted
|uffixes

with

former

into flX" the latter into DX

with

snff.):as rUlfi under,

the verbal

suif.,seldom

nominal

155

GENERAL.

IN

" 75.

under, below, beneath, 'fiflfl,

i

8.

ah !

HH,
Interjections.

^X

posed

be

hist!

DH

be

as

it! followed

I pray

; used:

particles: X^ H"X
I

pray

now!
also

the, Vo~Sx
alas!

H3X)

"#3 entreaty) I pray

to

give) come!

\\*

sup

always

^ of
far be

I. with

the

the

I pray

nay,

or

not

XmX

and

thee

inf.

to

imp. opt. and

thee,

oh

to!

silent.)

JD:

fut. II. with

me

thee ; XJP1X

sentence:
now!

with

do.

let
X|"ni)SN

so, I pray
of

to be

go

covenant) profane! fie !

person

it from

say,

from

on!

come

of HDJl

Piel

(Imp.

Atxthe beginning
contracted

: ^
(itis
interjections

as

violate,break

by

^ nV^H
nifcVJp
XJ

HIT

pi. 1DH

tTyhfi(fr.7^fl to
far

from

(Imp. of

hush!

nj1""IX,

Lord.

'

^H

"ttl"" ^H

HNV-

HpS'

contracted

^'"1X ^'"ISf
my
and

(" 12, 7. b.),

vocalization, see

parts of speech used

to

Poll

its

unchangeable.

are

! alas

woe

Other

with

and

conjunction 1

the

conjunctions

The

Conjunctions.

7.
On

(with the sing, only, ^Hfiri(verb, suff.)

go,
woe

X|X (written
I pray.

I.

PART

156

EXERCISES,

EXERCISE

-ox) *hn^n
rnrr

122.

^i^T)k\*n^}

D^-DN

npri w"y

:S

ptr :n"jiM

vrra

on?

ni

nSnr nx
-

one's

to turn

ling,hired
to

be

"

"

self1 to walk, live2

laborer6

nin"D

wio

"

angel3to

the

Inquire1 (after)good,
ands

the

""

so6 the

have

ye

law

vain13
vain.

said.

he

remain

Deborah16

judgment.

Israel; so that23

to roll9

to act

m.14

hire

wickedly,

the Jezreelite15

123.

do

abode

us

pen14

and
children

Hezekiah
after24 him

of

was

and

Lo,

certainlyn

irii2

the

Scribes15

the

we

Beth-el20

of Israel

none25

(is)in

palm-tree18 of De

between

trusted

you,

(are) wise,

sayio"

ye

under17

Bamah20

live:

evil, that3 ye may4

of Hosts, shall be with7

(is)with7

the

night*wages5

over

n.

not2

God

(it),the

borah, between19
Ephraim21; and22
for12

and

How9

Lord

of the
made

the

Lord,

"

price19-

EXERCISE

as8

supplication,
prayer7 to, unto8

money1"
("91, I.)17'

n/ppn

:" :rh

^75

consider12 (" 97, 2.)18p.

yetii diligently
guiltyio

herbs16

nnjn

in

came

the
Hke2"

in mount
up

Lord
him

to

God

her
of

THE

" 75.

kings

all the

To

of Judah.

give his

shalt

thou

SUBJECT.

(and

hire28; neither

thee

unto

14

15130
22Conv.

Lord, and

6P

5 to

the

20^-^3
26

before

setteth

his

heart

(" 84, 3.) ^

19

PART
T

it.,

against

"

1 with

ace.

lOfut.

|DX
18 ID

24

x'Sl 32

33

34fut

11

pa

25^

103

2^

Sn1?

upon

thee.

day

down29

go

call34

he

unto36

4fut.

20(" 80, 3.) HD1

Conv.

sun

sin

verb

art.

lightsuff. )D3,

35 pret. with

.363

with

the

the

lest33

his

at

servant,

shall

soul)

it be35

with

connect

13""p.^12

BJ?

273

his

the

2lDn3K

2813'^

beareth32

it he

to

hired

the

upon30 it; for he is poor31* and

157

plur. const.

NJPJ

part.

31

^IlK,
"3 j?

30

1HX

231

S^

II.

.
.

CHAPTER
ESSENTIAL

THE

PARTS

form

subject of

The
of

substantive

finitive

or

or

the

indicated
a.

By

h.

c.

the

third

person

g. il"'N

is called

is

the

he

(some one)

By

the

the

The

in

the substantive.

definite

employed.

subject,the

subjectis

then

third

third

second

passiveconjugations (Ni. Pu.

of the

it is
fiNt*7
fcTir^
Gen.

woman.

By

By

place of

is without

person

of the

called

person

his

person

called

to this woman

2. 23.

sing, active, e.
Gen.

name.

of the

they told, i. e. certain

d.

the

the

Ho.), e.
she

either in
proposition appears
in that of an adjective,const,

sentence

impersonal construction

SENTENCE.

SUBJECT

supplying

pronoun,

2. When

OF

THE

76.

"
1.

I.

plural

men

of the

told.

11,

active:
1.

future:

Sam.
as

g.

IDI^N*J"

9.
as

VT^A

19, 21.

and

158

PART

there

shall

fin. with

no

one

the

latter

till

thy coining

The

stood:

4. The

and

it

passive, is often

NOTE.

ginningof

of

purpose

When

5.

action

often

has

for

is: ruSft "f^

subjectit

Dfl it

was

following

back

is made

under
to

warm

me.

accusative:

Moses

clause

or

prominent as

as

(ace.)

some

4, 18, Ex.

active

in

the

be

the

is used

passive or

10, 8, 21, 28. Nu.

subject can

TjTlHTpT K^

subject at

by fitf, -fitf, or flN

itself,the participleof the

ject: as

to

expressed by the 3. pers.

brought

g. Gen.

the

regard

comes.

with

often

sentence

e.

; with

occurrence

emphasizing the subject

connection,

the in-

by

or

Moses.

noun

7, 25,

person

construction

was

back

one

happened

found
it

D^-V1

brought

one

Isa.

frequent

sing,

impersonal

ng'OVlN

of

till

pers.

VT1

as

thither.

go

phrase

third

SYNTAX.'

suff. of the second

the

3.

II.

be

for the

intransitive

32, 5.

conjecturedfrom
verb

same

treader

is used

the
sub

as

shall

(some one)

not

tread.

1. The
the

copula

THE

77.

"
is

COPULA.

subject and predicatebeing

gether :

^Il|the

""Nn

as

expressed, the

generally not

shown
is

man

relation

by placing

great

them

of
to

; fTifT DliO God

is

good.
2.
as

The

verb

shall

ception of

be

the

subject,which
or

you,

Lord
3.

n?D("

among

The

serpent

thy prophet,
verb

be

may

Jig (" 75, 3.) :

among

be, is used

to

B"rrin
the

Dnj? rrn

Aaron

JTH

third

still

not, Ex.

or

more

convey

the

the time:

rV?T

con

proper

non-existence

or

pfJN
of the

forcibly rendered

by

the
to

verb

pers.

pron.

pronominal

N1J1"
idea

be
the

to

predicate:

as

N*n"

DH

"

entirelyand

be, is employed
the
distinctly point out

in the

"'*

17, 7.

of the

person

adjectivestanding

to

existence

the

the
fn""n|ilidropping

expressing only
ambiguity and

crafty;^^

was
or

exactly define

JV^S*Tj3PITT ^ no needy shall

15/4. J\X"DN ttTJp? HIIT t^H Is

as

Deut.
us

to

"l^ll tOJl

to
noun

TTT

avoid
or

Da-

THE

" 78.
vid

is the

the

king

PREDICATE

David

subject is

whereas

king,

from

remote

more

is

it

or

the

Jos.

ance,

second

person,

DTfal*

Kin

n^N

DH

these?

THE

used

God;

HEPf

pers.

Gen.

thy reward
DJfl? the

(shallbe)

the

When

2.

within

participleor
ive in
from
cle

otherwise

2. Sam.

it has

The

17, 7

soul

II.

freedom

Kings 8, 5.
in

this

construction
external

form.

7. 5.

of

verb, sub

of

derivative

is

article

is defined
counsel

with
:

person

OI" tne

Lord

the

is not

hero,

is

other
sense

good,
ibi. 10.

subject,when

JlJttJlp^'$3

gender

woman,

the

the

adject
distinguished
by the arti

119, 28., when

in

Nevertheless

correspondent to

this it is

thy father is

Ps.

pronoun,

(exceptingthe

X^" the

and

respect than

9, 14.

adjective,adj.

an

for

15, 1.

Eccl.

few.

tftthis (is)the*
son,

Gen.

great,

sadness,

worcl

are

WITH

in that

even

jective,participleor adj. pronoun,

tne

g.

what

AGREEMENT

predicategenerally agrees
for

12.

e.

Esth.

in the form

or

no

SlirO
^TpN*

melteth

pronoun,

is'this?

ITS

or

JiriK

as

Zepli.2,

-H^N!"Tjn HD

16.

JlVyil POID

verb, in gender, number

my

demonstr.

(were)

predicate

noun,

are.

first

copula, particularly

as

superlative[" 91, 3.]), and by

the subject,in case
the latter

or

3.

very

it

copula:

Dfltf ye

pron.

of the

BJ#p little,Itf

tl3T\jl much,

men

the

as

either

stantive,adjective,
adj. pron.,
as

subject is

SUBJECT.

predicateappears

adverb:

the

AND
THE

1. The

Israel, are

25,

PREDICATE

preceding

their inherit

of

H?. Nlft """ who

29.

than

the

with

are,

21,

Gen.

when

3.

union

in

these

" 78.

art

as

usual : as
predicate
n#N the fire-offerings
(coi-

be

can

of the

use

forth

comes

Nin

Thou

This

4.

Even

13, 14.

159

taken

the

the

God

Lord, the

when

used,

inSrrj
*rib$nirr
Kin
Danes'?
lectively)of

be

could

TPf

TtDH

"c.

AGREEMENT

ITS

AND

and

tl"tyl
ad

an

lyimber

upright, Ps. 33, 4.

and
this (is)her

Hebrew

allows

languages,
more

than

more

using
to

the

PART.

160

SYNTAX,

Exceptions.

4.
a.

II.

When

the

person

D'p

predicate commences

the

sing, is occasionallyused impersonally :

I1?*nn an(i he had thirty sons.
D'fc^Sf
of multitude
and

DJ^n W*l^
tives used
with

in

verb

frequently take

the

people

plural form (" 82, 4.) are

singular: as D'Ji^N N""D G-od

important

word:

governed by 'jp^the
n31N!TfiK and the

the

multitudeof
Adam
d.

vice

case

D'l

FlD^T
tyHV

wisdom,

has

often

versa,

sueth.

(every
Prov.

to

locusts,

D W

the

erally

takes

with

all the

nearly

days

of

the

subject in plural and

distributive
as
:
signification
beasts (i.e. each of the beasts)

of different

rules

plural:

genders,

D'NtpH

*^?

n^s

nouns

a)

is

sons

to

rather
the

third

than
;

the

HfttO

second, and
W

JTO

anc^ n^s

It gen
I and

daughters

the second

HiTCM

pro

they
b) When
preferred to the

they are of
(were) eating, Job 1, 13. c) When
the predicatefollows the most
important,
persons,
first person

pur-

or

PlbS^'
Vy\ W

masculine

the

D'1??^VHl^

as

one

no

observed:

be

must
as

several

to

sinners, I. Kings I, 21.

are

the

*]TrjW: ^DJ

J^n

flee, although

man)

predicatebelongs

the

sorfrSolomon

erence,

the

2H

32, 7. and

and

In

DHpr*

1.

following

nouns,

feminine:

wicked

25,

the

When

are

Job

D"JK W~^"3 VJT5

singular joined

wicked

my

the

brought

)T\yjT\rnfc' ni"il3 the

"shall
fieldl
of the"
cry, Joel 1, 20.

5.

subject,but with
the genitive is the

were.

verb

^3

with

always

created.

the

wind

east

teach

years

joined

D'pJT^^H^

with

manner

same

often

feminine, but NBtf refers

nn

13.

as

'91 '1p tne v"ice

cries (Gen. 4, 10.), the predicate
drops of blood. NB^ DHJ5PItrW)

is

Ex.'10,

it, in

to

as

blood

thy brothers

with

agree

genitivebelonging

more

of

not

as

substan

versa

the

predicate does

the

vice

verb

plural

and

saw,

v:

The

third

masc.

b. Nouns

c.

sentence, the

let

us

different
i.

the

e.

in

pref

make

VERBAL

ri3~iy I

tliou, Gen.

I and

covenant,

the lad

and

only with

it agrees

31, 44.:

will go

one

1D"W

and

V$y\

(came m)

Noah

came

DHQ
"pHK']

Gen.

yonder,

nearest, being understood

the

as

d) Some
the predicateprecedes the subject,
of the nouns,
most
frequentlywith

especiallywhen

times,

161

ARRANGEMENT.

for the

others

in, and his

sons

5.

rp K^l

as

and

his wife

spoke and

Miriam

and

^31^1

22,

Aaron

(spoke)
.

1. As
most

is to

stress

the

word

words

and
3.

The

When

it is

good
b. When
out

with

Subject, Predicate
thy sons were
eating

^3

inheritance, Eccl.
verb

and

O^

connected
with

Isaac

Tt*1 and
*

the

but

came,

man

but

was,

adverb

of

or

stand

predicate:

before

D^ri^K all

the

his work

which

*")fTbtfbthere
p*V"Vi)

was

nOty'rj I my

*
.

God
not

etc.,

an

particleslike

prefix, and
as

I- came,

^^H1

JTH

negation K7

rogative pronoun

regular: as

and

pHV^

N3

an

is

succession

*)the

N^
had

'is

; with

Vav

Conversive

with

wisdom

11.

7,

*\$$"

iniquity is

my

r6pJ3Dtf 'nMnVoitO

4, 13.

this 'connection

r"JN

sentence, the

of

adjective:as "j|j;THJl

an

an

it is

When

every

predicateprecedes the subject:

great; Gen.

c.

succession

natural

in the

are

as

created, fWiTgJ

normal

independent

and

Object: as f" D7W: D^?X

drinking wjje,Job 1, 18.

and

a.

simple

the

sentence:

important word taking the lead; hence

emphatic, precedes the rest.

be

In

2.

laid, always begins the

be

which

upon

fV2J""O.3-fn the beginningGod

most
to

word

leading principle,the

D'rfjN JO3
as

ARRANGEMENT.

VERBAL

79.

"

inter
*D?

^X

^3
in^N^/p
H^'N*
created, Gen, 2,

left any

green

3.

thin

keeper?
for T! languish ;'H^PPJ D^pHafD D^l?n
peradventure there shall lack five of the fiftyrighteous.
d.

When

TIN

am

verb

stands

in

brother's

jussiveor

the

construction
"21

is

162

impersonal: as

D'"H

gether, rhtfp

VT

4. When

the

let there

the

or

I taken?
6. Of

1. Sam.

thing,

when

*"VJ"D5whose

two

the

inheritance

an

2.

of
:

this

of

the land

as

Jos. 1,6.
done

Sam, 9,

OF

this

us

that

as

JT5
T]St?n

the

same

the

the other

of

rule

obtains

person

stands

S'rpf)
HfiK

D^HTlN
shalt

thou

'3

divide

for

nipiTfiN ^ n"y JOM

ijSam/6,9.
great evil,

I may

do

be found

the

of God

mercy

80

the mind

of the

IL
PAKTS

THE

of the

OF

SPEECH.*

ARTICLE.

omitted, when
following genitive, or
t^6 house

tdfthe
rules,
foregoing

only confuse

article is
a

have

ass

3.

THE

"

person,

thing

CHAPTER

suffix,or

^I^TlN

whose

or

people

to
Many exceptions
are
but as by giving them, we
would
student, they are omitted.

VinD1?'0

as

I taken?

one

NOTE.

1. The

object

interrogative
pronoun

verb:

to the verb

for unto

SYNTAX

predicate,the

an

have

ox

pO'l^ rtipyw
him,

the

accusative

he has
VnjJil

unto

the

precedes; and

relation

f"\NrrriNnfn

to

12, 3.

the former

in indirect

drawn

luminaries.

with

accusatives,the

besides

be

be

subject: as

The

1P
^Hp.1?

shall

waters

subject follows

object connected
prefix,stands before

5.

SYNTAX.

11|^the

Jakes its place after

II.

PART

the

if it is

king; 7V3

is defined

noun
a

my

proper

by

name:

house; DH^DN

Abraham.
*

be

The

dependence of

understood, until the

the parts of

speech
proposition.

and

the

several

student
the

parts of compound

has become

influence

which

sentences

acquaintedwith

the

they mutually

cannot

syntax of

exert

in

THE

80.

"

103

ARTICLE.

adjectiveor the demonstrative

tivelyemployed requiresthe article,when
2. The

substantive:

determined

Vn^n

Tl^Pj"V3 the large

3.
as

the

(the Hight,

vocative

NOTE.

Except

the nominative

the

The
H

as

power:

year.

article:

as

of

the

man

1fl5":

as

avoid

Ambiguity

am

baker

king

^W^ "!3J^a

song,

or

of the

king;

TH^ *11D|0

servant

of the

of

song

or

servant

is

7)

O"'N"
circumlocution

^^ ^5^ I
of the
baker
Tib??1?
nt^'^the
D'TOtOn

; the

executioners

mean

may

the servant,

king;

of the

baker

nb" 13J?, inniOrp

D^raisn

^N

David;

by the omission of
ex
; though sometimes
1HK
tf'DJ a prophet, or

is indicated

Hebrew.

or

to
as

joinedto

been

David

article

officer of the

David;

have

of person

HgX.

baker,

not

used, standing before

indefinitely
adjectives, particularly before gentile names:
a Jew,
ajust(man), TilJ tTN a hero, HIIT WX

Tjn

the

"1Yin

numeral

sense

used:

this

the

article could

the

house, "^K

the

or

T.

when

not

JT.3 a

as

in the

nouns

king.

H^'H

takes

often

case

indefinite

pressed by
C"X

king

6.

large -house

mv

occasionallydemonstrative

D1*PT this day; DJ/*")nthis time;

high city).

article has

The

to

names

the
pttD^n

5.

VV3

of the

house

they belong

originallyappellative,take the article:

Lebanon
(thewhite mountain), Jl-p^HKamah

Proper

4. The

^"UPf

as

attribu

pronoun

H^H
song

of

officer of the

executioners.

ing

one

|T

: H^tO^n

the

another,
T

On

the

same

^yy.
:

]7^?nithe great

signs, and

of the

nhfcm

stretched-out
9.

repeatedbefore

when

even

D'nfibm

-pro

nprnn

be

article must

The

8.

wn

several

follow

nouns

gender or

number:

as

niogn
n^'s riVn^n

| "/

trials which

wonders, and

the

thine

eyes

saw,

strong hand,

and

and
the

arm.

the article used

as

relative pronoun,

see

(" 96, 8.).

PART

104

II.

THE

NOUN.

the

the

neuter

GENDER.

81.

"
1. For

that

one

feminine, however,

the

heard

has

who

such

inine,

in

as

Hence

either

form

ph
for

wrr;

njn

of the

n^j; ^

nxr

it

God

for

*JT1

this,

was

(thing)have

one

%^7Kt2"'
"infcs* ^*J.

^n-n^

njn

was

--

Comp.

n^j;

fearful

great and

the

exiles

singular is

"IpDcattle;JK" small
2. When
is modified

these
:

as

the
shall

"
1. The

abstract

stands

often determines

exile

as

things (magna

the abstract

When

either in

ending

singular or
conveying

nouns,

Hflb^righteousness; ilWr nlN^HI nlV^H

sense:

fication
the

from

nntf
^Kfc"

the feminine

often.;considered

plural, are

2.

understood,

or

(ph masc.)

HNO

s, 14. and

i. MOS.

Adjectives with

the

for

"

Latin:

predicate

*nfJ1 and

11, 39.

nNO

Lord,

"

fem

20, 10.

Mos.

neuter

"

irn;

rnrr

nrvn

ruxr

fijn "O^il

I desired

1.

Israel, Jtul.

in

ph

/JOb^3

as

""

custom

in

the

being

expressed

speech

in the

commonly

verh

"
a

the part of

and
for bicfe""ad)C,
triefeS,

sentence

feminine

the

takes

J?lDt^*p

JlftO

negotiurn,a thing,

res,

most

give

mustered,

are

as

omitted, and

as

fact a).

res

antecedent

an

thing? (*O*1

German

factum, for

that

frequently:

most

it, is employed

with

agreeing

them

as

nj this (hoc) they shall

among

here

be considered

must

of

passeth

used

is sometimes

masculine

UJT
-Diyrr^
DHIp^rrSjf
every

SVXTAX.

82.

often

concrete, the

for the

gender :

timenda).

as

W?V

Obad.

possess.

"

signi

W2J!

antl

1, 20.

NUMBER.

used

in

collective

sense:

cattle,flock;tjp3silver;H^H

collectives

D^DH

et

occur

in

as

wheat,

plural, their meaning

grains of wheat, D'^DD

money

pieces.

has

dignity

or

this

To

ly takes
in

God

to*wander,

verb

Plural

God

the true

to

express

of Majesty.

Gen.

Sometimes

At

20, 13.
with

frequent

most

*O3
fV^aO?
D'li^Jjf

as

created.

construction

the

ever,

the Jebusites.

the verb

JD'?f?$,TViN
Wftn 1gftf3when

plural

me

article,very

employed

it is called

meaning

singular

beginning

the

is

the

helong:

D'ri/J* God, when

".

instances

plural in some
majesty, hence

The

4.

165

singular of patronymics with

: as
^p^H
a
plural signification

3. The
often

NUMBER.

82.

"

the

plural

stands
caused

God

later

In

period,

how

avoided

was

as

polytheistic.
'jnat" fr"m

st.

const,

plural), the regular

of

(antiquatedform

is

form

s^n"- P"^ master, lord.

tne

is em
addressing the Supreme Deity the form ^'"1^
ployed; in accostinga person of rank 'fltil(with Patach)

In

**T" the

c.

of U"IN

! instead

Gentlemen

Sir !

plural of *Jg" (Arab. T"UP

ancient

Almighty,

strong, vehement).

D^'ilP

d.

the

bj7?Lord,

e.

Holiest, plur. of fcTnp holy.

pluralcommonly

the

occurs:

^J"j}
my

but

master,

connected

master, superior,when
as

with

0^^?
V^J"5'

plural of majesty the verbs stand

singular, the adjectivesand appositions either

Words

occasionally

the

in

the

with

plural form

occur

as

and

singular signification

fiiftj"^
DfJ^
=

or

nOfDJ vengeance.

poets frequently take advantage of this license,to add

The

to

power

their

language,

termination, " 58,

6.

idea

The

(a

formed
as

in

plural.

singular or
5.

^S) ^ier

husband.

the

With

suff.

in the

by giving

^nC""

to

give a period a

more

musical

9.

compound

plural of.a
noun

or

const,

the

first

state
noun

expression conveying one

followed
by a genitive)is
the

the children
"33 Israelites,

plural

termination

of Israel.

PART

II.

THE

"

83.

CONSTRUCT

1. The
nised

by

CASES.

STATE

genitive having
the

SYNTAX.

AND

no

THE

form

proper

preceding construct

state:

in

cannot

GENITIVE.
is

only

recog

fjpV"J)5Joseph's

as

sons.

2. Nouns
the

cattle

the

and

const,

horses

state

of

the

be

king

connected
be

cannot

by *);

translated

ID^DI Tj^gn
not Tj^p
1p_3"but
")p_5;
PTgK)np#P
onyp, but n$fcrn cpnyp ^o np#p Gen. 4Q, i. 'or
Tb.~5.Nouns
in the
onyp TJ7P7^$x/h$xr\i'ri\)$"n.

^H

D1D1

genitive may

be

of heaven

earth, or

struct

and

state

is

Several

connected

usually

more

repeated :

words

in

j^NI O*pt^

as

pNPTDl?

of

WIT!

land,DPHDN
'

days

of the years

agree

with

of less

ing

the

th the

heart

"PT^'

""

as

the

as

importance,

noun:

the

with

4. The
as

thy valleys
genitiveis

HIPP nK-V

Egypt;

5.

The

const,

Chutzoth;
6. The
terial is

are

the first is

case

the

follow

full,prop,

the

being

be understood

Lord; DHVP

day

the

when

genus

^JTJthe
=

which

to

Wa7

rules

is to

nouns

are

be

defined

Euphrates: ril^D

the

in appo

by the

fiHp the

city

virgin,fhe daughter Judah.

deficient

substantive

objectively:

against Sodom.

used

PI^PPh? PlVin?the
a

(are) the

predicatemust

in

valleys

of Sodom

st. is often

expressedby

people

following participle:as

ruler of the

^iPtt the river

Hebrew

these

The

and

to

of the

cry

sition, especiallywhen

species:rn$

^D

sometimes

fear

the
fipy.t

of the

other

is full.

n^t^'PPthe

DVH

day; DIP

the

con

all,Dl multitude, *")f"pp

73

choicest

thy

the

each

predicate is governed by

in connection

IX^OTj'pDJ/^
IPpp
of

""

principalnoun;

choice,best, especiallywith

choice

of the chiefs

Jl^NIand

""

follow

may

of the life of Abraham.

first

possessor

in

construction

POp

word

f"lNPT'pfriOD!P#H 'pftjtf

as

as

the

in
in

adjectivesa)
genitive:as

the

ma

dish

silver,i.

of

STATE

CONSTRUCT

" 83.

silver

e.

AND

THE;

dish;

PO

iron

the

mountain

prudent

Participlesor adjectivesto be
defined by a following substantive

nyjTl ^ITJ great

nearly limited

stand

in the

31? H^^

eousness;

with

adverbs

broken

of

silver,literally: the smallness

of

(prop, doing
Sol. 7, 10.) good

these

does

who

of

(Song

of

judgment, JTj$nft MJ^'Sin

preceded by a preposition:TV"3
vest

the

Gilboa;
The

9.

and

ted

137

st. and

its

hand

hence

const,

of God

be

can

genitive:
the

st.

JlDIDh
; the

the

local H

the

EX.

noun

har

is sometimes

which

omit

,""'follows:

relative

4, is.

of

(cf.9.).

inow

not,

r^D^^nzTN

interposedbetween
the

must

as

into

adjectiveor
follow

little

children

land

const.

genitive:

book

of the

of

the

king

the

law,

^iSp"JD

a) prepositions(8) :

into
n*]t^n^0KTl
the

the

demonstrative

the

T; this
D'fl1?^

Occasionallyintervene:
b)

year;

96^ 45T.

word

third

st.

language (ofa man)

cfr. "

8.

fourth

i^Sn"^

Often

supplied.

adjective:

as

const,

h^n-T? KjiW

qualifying
good

be

interro

pronoun,

Mnpt^ip joy of in
HH
mountains
; j"}^J5

T!#T

sentence:

followingthe

^ty

No

in h.

(a man)

whole,

must

PS.' si, 6.

10.

noun

'TO"^ ^
Ps.

of

joy

as

capable

numeral:

the

one

little

daughter?

word

any

these);an

wine

even

of silver.

st.r'W

whose

'" D3

demonstrative:

gative or

be

and

F|p5"3j?Jpa

fewness

const.

right

in the const.

stand

brethren;

genitive may

preceding

the

defining

the

in

word

The

8.

fig*

the broken-heart

can

or

of

or

st.:

^Nfi

masc.,

substantives

as

meaning

Dwelling

tne

const,

pursuers

of heart

considered

subtantive

fO??

st.: D'flN

*ne

being

Infinitives

pTif'"*t1the

form;

of

of

man

more

counsel.;^N*j"l il"

in

man.

7.

beautiful

mountain

"*N
lie, for lying lips;^Jfi?

understanding, for

ed.

vessels of.iron,

thy holy

for

thy holiness,

of

V?9fc"lipsof
*\fi$

fem.

v3

167

vessels; b) other adjectiveconceptions:as^^Hp^j-f

i. e.

as

GENITIVE.

of Canaan.

the

tent

of

Sarah

PART

168

is in

breath

also

as

occurring (a) in
especially

^7^!

books

the

of the

governing

Jon.

1,

The

meaning

of

as

Saul,

or

latter

njftt?'?

DHb^l

of

jTil to

to become:

as

words

Israel,(cf." 80, 7.);(c)when

ambiguity,
84.

HITT

the
:
(literally

separated from

is

sign for
verb

^D^D1?DWH

the

by

governed

great

city

second

year

God,

of

the

of

80, 7.

cf. "

DATIVE.

is 7N

the dative
when

be,

followed

its abbre

7,

or

by ^ has the

^^1 VH1 and

in$"

^e~

tneJ

flesh.

one

; the

as

Chronicles

kings

avoid

common

The

2.

T#
pff^S fi^iTjl

to

viation.

come

another

the

"
1.

of David

in the
DTI??'rtf^'3
T|*7{p7

3.

(d)

king,

of

enumerations:

one

noun

inserted:

words

of

of* the

days)

herdsmen

twenty-seventh day of the month, (b) when

genitivesfollow

many

the

the

on

wliile

by 7 ")gJK (which be

indicated

D'Jpn the
^N^.n^
Tpj?"ilbfp psalm

long to): as
by ^ alone :

CH.n4?Dl*

all the
"MjH?|

TIDPU

me.

genitive is

11. The

SYNTAX.

Sb ,'"?

after
c) Tjy yet, still,
my

II.

with

suffix of the

same

that of the verb

as

person

pleonasticallyafter verbs of motion, rest,

with
imp. and fu
going,coming, sending etc. especially,
used

is often

ture:

as

It is

here.

ye

is done
3.

e.

for the

By

of what
i.

I will
^-rj1?
go; "tr?|7#

noun

of the

benefit

e.

HD^S(Job

plainly;

g.

J^

11, 18.)

(2. Chr. 20, 25.)"to a multitude,

1. The
or

without
2. The

a)

After

accusative
DK

" 19,

accusative
verbs

85.

is

it.

subjectperforming

adverbs, which

says,

"

rtflDJ^Qt? abide

commodi, indicatingthat the action

dativus

formed

are

the

go

becoming

express

(Ez. 12, 12.) to

to

safety, i.

the

eye,

safe;y-fy

e.

much.

i, e.

ACCUSATIVE.

employed

for the

4.) after

transitive

stands

indicate

to

denoting abundance

nearer

verbs.
the

or

object(with

remoter

want

}OO

object:
to

be
,

TTD

njpnrur^fi niJDjn

*)pn

to

want; ^"111 to

cease,

with

an

ace.);7bt^'to

lose

After

verbs

which

all

those

gird,
and

to

crown,

Vfyj

to

accus.;

f\Qy

put

plant,

to

latch

or

verbs

the

After

of

the

After

do

to

^D| to

punish:

to

or

verbs

requite,recompense;
to
.passionate

to

sc.

to

accusative

The

3.

one

stands

build

DVQKPrnj*

built

an

The

make,
stitute,
with
to

to

4. The

the

hill ;

field.
entrance

accusative

a) the

of motion
the

express

off

gird; ^DJ?

to

to

sow.

questioning

"1/3^7
to teach

; ^Vfitn to

Jl^V ^" command;

^NC*

to any

to

to reward

one,

recompense

D1?^'
to

gracious, merciful, com-

appositionwith
signifyto make,

HJM

and

with
the

the

are

making

or

form,

to

the

stones

day

dark

set, constitute/jrO to

make,

nearer

to

he
with

give,

con

usually constructed
convertingof an objectin
more

specialthing.

any

swers

H^J" to

to

two

7J^3 to tie

in

which

D^

verbs

with

ornament;

HV1? DV he makes
altar; Tj^'nn

night.

unclothe, to
to
cover; VJ^h
stripor put

to

"Un

em

to punish.
5"OJ"

verbs

pQ?p

an

one;

be

to

milk;

are

t^J^n Hi.

good or evil
retribute,to

objectafter the
as

or

HDD

sow:

learn ;

pn

any

clothe

to

enlighten,to teach, to warn;

ask, question;r\^yto answer.
d)

in which-

teaching, commanding,
to

over

off

cover,

for any

answering : "15*7

and

of

sense

(with fjp,
rarely
(children).

on,

plant;JH|

to

y"}

crown;

sandals

the

the

clothe;D^'B

to

cover,

to put
garment; il'ljf

leave

garment,

on

in
7|7il

the hills shall flow with

signifyto
denoting :
to

with;

swarm

.drop, distill. Kindred

to

bless;

to

flow:

braced

c)

to
satiated;JH"*'

C"|tb^^JH

conceptionsare:

b)

be

to

and

creep;

169

full, to fill;
y_y"
to
J^9*T.

ACCUSATIVE.

85.

"

as

is also used

adverbiallyand
Whither?

questions of place:
Bfth I^JJ
they
H^H

H^H

Where?
of the

D^H

NJH

SrJKrrnn9
D^V
tent,

b)

the

after the

went

the"people

up

questionsof

to the
out

went

and
{Oil1)

then

he
time:
22

an

verbs

top of

into

the

in

the

sat

How

long?

170

PART.

SYNTAX.

twelve

DVl^

II.

^jfining
DIpN nS'9'rm'rr midnight
at

thanks

of mood:

thrust
Ex.

Thee";
DJWT!

unto

BhJ"
Dj^ljjt

How?

I will rise to

c) the "luestions

6'

B''"UH^

give

Ex.

he shall,

1.

11,

entirely((1*73completion). D^Hb'53 ""I3PP

of your
according to the number
persons.

16, 16.

J. The above questions

are

NOTE

16"

When?

out

you

D^HfrO DB^-fland
as
positions:
"

Ps.

Ex"

^T#

served.

they

years

T:

"

answered by pre
frequently

more

abode

we

"33 ?"S" D^ID

in tents.

"'-

"

'"

30, 6.

NOTE

II.

How

old?

the addition of the year:

J pn/tp1HNV5
went

d) To
verb, or

the

relation

I be

III.

NOTE

5. The

as

This

is the

J3^

five years old, when

he

action

^H-3^
N92D

(asto) the

Greek

synecdochical.

ace.

expresses

the

means

Ifiitf^-jn ^ney overwhelmed

86.

"
A

D"ON

thou.

sometimes

^D^H i""tnye

stones;

with

expressed by the
this action applies
part to which
to, as to):V^TTIK Jl^H he was

greater than

accusative

struments

1.

the

of the

(concerning) his feet;^Q

will

throne

extent

indicate

(concerning,in
diseased

J
B^fTf

D'Jpp'lD'JB^

seventy and

was

Jl5

or

Haran.

define
to

rtfB"

as

Abrain

from

out

commonly expressedby ?5

is

shall

be

devoured

ABSOLUTE

THE

beginning

in

or

him

with

the

with
sword.

CASE.

proposition,which
forming a
clause by itself is not connected
with what
follows,is said
is usually explained by sup
to be in the absolute case, and
plying: as to, concerning,etc.
noun

2. This
a

is used

give emphasis

to

prominence

or

to

word.
It stands

3.
a

case

lion, the

as

the
as

the

a) for

the

nominative
the

strongest among

*f*M7 "frVT\\"*$

^ie

man

earth; c) for the accusative:

to

and

summer

tree

said, ye

as

HDI135

beasts; b)
"f power,
as

hast

dative:

him

belongs

to

DJTW

HnX

made

which

shall

not

is in the
eat

midst

of it.

of the

B^S

T"jl

for the

^PIT)

them

but
f-H TjlH?"l^ yj;r|-n$p1

ablative:

of the

winter, thou

of the

garden,

God

pp

d)

for

fruit
hath

APPOSITION.

" 87.
" 87.

171

APPOSITION.

often found

in

appositionin Hebrew, where

in other languages, an
in the
noun
adjective or another
genitivewould be employed, especiallyin the determina
tion of number, measure,
weight and time: as DHlJ^ H")*X
1. Nouns

are

of

ephah

an

the

brazen

the
take

can

noun

first
omit

or

it is with

brother
ond

The

is not

give

to

only

it :

has

accus.

^HT^

as

fiK" the

an

the

the

field,in

3. The

attribute

to the

and

first,but is employed

correct

than

idea

sis:
of

limits

the

Solomon.

king

OF

NOUNS.

great number

of Shiddim

distributive

as

1p33 1p33

morning, DV
which

case

as

hpfl""11^83ni*)N3

in the

morning,

in the

have

Dl* day by day; d)

they

stone

and

connected

are

and

with

heart

with

duplicity.
SUBSTANTIVES

word
shalt

the vale

by V

as

\2W
*."

thou

P^
I V

stone, i.e. diverse weights;'HS'V

heart

with

they speak, i. e.

USED

IN

THE

deficiencyin adjectives

PLACE

is

every

shalt
*

D7J D?3

different

OF

e.

variety, in

diversityor

i.

morning

1.

empha

an

or

pits,pits of slime i. e. full of slime pits;

expressed in English by: each, by:
sense,

was

c)

89.

indicates

f"lXP*)jKflK 0 earth, earth, earth, hear the

Lord ! ?\1~\fi
p"!^p"$ justice,justice thou

follow; b)

Hnb'3

TT1E3

noun
repetitionof the same
strengthening of the originalmeaning,

the

not

the man,

upon

immediate

as

first :

or

DUPLICATION

" 88.

the

qualifiesthe other, takes

place, except TI^L!'whicn stands regularly be

fore: |"ib
/Cy n/Sn

a)

sec

Jos. 8, 24.

desert.

which

noun

second

The

brother

the

place, when

and
"01^3t^''8?
they pressed sore
fny$!!!
Lot; ""$*? *fttibto my
Lord, Esau;
upon
the

second

as

as

in

brass, i. e.

VflNTl^ his

repetitiontakes

complete

more

noun

Nahor.

noun

in

the

TO^Tfi^ Kemuel,'the father of Aram.

the
to
prepositions
thy
^HJSt*Tin^7

Abel, 0*1$ '3$

Thus

oxen,

oxen.

When

2.

"1p3n the

barley,n"TUn

hearts,

ADJECTIVES.

partiallysupplied by

II.

PART

172
verbs:

TU

as

stantives

in the

Abstract

2.

be

to

:
(adj.)

for continual

permanence,

a11

j^NIT^Sthe

as

nations;TOH
TDfi

as

genitive, take the

of, expressiveof total

the whole

D'UT^?

all:

apposition.

the relation of

in

nouns

for

or

in

genitiveor

'full,
partiallyby sub

to be

great; N70

as
73
place of adjectives:
ity, stands for the whole

earth,

SYNTAX.

*}} a

whole

continuance,
continual
light,

fi^tycontinual, i. e. daily burnt-offering,

H.JQ the holy garments;
^'"pholiness,for holy: "'"1pn
DViJ?fi^H generations for
DTlJf eternity,for eternal
lamp

; TDJFlil

as

as

of

(prop, generations

ever

3. Substantives

eternity).

6.) : fl^n? "'11}a serpent

old

an
er

the

warrior

of

(son

man

NOTE.

of

(son

strength);

H^J^'p
a

dream
perverse

perverseness).

kind

before the

V17?

of copper.

*7JDthe
hair);Dlbbpil

of gray

(a man

7*(T|3a

(" 83,

qualitiesare

nouns

man

material

expressed by a circumlocution
fc""tf,
^#3 lord, possessor, f^: as tiyty fc"N

4. Personal
with

adjectivesof

for

used

are

of

formed

are
adjectives

to
corresponding

noun,

PN"^?3

by
poetically
the

English in,

J'N strengthless,
f^N unsearchable,
"Ipjl

"^

less:

^3

as

un

clothed.

"
1. The
number

definition

and

NOTE

nification of

cityis

near

rijpfinL""
be

the

it is

gender,,

(" 80, 2.).

follows
as predicate
adjective

unto;

as

the

noun,

nearlythe sig
fiNtr? ^^H
r\12W D)"?^?""IP

follow, which

limit

more

bT"l(l
11^ fil
t]DKn hj?tik*7l"!^

yet high day,

it is not

yet time

for the

cattle

gathered.
"

1.

article

in

noun,

:
adjective

to flee

their substantives

they represent the attribute:

preceding,the predi
great city;when
city is great.

words

several

the

by

the

Sometimes

viz: when

to

the

nVh|the

yyn

this

with

followingthe

rnniil TJ?n

cate:

ADJECTIVES.

adjectives
agree

2. When
as

90.

The

91.

COMPARISON.

comparative having

no

proper

form

is

expressed

the

by
the

2. Hence

and
that

cause

in

the

than

honey.

comparative is also employed

quality:as D5P rwp* *Wi* "l^lfl

nouns

of

is too

hard

throne

precedes

of the

will

for you

I be

^gQ Tt4#

than

greater

the

this fp is translated:
infinitive,
Kiby? my iniquity is greater than

than

it

*$\y ^1"!^l

as

be

can

p^

Before

thou.

that

that

NDSJl

forgiven,

superlativealso possessingno proper

a) by the article before the adjective:

Superlative. The

3.

form

is indicated:

David

"in

JOT
JCpjijn

as

which

Jp of, fromy
t^D^P P^? sweeter

as

this form

after verbs

only

173

simple adjectivewith

objectcompared:

the

NUMERALS.

92.

"

youngest.

by

^noixn

w^n

N*irrnD

the

was

-:

""*-:

^ njn
7ir^ man

,onnt"
..

-;

..

jj

precious1bitter2

poverty3good

blemish, defect7-

difficult5 value6

fortune4

i.

holies,i. e.
c)

In

the

e.

the

poetry the

eminent

Lord
a

words
:

as

highest mountains;

an

numerals

stantive, with
lows

or

the latter
of

servant

holy of

Q'CHpn CHp

D^yjf'7K"

HIIT*

^N ^TID mountains

D^H^N N^4

HID
of

God,

Prince of God,

deep sleep

of

tumult

convey

from

i.e.
i.

e.

the

death, i. e.

NUMERALS.
either

can

exception of

follow

precede

or

sub

invariably fol

which

"1HN

the

0
combinations

the lower
tr

the

it.

2. In

hard,

tumult.

" 92.
1. The

servant

DHDK.^S]?.

JTlD ndlilpa
deepestsleep]

fearful

most

as

that

so

noun,

prince ; niJT npl.in

the

(modern Hebrew)

holy place.

most

superlativemeaning
the

lowest

b) By doubling the adjectiveor

stands
in the
genitive plural:
servants,

jDri

of

higher

numbers

takes the lead connected

rotr

onfc"jnnyy HNP

by
Gen.

either
1:

as

23,

i.

the

higher

174

II.

PART

runp

1,1. m#

Estu.

ntfoi

SYNTAX.

075^1

")

: plIlDVW5RI

The

3.

G-en.

which

to

nouns

4.

12,

joined the

are

cardinals

10

"

the singular is
invariablyplural. In higher numbers
16 days,
frequently found, as with DV day, D1" *")"'J"
HW
thou
ny? night, Gen. 7, 4. rOB" year, ""N man,"
are

f||?"

sand,
is

TON

cubit

etc.
(prop.: the fore-arm),

they precedethe

used, when

numeral:

but the

plur.

*\"y nJO^

as

D^P'

Jos. 21, 40.,

clays,pyb?*l
D'1D*]KDHJf forty-eightcities,

18
but

n^D^l
D'JEHK

T#

4. To

the numerals

they two,
dual

suffixes

of

both

or

ending, they

NunT. 35, 6,

indicate
purpose

tread

often

step)

The

feminine

unit, hence

the

sixth

ling

of the

it expresses

part of

The

6.

7. When

used, in

^JH

as

D"T3"*

With

three.

multiplication:as

the

DTlJfaty

sev

(properly
foot,
D^-in wTNt'-*VfoW

DJ^" time

".

employed:

as

as

something

the

signifiesa part
numbers:

fourth

by

two
D?3tp"

is summed
be

up,

J.

the doub

two.

3 before

translated

of

JV"'J^

as

part of

expressed by

are

D.^

it is to

case

also

the fractional

numerals

cardinals:

which

ordinals

J, fyj^yi

distributive

of the

appended:

times.

D^DJ^5 three
5.

are

be

may

D3fi^"''
you

them;

en-fold ; for which

or

7.

numbers

is

consisting of:

'

consistingof seventy, Deut, 10,

22. Job

23, 13.

PKONOUNS.

"
In the

1
.

the

separatepersonalpronoun

subjectand

whence

are

PRONOUN.

PERSONAL

92.

substantive

ye? of

Haran

verb:
we

as

be contained

may

both

pJHD DIl^ f^D

'DrtJjK

are.

suffix (verbalor
or
a
give emphasis to a noun
of the san" gender, number
nominal), a separate pronoun
and
is added
TlJlX TV*")? ^3H ^
pleonastically:
person
To

2.

17, 4.; the separate pronoun

Gen.

D^:

as

*DK

^N

D3 ^5

I"ICBS me,

being
even

often
me

preceded by
I),
(Hebr. even

Gen.

38.

27,

there

(Hebr. he)
Vice

3.

she

by

in

instances,

rare

'3fjn3 thou

hast

cried

they

to

in^7

and

you

dread

the

7. When

and

he

10.

5.
,

3.
accusa

dative:
and

pronominal accusative,

verb, the latter with

will

show

both

me

objectivein

is often

Dp^nlDI

D^HI

of you.

Gen,

in the

const,

noun

double
the

Him;

before

fear

Ex.

35

(Josh. 15, 19.);^pJJH

suffix

nominal

The

6.

Lord, Exoci

HN

it and

15, 25.

abode, 2. Sam.

his

the

meaning of an
jfi^to give, of a

with

inirnNyinX ^N^rn

as

as

the

me

has

is connected

former

the

man,

with

as

been

(Neb. 9, 28.).

verb

the

When

5.

given

Thee

to

the

came,

suffix conveys

verbal

The

tive,

he

after it has

2, 6. HlIT

child, Exod.

when

1KM

26.

4,

occurs,

suffix:

nominal

or

also

him

Seth, to

to

Gen.

son,

the offeringof
bring her (it),

he shall

4.

sometimes

noun

verbal

it" the

saw

t^NH

the

and

HB

born

was

versa,

indicated

tflfl DJ

}3 1

175

DEMONSTRATIVE.

" 94.

and

sense

the

as

fear

of

9, 2.
with

st. conveys

its fol

conception, the suffix is attached to

lowing genitive one
the genitive:as Ifiprte
^5 ^'ls instruments of war (prop
^H
of his war); 'JJHJ2
holy mount
erly: the instrument
my
of my
ain (prop.:the mountain
holiness).
NOTE

I.

The

personalpronouns

afformatives

tives and

are

of the verb, and

implied in the preformaare

expressedonly, when

as
they denote emphasis or opposition:

thou hast said in

thyheart,Isa. 14,13. y

Ds^n^'W

CDWS9

saith the Lord

Dftott

I, I brought up

scorned

your

God; tfnn

I will set my

face

againstthat

have

"
The

1
.

remote

as

fcOnn

Israel

B"JO

out

thus

Nnn
of

Egypt

^B'HkX

and

ye, ye

*}# *ftQ"]I,

man*

DEMONSTRATIVE.

of the

personalpronoun

monstratively :
more

94.

cq^p

.M

third

01*3 in that

object. " 22,

2.

person

is used

de

day, pointingout the

176

" PART
The

2.

demonstrative when

be considered

na#

the

as

'"'#")this is

me;

that

is the

3. The

the
standing "before

is

house; fi|?tffi
D'B^gfithese

attribute,and

\$\T\ is used

it
distinguish

Num,

II.

NOTE

III.

4.

before

WJien

in

fi^K

Vi"J
JIH

the

feminine

so

and

heart
6.

Wy:

as

thou

didst

Ht

in

Hjn

JWJJ

German

this

N1H

is

always placed

both

who

there !

(which is)the high.

DXD

in

the

neuter

thus

mean

and

thus,

integrity of thy

20, 6. " 81,

1.

founded.

or
interrogative
particles

the

questionmore

H?

Relating to
now:

will be altered:

sense

HND)

hast

there ?

If the ad

relatively:as JTTDJJl.f
Dlpp

with

makes

at

order, the demonstrative

separate has

^M1?DH?

thou

English
fcfyon,

38, 43, 10.

sec

55. $"!}fi
fifitf

adjectiveare

Gen.
this^thing).

of exclamation

see

or

21, 11.
an

in

17.

45.

connection

emphasis:Ht *P

self:

followingdemon

numbers

Ex.

second

ivhen

DX?

H^ the place which

Ht

with

and

is occasionally used
ill;

to words

with

this mountain

Gen.

fM

; JlNf

so

NOTE.

the first

myself,Isa. 43,

demonstrative, the

iltJl inil

5. The

ing:

rendered

fijfiVhJfi "Ififi this high mountain.

as

jectivefollows
as

be

may

joined to

noun

connection

demonstrative

it

so

12, 42.

tributes,the adjectiveis
third:

Gen.' 9, 19; 22, 23;

after them:

fi-ffifi^fi

subjectvery prominent and

be
I

*m$

is consid

meaning stronger: fiffi fiV?n

the

night,Ex.

same

N^lJl

12.

frOi"!,Wtl

makes

the

frOn may

g. Nlfi

Jer. 49,
thyself,

strative

""Nfi

woman;

for

men.

things,and

18, 22., hence

e.

make

to

other

from

pers. pronoun,

NOTE

do unto

it hot

followingthe noun
usually has the article: as

this

thou

took

we

when

an

ond

shalt

fit

man.

ered

as

thou

is the

must

noun

*|gft*
TPlpn

as

bread,

our

this

fiNt

demonstrative

NOTE

clause:

thy kindness, which

provision;fi"'Nfi

our

SYNTAX.

predicate of

^pfl1?fijthis

DPI

M,,

II.

*J$who
time

D*QJ^iD H?

it is
now

animated

nt'llO

appended
and

what

gives
then ?

equivalentto

the

twice, cf. Gen, 31,

"

INTERROGATIVE.

95.

177

INTERROGATIVE.

" 95.

Theinterrog. ^D relates to both genders and numbers,

usually it refers to persons, rarely to things: as TOgHp
what is thy name?
Jud. 13, 17. HO*
what?
of things,
"HD
in questions either direct or indirect,Num.
13, 18.
1.

NOTE

Sometimes

I,

denying, blaming
what

pDHfrnO
transition to

hast thou

direct

Num.

25.

considered

love

ye

3. In

for

the

In

FttptPrj

indirect inter

an

to know"

wheth

clause:

is used

in the

^bll art
rifltf

^H'^7EN

first,DN

thou

for

us

in
or

adversaries?

NOTE

II.

*ft and

flft followed
T

tive in

"H^N ^P

and

to a

even

to

it

manner,
to

he who

learned; rpnt!/' J1D

RELATIVE.

particle^t^jStgives to

Kelating
respect

also rela-

was.

" 96.
1. The

become
relative,

"

*"Ju7
signification:

that which

by

"

and

n^jf^t
^S

niJT'fltfD'?DN D?P*D

disjunctivequestionsft

our

verbs

it forms

Lord.

the

second

the

my

that

so

17, 2.

1. Kings,
quitenegative:

Job ?

servant

prohibitory,

53, 1.

interrogation
: DVX

rogation,whether:
er

Is.

in

tempt ye? Ex.

ib.

it is

23, 10.

used

are

strive about?

ye

negation;sometimes

12, 16. Job 6,

2. rr in

esp. J1D

JID^JTHO why

sense:

do

and

*p

time

whole

sentence

preceding

that

noun

substantives,ad
relative signification.

pronouns,

plate, time

expresses

respect to place where, with

that,
then, ivhen, with respect to manner

can

denote

with

wherefore.
The

2.

verb

or

part of speech that

other

governs

the

word

belonging to *^N (which as relative begins the clause),

interposed between' them: as 1HK *fllV?i#

is

the messenger

3.
the

(angel)whom

*")C^often

appears

personal pronoun,

omitted

must

be

or

with

I have

sent,

not

prefixes,in

another

which

antecedent,

supplied:as "fOr?"1^3

that

case

has

D'9Jfl95
"

23

that,
been

178

PART

II.

SYNTAX.
f

make

unto

me

that);Dfi?

as

the

lad

he is

to that

^7

him

God

person
that

omitted,

only

not

also

when

governed by the
governing the verb

will

cause

the

blind

to

in

go

not,

entire

pal sentence, ^C/K

rpotr

heard

how

6. 7
7.

of

who

which;

or

was

the

by

or

relative

in

particle,but

(Isa. 42, 16.) I

-I^T ^
(which)they
in the day fTlJT ""0*1
as

Moses.

to

is the

object of

dried

up

form

of the

the

princi
objective:

in the

sentence

c"5in^'N*

the

ujw

rux

of the

water

genitive,see

have

we

Bed

Sea.

" 83, 10.

the article ?1
Sometimes, especiallybefore participles,

Chron.

" 97.

for the

relative:

Ps"

Lord,

that

^VD^Jl

as

who
H'Tin?'
D'5*?rin

29, 17. HliT

of the

law

nin*

"|^"another

(Il" n) stands
L

way

precedes the

Lord

the

voice

place in which):

as

itself:

it

sentence

DK

"D"n#

verb

And

(Exod. 6, 28.).
(in which) the Lord spake

as

the

"

which;
that, according to etc.

as

an

heard

such

which;

English, when

5. When

(i.e.

in the

thing,

or

I love

of that

or

is often

know

has

there, (i.e.

who,

from

which

as

for
H^'N'3

Nlfl

in which

"

meat,

savory

Il9,1.

REFLEXIVE

AND

found,

are

walk

in

the

'

RECIPROCAL

PRONOUNS.

1. Tlje reflexive pronoun

pressed by
in

or

Do

case

the reflexive
these

(provoke) themselves
7,

DnlN

Woe

19.

D'JH

that

be

cannot

they provoke Me

Jer.

signifyingthe accusative, is ex
conjugationsNiphal and Hithpael

be
do

anger?

to

the

to

DHN

confusion

the

to

feed

employed, by IflX* PlDKetc.:

tflSn(do they)
of their

shepherds

themselves!

Ez.

not

faces?

own

of Israel VH

")^

34, 2, 8, 10.

Denoting the remoter

object i. e. the dative or the
case
governed by a preposition,it is expressed by the suff.
Baal-berith
of the third person: as
(Jud. 8. 33.) and made
God D!lb to them
(Geri.46, 7.). His sons,
(themselves)
2.

his

daughters

himself

(him)

and

all his

into

Egypt.

seed

IflK N^H

brought

he with

"

OTHER

98.

PRONOUNS.

179

on
to instruct1 disgrace2
to be like3 physician4
chastise,
(" 83, 6.)5-

to

By certain substantives

3.

lar ideas to the

suffixes,conveying simi

with

heart,TD3 honor,
eye, (fyj?I myself, Joh
D")pinward part, DV# hone, ["J"
before me, Isa. 1, 16.),or: my flesh,my
19, "27. *y# "J.J30
etc.:

name,

following:C^pJ

}^b3

as

*")DN he

soul.

hath

himself, Ps. 10; 6.

And

Sarah

self,Gen.

DV#

commonly

12.

18,
Hebrew

modern

heart

in his

said

laughed niZHp? within

in

used

this

himself.

(Mishna): 10VJ77 ^"

to

her
in

sense

Job

Comp.

'

reciprocals:the
expressed by VPTiJt^tf the
The

4.

tlie

woman

woman

t^'*Nor DIN

one.

thing. N1? or

another,

brother; HrilH^

the

man

his

"

are

H^'N

neighbor;

companion.
PRONOUNS.

OTHER

IT!"

N*S

doubled,

the

or

when

in

72

sense

is

substantive,tT^" nt"'Nare

ticle after

of

an

as

used

it,expresses

*14TT/?tlle

adjective,the

*lpi3*O33

suffixes:

3. The
Ps.

N*n

DD^

^e

man.

a^'

is either

noun

morning

every
73

all, the tvhole: D"TNI1

nation,

whole

em

"ft$"t^W; ^N
repetition:aB-fift$

(without the article)every

D1N/3

nothing.

sometimes

convey

foregoing: ^3 pt",
HO i. e. whatever)

the

for HOI

eac/i,e^er?/

2. For

with

(HOWO

anything

To

connected

pN

ployed,

used

HDINtD

T^'

*Q1

or

her

other, one

his

man"

30, 30.

signify some
indefinitely,
one, any
*O1" ^3* ID^l'bD without the article,something,any

1.

23.

the

one,

"

" 98.

with

myself, Job

sister;inj/^)^N

his

"

the

not

10VJ? he himself;"PV#

5.

2,

with

^3

all nations.
D?lJpH??

^^??*hey

the

ar

all men,
Thus

Sb

all.

himself,with persons Nin" N^n (Num. 18.

50, 6,);the meaning appears stronger, when NVf
follows it:
and ntPl" HXtri
precedes the noun,
same,

this

same

night, Ex. 12, 42,; " 94, Note

II.

PART

180

II.

SYNTAX.

selfsame : ftyP?Di*il D"#3 in

things by DV# same,
the selfsame day.
is expressed by J'tf
4. No, nobody, no
one
following:
preceding or following:D'jT7$ fiN*V f'X
PN D"1K and pjtf
is not ; by ^, or by D")?":
the fear of God
QipO-D"# "!#
till (therewas) no place.
with

"

"0; whosoever:

5. Whoever:

something:H0"

HO

"I^N"0; whatever,anything,
following the

HDIN?

or

genitive"
HO "Q"]Num

the

TOo*

24, 10.
6.
Ex.

wAt'cft:

const,

DN"D

23, 3. H01KP

st. in

Deut.

ht$$HO, '# no""

of,by jp: DJ/*H JO several of the people,

of the blood, Ex. 12, 7.
16, 27. D^O some
Some,

several

THE

The

1.

IN

99.

"

VERB.

and

Preterite

GENERAL.

Future, properly the only

the

all the

almost

in different ways

tenses,convey

conceptions

of time.
2. Their

primary

what

terite
"

is

complete,what

meanings are
completed; Future

past or
still continues,and
"

I. The

come.

Past.

a)

The

past:as
absolutely

b)

The

historical tense

Rachel
The

is to

is in

denotes:
preterite

The

c.

what

"

PRETERITE.

THE

100,

what

Pre

however:

inherent

(Aorist):

of beautiful

was

as
Pluperfect:

T#T

*9 who

told thee?

"IKfrrisD' nfVJl

as

SlT}

form.

Sb?DnTO$"fM$ *p5 HllTI

and

the

things,1. Mos. 24, 1.,

especially
1)in relative or dependentsentences and clauses,
action and in the pointof time
which define the principal
Sb?Hi fe"J"!and Noah
precede it: as rnPT VTjy"Mg'ijj
Lord

did

had

blessed Abraham

accordingto

2) when

all that the

it is connected

other

past

gone

down.

tense

in all

as

HX3

in

Lord
the

had

sentence

same

^^'H

commanded

'PH. and
*

the

him;

with
sun

an

had

THE

" 100.
II.

be

to

am

of habit

or

little,small:

Tl^tDj")
all the

*-

In verbs

In verbs of state
wherefore

frequency:ntjfiDN/N'W^?^3*'jW
Thee, let

in

G-od I trust

my

wise, 7"lJ

become

or

of
(prop, little)

unworthy

730

be

to

great, JtOpto be

become

or

mercies,

c)

quality,as DDH

of

DHDnil

b)

Present:

The

a) In verbs

181

PRETERITE.

wrath

thou

art

fi"7

PHIl
V7$3 f"T$7\T|7
TJ^fi

condition:

or

ashamed, Ps* 25, 2.

be

not

me

is

wherefore

and

thy

face

fallen ?

The

III.

past, and yet

the

in
d) Of a state or condition commenced
continuing: ^"O" VH rtlpP'flWtfthy
tle-keepers(men of cattle).

servants

cat

are

Future:

which
are
re
prophesiesand assurances,
a) In predictions,
garded as certain, as though already fulfilled: Isa. 9, 1,

11, 8.

indicating the

If)When

present

or

pressing a
if

or

result

with

d)

Or

it is
the

condition

lest

some

itself conditional

The

joined to

keep

occupation?

future

condition, when
the

expresses

or

result

my

if ye
therefore,'

covenant, then

will

obey

ye shall be

Subjunctive:
such

evil cleave

unto

of

"

ow,

and

is your

Pharaoh

when

pass,

'^p2

DfnDtiH

to

come

what

future, when

in the

lijn.305*7$*lp!'5 'TC^

containing a

^H?"nK

voice indeed
IV.

HOJO

say,

sentence

either

tt

When

and

call you

with

Vav:

and' it shall

D3^y?D"nO
shall

standing

sentence

conversive

it has

flocks

33, 13.

die, 1. Mos.

c) Connected

ex

DIpiTpand
all the

day,

one

the

sentence

VT3D1 "Hi!* DV
JNVrrS:)
them

in

action

an

with

connected

when

overdrive

should

(men)

will

past,

of

consequence

sentence:
me,

and

as

'TO1 Hjn

die, 1. Mos.

19. 19.

my

182

II.

PART

The

V.

Imperative and

connection

1) By

together and
After

2)
JTm

with

death, but if it be

sentence

and

the

gather

elders of

them.

sentence:

if it be

ONI

rQ

X'H

similar

unto

say

conditional

Optative:

W^! M|?rfl#go

0?7!?$OT9"!
Israel

SYNTAX.

inK

as

then

son,

then

daughter,

tflH f? DN*
fflprjl
shall

ye

she

shall

put him

to

live, 2. Mos.

16.

1,

VL

The

Future

time

that

Dan.

12, 11.

Lord

shall

of

perfect:as

HK"
fl'irntt?
washed

have

Zion, Isa. 4,

Future

TT

1. Mos.

The

future perfect:as

man,

shall

it

whom

Mos.

servant, L

honoreth
The

II.

by

by year,

D*\D

"OJ^S
JTiT. ^
have

been

or

actions

found, shall

conveying
or

the

frequency,or

his

servant

often

were

or

continuing

repeated in

PD
\r\\

13) when
Such

sign.

The

followingMoods

subjunctiveand

would, should

etc.:

mb-S? rrm

thus

the
are

yet; 2) conversive

not

a) The

^Jf^.^'8 he
be

my

of

ideas
in gen

IJJII D{J "I??* J? a

VJ'IJ?

(his)father,and

external

///.

will blot

6, 7.

truths:

(often) came;

an

son

lord, Mai. 1, 6,

Past.

those, which

year

44, 10.

moral

K) In all states

which

c) The present, especiallywhen

iteration
quality,permanence,
and

the

daughters

UTON

DINiTTltf

as

the

eral

when

expresses:

out

with

away,

FUTURE.

b)

filth of the

the

THE

101.

future absolute:

a) The

I.

7"!$ {TTyDK

DN

away

taken

the

4.

"
The

be

will
(sacrifice)

continual

the

IDIil MJ?D from

Tp^H

in the

the

Solomon

past

past, and in
:

gave

1{O'T1"'tf
to

Hiram

past is expressly indicated

1) adverbs of time fN then,

Vav.
:

the

auxiliaries

SjXn SbX
ib.

4, 14.

may,

can,

might,

J$l j"#Ssp Gen, 2,

16.

VAV.

CONVBRSIVE

183

the imp.
imperative a) in prohibitions,

The

b)

THE

102.

"

being

never

^ev-

ifVDJD

11

19?

The

NOTE.

third person

For

Oh, let

to

come

"

of

argument

an

the

wanting, is

be there

particlefrO :

light.

frO

"1DJ*

7, 10.

CONVERSIVE

VAV.

contained

in the

narration, affects

or

is

*)ij$VT
(Jussive):

conceptionof time,

1. The

which
imperative,

of the

THE

102.

2.

u,

-131 EX.

end, Ps.

an

preceding imperative:

optative,especiallywith

the

tence

after

the future

always expressedby

c)

b)

""

ri3 s$
"b^nSjnfc"

urn

^tOJTK^) tobtflfcfe

TtyWp ^

negatively:t?"N

used

principalsen
the
following

sentences, determining their respectivetenses.

2. This
verb
the

influence, however, is only

begins

the

sentence

The

3.

when

the

sentence, but is entirelyneutralized

with

commences

converted

substituted

Vav)

exerted

tenses

for the

other

any

when

word.

and future
(preterite
simple tenses, are the

with

conv.

in

same

sig

nification.
4. The

future,an

preteritewith convers.
imperative,or by some

futurity:as
^#P
'^fJP1!
the

versa

with

its

yet

with

The

commences

veyed by

time

of the death
converted
the
the

clause,
convers.

are
so

stone

see;

preterite

word

or

TJJJ
Vice

me.

follow

phrase re

tfVIJ? T]^H nlO"nj{?3 In

Idng Uzziah.

of the

will

you

another

n?OJO

tenses

and

1 must

convers.

or

preceded by a
phrase expressing

would

tnev

or
originalsignification

year

5.

little?an(l

future

ferring to past
the

word

"Ipitomorrow,

DrVJOl

be

1 must

saw...

Isa. 6, 1.

only employed when the

that
the
copulative force

1 relates

also

to

the

time

of

verb
con

the

preceding sentence (which may be either expressed or under

the clause, the
stood). But if any other word commences
be used: as "DX1 ^?b01 ^
simple tense must
^JTDN
,

r^N N^

*"y *3*7n*6

will go, but if thou

If

wilt not

thou
go

wilt

with

go
me,

Vith
then

nic,then

I will not

I
go.

PART

184

(The converted

II.

TD

tense

SYNTAX.

clause, the simple THX*

commences

the

it

used, because

is

/HI

because

precedes).

K7

converted

The

future,following a preteritewith the

must
often be translated
as
pluperfectsignification,
pluper
fect : as tog n"n
"i#g D?@n flhKj-rn*"ism pny ngfrj
6.

DTKjftSDttaflpVvSK
DPI?**
of

wells

his

Abraham,
7. The
fined

convers.

1'takes the

shalt do him

the
...

fJ$Jlest

he

of

and

smite

the

me,

NOTE.

Books

"

^3iTl

mother

with

the

may
it to

action.

self to

connected

be

translated

me

in order

NOTE.

all

The

he

also of the
will

come

children.
witli

converted

future,
the

being presumed and

time

of

narration,

preceding

FUTURE.

that

in the

less forcible

1. The
sense

exhortation

the

eat, Gen.

I may

the

exceptionof

second

person,

ft nK'Drn

bring

27, 4.

jlft"in

third person
when

pur

which

antecedent,

H^Nl

that:

or

which
in the

proper

it is found

imperative

a
expressing

command

signification.
104.

imperative
the

wish

apocopatedfuture,in Hiphil only possesses

"
latter

by

1 with

conjugations. It suppliesthe

(wanting),and
has

take

It also expresses

in order

distinctive form, with

in

fftl2*}Q

H^VlIT

APOCOPATED

AND

and

not

in the
lengthened by Jl" usually occurs
of exciting or
(" 32). It has the signification

one's
when

pose,

future

first person

urging

that

so

fear him

Ni2Tf|lest

continuations

as

PARAGOOIC

The

1.

mood,

con

...

and

being considered
103.

^N

21, 34.; DJ

chapterscommence
(H/pK^ 'fT1[frequentlyoccur) past
books

1 is not

put forth his hand, and

life; D'jaftjfDN

tree

stopped them.

convers.

to the

liltf fcO'fl

Mos.

4.

had

meaning of the subjunc

preceding verb is used in either

...

D^fin

of the

also extends

imperative, if
ft fWJtt
signification:

thou

the Philistines

influence

or

Isaac

had

time, but

preteritewith
tive

they

father; and

connecting
the

to

which

water,

the
digged a'gain
digged in the days of

And

THE

IMPERATIVE.

commands

or

In

encourages.

particleNl denotingrespectfulentreaty

is added:

as

fcO

HQN

say,

I pray

thee.

the
or

dissuasion

and

Prohibition

2.

ABSOLUTE,

INFINITIVE

" 105.

185

expressed by the future

is

go out.
(jussive) with *7N or K^: "^N JW *7K let no man
and if the future, it de
^ chieflyprecedes the preterite,,
notes

tJwu

command

distinct

kill
nV^fi'^N

not !

n"^\f\ tib

kill!

shalt not

imperativefollowingthe future,is sometimes

by the future : as ^?N"|D5^ \D$ I wiU giye

trans

3. The
lated
and

shall

ye

relation

of

write

them

live)JH

the

upon

find

^V^'W?
of

table

favor, (prop, and

find

other, stand

rtfr ty_ CD3TO

thy heart,

shalt

so

thou

3, 3.

favor) Prov.
ABSOLUTE.

INFINITIVE

" 105.

in the

VH1 ^J" flNt this do, that ye

effect:

and

cause

live, (prop, and

may

you

eat.

imperatives following each

4. Two

to

being for the most part used

adverbially, and either preceding or following the finite
verb, denotes increased intensityof action, certaintyor con
firmation:
as
^j^TOSTpyi? I will greatly bless thee ;
I will exceedingly multiply
and
?|jnrn# n^N nijnrn
infinitive

The

absolute

thy seed.
inf. abs. is

2. The
several

of the

actions

first verb

ively. The

employed
same

for the
are

person

is then

finite

of

spoken

in the

found

verb, when
success

requisitefinite

in
form, the followingverbs taking the form of abstract nouns
the infin. abs.: as Gen. 41, 43.; 1. Sam.
2, 28.; Jer. 14, 5.
infin. abs.

The

3.

style, which

animated

an

The

nouns.

nro

rooj

*D

TTT-

context

T]"

the

resembles

determines

StoNp

Wi

the

occasionallybegins

ninn

the

~\"z
T:

case

sentence

in

absolute

of

translation:

SbN raftohn
T|

TT

as

ipi
T;|TT

and
slaughtering sheep, eating flush
slaying oxen
drinking wine, let us eat and drink, for to-morrow
shall

jhn
and
we

die, Isa. 22, 13.

4. Most

the

very

Go

frequently,the infin. absolute has

emphatic imperative: as HN'IDI HI^H

Jer.

2, 2.

bath

day

fOtfn
Ittf'pJ?
to

DV'H^

/Remember
ntof

sanctifyit, 2. Mos, 20,

9.
24

sense

of

and

call

the

sab

186

II.

PART

To

5.

give more

expressions,where

as

DB"n

learn
110*7

would

adverb

mere

(some)
break

not

in

expect the inf.

construct:

X^"

do

toN
well, Isa. 1, 17. VyTp
walk
in His ways,
Isa. 42, 24.

absolute

is sometimes

employed

as

shalt

p*]?lJlJJfJDp
fipn"'land thou
small, (from Dpi Inf. Hi. to

as

of it very

7. An

to

infinitive

The

6.

would

we

is often used

the infin. absol.

emphasis,

in

Tjl7nthey

SYNTAX.

beat

rub

small,

pieces).
inf. absol.

immediately following the

verb,

same

and

one
idea, adds to its signification
appearing to convey
infinitive is translated
This
completeness and duration.
by: always, further, continually,totally,utterly etc.: as
heai" ye
WQV
=1^he is ^ie ""ne' ^"J ^T #10{?''

"jfon

indeed, and
kind
the

see

of the

(one

indeed.

ye

When

the

same,

other

and

early

speaking,
in this

quently used
continuance
cated:

as

the

or

Jer.

*T)Drn Til7J1 Vn

greater and

became

progress

of

D!"?rn and

the

"
1. The

better

infinitive constructs

infin.

ening

"

constitutinggerunds
upon

i.

him,

e.

when

denoted

by the infinitive with

of

idea

Sometimes

and

of

by

the

was

day

verbal
with

of your

lad

good).

alighted.

% and

are

nouns

suffixes

eating.

joined with

1D IJ/JlM ^n

as

time,

prior occurrence

as

cases,

in the

he

conveying
as

the

"

clauses

is understood

all

D"S:Q (" 30, 1.) are

abbreviated

is indi

decreased

and

considered

are

in
(the English: ing) and occur
and prepositions:
as
DD1??^DV3
2. The

HlS*!the

waters

grew

fre

CONSTRUCT.

INFINITIVE

106.

n''8"*

action

an

^jill

and

as

y"u"

decreasing).

(went

returning)

its infinitive

participle:D1BJ ^"f^*finn"H

follow

is most
Tj^Jl

13.

By

gradual

and

si)ake lmto

7.

manner.

continually (were going and

the

force

(going

of this

verb)

additional

fro

and

to

out

i31$l and
up

of another

verb, the expression receives

i* went

infinitives

two

most

n^s

the

light

Subordinate

frequently

When

the 'action

D is used

(most gener-

D,

erally,giving
but $

taking place

when

vnN"^N

Laban

when
wards

had

the

rr^Sn#

g.

noun

as

that

Eccles.

3,
0

they had

precedes, it

to, till,
finished
expresses

Latin

the

or

to

ipJ"'"K

H1??he
"D"!1?

noun

us,

wi

ran

variously rendered:

regens

infinitive

the

he

field,when

the

from

came

infinit. with

The

-^

oj;p^3 rrj"rrjPNO

29, is.

43, 7. ^ maybe

speak. When
genitiveof

to

brethren,

implored

he

report of Jacob,

that, because, ivhen, about:

that, so

his

iraq

'his soul, when

the

of Jacob

sons

heard. ..1. Mos.

e.

heard

him, i. MOS.
the

of

with

man

no

i?1?
ypvi
m*opSpjn3ipK?.y5^"*

42, 21.

i. MOS.

and

distress

the

saw

we

TEi^Tl

""N

unto

U^N i:n:nnrnitr'aj
mv

45, 2.

MOS.

i.

known

himself

made

Joseph

time:

same

tliere Ktood

ifitf and

^ipv jninn?

himjwhile

the

at

pluperfect),

of the

meaning

infinitive the

the

187

CONSTRUCT.

INFINITIVE

" 106.

gerund,

2.

is used

as

ablative:

in the

noun

|"-)Xn1in.p ID^l and they returned from searching of the

land.TOften it includes negation: Hlpippfrom visiting,
i. e.
that

he

visit;^3*19 that thou

not

may

31, 29,;"O#p that they

NOTE.

D before

actions with

one

not

denotes

the inf. const,

another.

over,

pass

be

must

speakest not,
Num.

32, 7.

comparisonof

considered

Gen.

as

the

the two

shortened

which sometimes is stillretained: as J^i*n

DP?!fij"3
PJ?3 DV?
Gen! 31, 10., for DH^nn^; ft T^H H]?.?Chro. II. 28, 2~2.,
for
'

ib

"

^J5P (itcannot
after

having

3. The

^pb D?)?N*
DV?

Thus

T*7O,

eaten

Vb DltO

at the day,
literally:

be taken

of the forbidden

inf. const,
better

can

4.TMos.

4.

llp^ nj?l 115D

The

be

fruit 900

infinitive of

Jer.

because

us

to

W1??^

Adam

lived

years).

(a) the subjectof

(were it)for

pl IT!
noun:

Gen- 3' 5)' for

science:

return, Num.

2, 19.; (b) the

object: JND

attribute

22, 14.; (c) the

14, 3.;
of

HJ?.Eccl. 3, 4.
a

transit,

verb

takes

the

accusative

objectand the genitiveof the subject;the genitive

taking
immediately succeeding the infin., and the accus.

of the

the

third

place:UJIN* nliT

HN^?

I)eut-

l" 2^

and

verb,

ject,a
voice

i*

of

being

verb

the

verb

2) it
what

8. The
the

done,
be

]W tihhe

^, following the

^^IH

y\"

etc.

wherefore

didst

Ridden

it returned

not

a^/m

of

thy

is,that
of

4, 13.

inf. const,

allow,
go,

to

permit:

2. Mos,

the inf. with

the

verbs:

and
as

3. 19.

or

with

v1p""jV?5"

the

principal idea, the

adverbially:as Hhj^ nfrOPQ H/^^

secretly?(prop.:wherefore
flee?);Tip V*7N ^tr

hast

and
HDp^V^

(prop.:

H^DJl^

field

down;

flee

thyself to

"ftfj?1?
^^ n^5
corner

thou

to

the

let you

not

expresses

being rendered

to go

*p rWJ^7 TO

2. KL

king,

S and

finite form

finite verb

thou

will

of

point

^H
Tj^gn\^ t]S"^3*lS"'

expresses

peculiar construction

9.4A
in""

with

7, 10.

express:

the

about

was

accomplished:as

for to the

spoken

const,
on

as

f'K (inclu

and

be

to

sun

thec?

unto

of person,

accusative

TjSrn
Dpr^
out

be

to give,
JJ1J[

verb

the

and

Jud.

NTDK

inf.

the

(prop,

verb

the

particlesW
and

riVH

be alone

should

man

something,

must

done

thou

wouldst

do

to

K^

place:

nriN
rvrfo

verb,

DID

be, the

to

finite

object it follows

As

be), with

to

be

is to

my

J"s-

tnat

NlD^ W12$r\ 'iTI

is to be

up

*JT1
D^S^/T^lD
J^bt^'3

its proper

4, 24.

JTH

about

1) to be
doing: as

as

g""d"

not

*s

man).

7. The

ob

an

I lifted

as

representing

takes

2. MOS.
B"j23"i

iJTDr!

ding

sentence

subjectit

IID1?Cn^O

noun

liftingup).

the
As

both

subject:as \Jjnn1?

'OnrQ
"Slp

infinitive, when

commences

9, 1.

it expresses

2, 14.

2. Mos.

me,

The

the

suffix,if

(prop, my

6.

propertiesof

suffix,if the suffix denotes

verbal

uses

nominal

slay

SYNTAX,

infinitive partaking of the

5. The

to

II.

PART.

188

it added

thou

(prop.:thou

shalt
shalt

not
not
not

again

return),

to

M?Ao%

reap

complete

to

the
reap

the...).
Sometimes

by lor

the

without!:

IIP

Prov.
"""|33*f

(he

was

verbs

n^l
23,

35.

are

both

?Cn

finite,either connected
2. Kings 1, 11.
rppiN*

S\Xinhe
rjSK

willing,walked), Hos.

5, 1L

walked

willingly

verb

and

represents either the subject,the object, or

inflected

position,being

'preciselyas

niy Prov,
DpVjftifMTO'l^

12, 11.

as

'the noun" in

subject:

as

object: 'nj?5B"
apposition: r\$i

adjectiveit agrees
by the

definition

and

gender, number

in ap

stands

noun:

Gen.
37, 17., in
nyrh "niSjTrinj?'N
"D"i?^3N~JTI#
"fU?9g"Glen. 27, 6. As
with

substantive

adject.),as

and
(substant,

noun

of both

itself the nature

participleassociatingin

1. The
the

PARTICIPLE.

THE

107.

"

189

PARTICIPLE.

THE

" 107.

article.

participleof

2. The

substantively

verb, when

trans,

by the genitive,as object:?J$$*3"JK

that keep the
love thy name
; t]DH n.9# they
is followed

employed,
they that
door.
3. The
of time:

but

verb

participleas

act. most
tijBbart.

frequently expressingpresent
the

with

connected

time, especiallywhen

pers.

Tfth"5iN I go; the part, passivepast time:

hasTbeenkilled. Sometimes
the latter
who
fut.

partic. pass.

(in

102,

Ps.
or

V?n9

19.

from'

if formed

The

the notion

of

Ps.

45, 2.

struction is the

confess; ^^

HNll

verb

created

be

be

born

(creandus),

represents the Latin

it

following:Tl^p1?
"g"#9 W

Glen. 31, 5.

"mostcommon

J/Ot^O

to
"1^13

for the

is used

to
precedesthe partic.,
regularly

present, 0dom

^X

killed
*"1Dp

confidens.

pron.

pers,

to

as

pronoun:

praised (laudandus),Ps. 48, 2.,

intrans.

an

ndus):

"TDJ

to be

deponens: rtttD3 nixus,

NOTE.

Latin

23.

(nascendus),Ps, 22,

notion

the

faintlyconveys

J know

^J" JHV

")DlK
this

later Hebrew

In

convey

^^

con

PHID

adjure.

and
without
copula,
participlewithout pronoun
con
is very
frequently used for the present, in sentences
This present
veying truths of a practicalor moral nature.
generally includes the subjectand relative or the conjunc
The

4.

tions:
we

he

would

who

"

whosoever,

render

in

Hebrew

or

as

he

he

"

who

when
kills

he,
by

^
in;j;piviy B"I:rtusD vojp* rp tr'ncjo

so

that

^tpp
,

There

190
is

PART

useth

his

time.

is

past,, present

duration:

or

permanence
river goes

or

out; JTiJOn

answer

back

his

an

(He that)

H^ID

in the

DTl?^ JTT
your

finite

adds

future, always

DD^J?

of

place
Q""

have

eyes

idea

the

knows

verb,

; N""

Hannah
The

participleaccording

meaning,
suffix

is connected

with

to

either

of

^113
Often

seen.

HJfail and the lad min

(was ministering),PD1?"^ n*")31P N'jl nTH

spake in her heart, 1. Sam. 1, 13.

istered

6.

no

lies.

iTn
copula is expressed:rvit^'P

the

hath

DnS"!

many

participlestanding

5. The

he

(one that) holdeth

D'?J3 H31D

words, useth

many

of the

there

and

mouth,
for

swer

its

verbal
verbal

the

and

or

nominal

or

nominal

(" 47.)-

7. Sometimes

participleis

one

ively,(insteadof
as

SYNTAX.

(one that) keepeth silence, because

in his

II.

added

another, object

to

to
infinitive)
complete Ms meaning :
^)13D3 ]%y?y~i?t^'N a man
knowing to play on a harp.

NOTE.

The

to

express

In

later

the

spoke Q"0

piDN

1.

the way

drink

n/70

future

of JTH

PARTICLES

^7; ?N:

N7

before

in the

Dl'lT^D Jfllj

occurs
frequently

JO

tlfl\" tltVi

N"fl H1D^D)J

V'fi HtDlD) HDlK

fTH

TJ3thus

he

"

being also employed to

express future time:

("T?3Tn"D
nioinn)

vnn

ARTICLED
OF

NEGATIVE

expressing the

verbs

in

the

SENTENCES.

direct and

preteriteand

real

negation,
future, ^X the

supposed negation is used only before

future; both regularly precede the verb. NT""

desired, intended
verbs

(JTD

with

T'fi "DV)

108.

is used

instances is connected

few

this construction

"

:
perfect
Ttf tl$2 VT1

on

came

"did not

The

in
participle

Hebrew,

Tj^3 I
she

an

or

tib and ^3 (the latter chiefly used in po

f'NS^3" VI1??:
K^
etry) deny the predicate,J'NSJ^Nthe subject:'fJ^JK
I have
^3 they 'dV not
not
eaten; pK
^'T1) J|Dj?"
rise

nor

possess

the

land;

Dtft"

1^13*73
^

"13DN the

PARTICLES

" 108.
base
found
to

before

eat,

in

saith

man

SbkNt
W??1?
=

SENTENCES.

heart, there is

his

infinitive

an

NEGATIVE

OF

(where

K7

to

not

member

TV75 chiefly
stands):7!3N7

never

Sb^ *fh%

st.)closes
pX (absol.

God.

no

191

eat-

of the sentence:

ptfD'TKI
inf.

2, 5. pX (const,st.)appears before the noun,

partic.^liDpD pSt without number, Gen. 41, 49.
Gen.

by ptf,more

the noun
partic.
mostlyrepresenting
^V"^
J ng"3 ^
rarelyby tf1?

In

^^

NOTE

I.

the Mislma

the

rx
"L

II.

NOTE
and

non

but

X7

and

7^

be

may

best

with

exceptions, connected

Latin

follows,is with

what
the

future:

the

preposition|p, ,/p conveying

is

occasionallyused

as

notion

of

^DN
negation: TJ^/tpp

DH^y Sam. 8, 7. ...that I should

Ttppnb J1;|VKDOJjn *?#Isa. 5, 6.

reign

not

them;

over

they reign

...that

not.

106^2.
4.

The

tional:
and

conjunctionDi"
?/,provided: as in
so, "O"!

more

from

but

me;

rendered

tfr DJ^ by

an

the

land

D5^ ng^JJj^
p

if I will

of

imprecation
and

not

see,

do

so

4.

Mos.

unto

condi

to

so

thee,

anything

is

omitted,

the
if

H^ }N"V.DX

pXH
not

do
hide

if thou

DK

negative: not,

they shall

properly

3, 17. God

Sam.

affirmative:
=

is

swearing

form

the

by

in

^HDri

^?P

when

it is best

see

the

die.

The

from,

with

ne

few

3.

"

compared

|" "es",indicatinga preventionof

lest ye

5"

X*71 T^DIN N7

intervenes:

pronoun

ZcPh" 3'

standingimmediatelybefore

used, when

preceded

N"

(.TO

nptrto^:N

2.

is often

participle,
pfr$when

P"TW

is

The

or

phrase
they shall

14, 23. K7

you

I will

DN

do,

4.'Mos.' 14, 28.

5. Two
in

negations in the
English, but give more

D"T15 ^

"|P3J'Nsilver

days 'of Solomon),

1.

Ki.

sentence

same

affirm, as

negation: as
nothing accounted of (in the

emphasis

was

do not

10, 21.

to

the

192

" PART

" 109.

PARTICLES

"/,is

Dtf

in

indirect

as

K^'DN

Esau

1"#
The

second

member

(TIT

D3lin

JHV

flourish:

vine

be

thou

son

my

thou

hold

The

answer

introduced

is but seldom
Eccl. 2, 19.

as
by H repeated:

or

13, 18.

4. Mos.

theyare strong or weak,

interrogativeparticleis wanting,
by the

voice:

HflK

nt

of the

collocation
art thou?

DID

words,

affirmed

be

to

denied

or

t^Jl

"O1

as

repeti

is

1,

Mos.

it

might

be

only

according

me!

hear

^ yiytf*1$y_^
13.

Ps.

81,

the

past,

to

^ ynUffi DK
A

wish

DlIO UN*V""0

the
to

if !

-:

that!

thy word,

my

that
wish

1. Mos.

the

30, 34., with

have

had
as

happened,
would

we

been
an

dead!

DHON

expressed
D'3!

many

in

the
say,

wouldst

but

unto

has

the

not, the

pluperfect:

si mortui

unto

form
who

me,

referringto

optative particle:

Israel,ifthou wilt hearken

is often

If

use

thou

hearken

people would

where

elliptic
participle:

refer to the future.

should

utinam

rTIT

as

is used

DN

"

Lord?

Sw.D^ *h
^""dthat
W
jussive:?|^5"J3

future

23, 18., with

what

the

SENTENCES.

^#0^' ^S njpN"DN T|Nif

perfectis employed,
^ 0 that we
as ^JID
Sometimes

"W?)0

1. Mos.

if the

from

OPTATIVE

or

the

17, 18., with

imperative:

the

as

OF

with

coupled

It

word

any

is, Jer. 37, 17.

J|S(negatively$bh

1.

2.

there

PARTICLES

110,

"

ig

said, There

he

And

or

pnrjQ?p:iJ7

,,yes" is regularlyexpressedby

^^?9
"IDK*! '""fyT

and

still?

them

word

by Itf :

W*

or

member:

the second

whether

"P

whether

the

of the

tone

of the

tion

4, 7.

questions:

indirect

if the

see

*J3 HJ MflNn

question indicated

4.

us

Gen.

so?

"

Sometimes

wilt

let

JlN^U

JOrib?nn

by the

for
elliptically

is it not

NH

disjunctivequestionsbefore

NOTE.

the

is als" used

not.

or

3.

SENTENCES.

interrogativeparticlein

an

}"}jinnm5~DK

as

SYNTAX.

INTERROGATIVE

D'tpfiDN

sentence:

OF

N^D (" 24" 4-)- *"

1-L"
whole

II.

as

me,

of

essemus!

will

^NH"^

Ps.81^
9.
question:
show

us

PARTICLES

111.

"

2. Mos.
1:

it

would
Jfi?"*9

111.

1. After

following finite verb

the

OBJECTIVE

OF

of

verbs

without
such

were

an

that I knew

seeing, knowing, saying, hearing,

sentence

"

Di")# who told thee that thou wast

After verbs denoting the operationsof
ject of the dependent clause becomes
its

with

instead

is followed

and

principalsentence,

by

naked?

the senses,
the

the

Lord

the

before

" 112.

be

OF

the

well with

are

connected

FINAL

in which

sentences

the

clause

thee, Deut.

with

the

cf.

intention

6.

without

or

know,

that

(" 96, 5'.)

or

purpose

3D"

3., or the

*)"'"; as

infinitive,as

precise
prepositions,

more

conjunctions

future:

rny^^-i^.nn
11^3

Gen.

IH." (b) S with

3, 4. Ez. 12, 2. (c)V and
9.

njnNl

that

T20,
22.

22.

the

so.; ^ns-nj?
infinitive:

is
that

"WJK

njfT K*7 1^'K [^ that he may

Gen."18, 19.;^jl
12, 12.; HIV* ^'8 fj^p1?
the

the

SENTENCES.

particle: (a) ~\$X:

JK!'1$?^'*tt2J?3with
they

object of

Infin.)

PARTICLES

Dependent
expressed, take
it may

3, 11.

the sub

dependent

"1^: nin^H^-|g% that ye may

Ex.
ll',7. or I^X HN
distinguishes,'

2.

Gen.

D1CO "? TiNiTn$ D'lf?,*

introductory particle:
N'T!
''Latin
of: nlNH
!l1tD^5 I D^rJ7N N"in_(almost the

Accusat.

Prov

or

SENTENCES.

iiriK

me

with

died,

employed as the,objectis in
less frequentlyby *)"""$"D1? '? IfrO they
TJH
they had conquered, Jos. S, 21.; "?
"p

that

saw

Ex.

had

we

iTm

PARTICLES

believingetc. the
troduced
by "5 or

Ez.

that

23, 3.
"

with

28, 67.; with fol

tJT "P 0 that there

S/Mos^S,26.; T)tfTTJJT "P 0

heart in them!
Job

5. Mos.

even!

^fVlD

16, 3.; with

DPI1?r?"DM*?

as

193

peculiarformula of wishing, for

will give, with followingaccusative:

were

as

SENTENCES.

good, Ps. 4, 7.
any
0 that! is: JJT 'P who
:n# fJV"P would
lowing infinitive:

OBJECTIVE

OF

not

see.

f^p1?
ib.;
nbj;3
^niinn

HlX^

"ID

Ex.

bring your youngest brother unto

W"v)Hli"^ HlfJ
know, Gen. 42, 34. 7f?

(d) J$, ^D1?lest: IT

ib.

H^V'!
I? Gen.

3/il/
25

3, 2i

194

PART

PARTICLES

" 113.

Inferential

by

that.

is

not

In

II,

OF

INFERENTIAL

sentences

that is

DJ3*1 that

man

SENTENCES.

usually introduced

are

Hebrew

SYNTAX.

expressed by

he

a)

b) *7

lies,

in

English

with

God

as

infinitive:

^!?2~riK riiTTiY?
(thou hast magnified Thy mercy) in keep
HIIT HD?'
ing alive my' soul, 1. Mos. 19, 19. c) '"l^Sp

#E~$h ^y\rr$h *\$$

canst

^ITN

tives:

as

hope.

Job

The

a)

introductory*?T1

the

sitting;d)

:npT^83
the

connected
came

the

a) "?

115.

OF

Jordan, Jos.

B^JJWhose
"

116;

1.

a)

that:

is the

sea,

PARTICLES

For

since

tr'/'n

conditional

OF

time

oen.

came

2, 16.

omitted

are

19,

23.

Gen.

3, 14, 17. b) fj"be

20, 12. Gen. 22, 16. Num.
Lord
"D

14, 24.; Gen.

38, 26.
ibr He

e)

dried

l"y,

the

Sam.
22, 18.; '2.'
N^HI

DJH 1*7niTiX*

it, Ps. 95, 5.

CONDITIONAL

SENTENCES.

the two

up

1^VK DpJT

made

sentences

SENTENCES.

for the
"l^'K
2, 23. 'c)Dp#,

Num.

p-1?^'3: Gen.

d)

when

when

*W^tO
ij;,
JosT^ "lV_"

Jl^lJ"3
^'OiH

12, 10.

N7p

D*ltD" DH1D3J D"")"Q

CAUSAL

11,

because, because

par

while

H1??DK

TV?

conjunctions denoting

Num.
f^.T:

of the

or

32, 3. ^l^ND-

tKD:

1J", O

cause,

waters

infini

2, 14.

HNt

"3
n^
J37",
20. n^'N alone:

the

D^V

woman

it

as

sentences

finite verb

the

32, 19. DNJ

PARTICLES

because:

with

withered, Ps.

toiSiNn-Sj;
x

so

and

finished, Isa. 24, 13.

Sometimes

NOTE.

especialimportance,

conjunctions:t"3: 'fipHnn'3

bones

my

Deut.

10.

23,

"

I should

SENTENCES.

with

to the

Ex.'X 23.

Pharaoh,

2. Sam.

strength,that

prefixes3

2. Mos.

is

is of

1^33 ?p:!W Jer. 1, 5.

^WT
to

VT1

vintage

the

angel

kept silence,

is my

interroga-

greatest frequency in adverbial

the

ticiple:as,
was

after

d) *3

TEMPORAL

OF

relating to time; b)
tive (" 106, 2.);e) 1
she

28, 27.

^flD'H^ what

PARTICLES

with

occurs

"D

smite"thee, that thou

will

6, 11.

114.

"

Lord

healed, Deut,

be

not

the

particlesDN

arid

" 116.
1

used,

are

in

DX

they

only presumed

are

wilt go with

with

Jud.

23.

13,

subordinate

Ishmael

^ gives an

that

had

we

Thee, Gen.

from

have

been

Jud.

me,

I.

D^s

is

died

in the

18.

17,

shaven,

the

then

strength

my

16, IT.

clause

"3 Ex.

H^H

purely conditional,in '3

with
incorporated

often

the

to
optative signification

if, supposed that: njtf "q#

NOTE

H
j^tDfl

^ 0 that
^3*7 ITIT ^KgOtf'!

14, 2.

if I shall

depart
"D

HllT

4, 8.

preteriteimmediately folio-winggives t" the

of the future perfect:^pl TlPl^'DX
signification

Tib '3PP

b)

Jud.

go,

the

latter the

will

wilt not

were

live before

might

with

DX

if thou

but

pleased to put us to death...

the
Frequently the expression is elliptical,
being
sentence, expressing the consequence,

Egypt, Num.

of

N^ DN1

"""

I will go,

not

when
real, fftl

are

yfytTOQ '^H

f"!^5 "OJIP"^would

DHVP

land

will

Lord

omitted, whereby
verb:

",'"#

and

DN

consequence

then

me,

(then) I

me,

'Orvpn^if the

t"".

and

195

SENTENCES.

negations:

their

or

CONDITIONAL

OF

the condition

case

if thou
go

PARTICLES

of time.

21,

the conditional

Ex.

Compare

2.

idea is

21,

2.

3, 5, 14, 18.

"W'8

c) nC*'$:"M.IJWTl
11,

blessing,if

Dent.

obey

ye

...

27.'"

d) jn

4,

e) V

2. Ki.

heaven,

7,

will

Lord

if the

44,

-=

make

22.

hofr oVlEX. 3/13,in^'1?

JNOPI

believe

not

2.

njjtntlJI Dfe D^VGen.

VDN

i^-ni?

they

r\\2T}$ T\\"y Hin? H^H

1.

in the

windows

Ex.

h irpX^S jni;if

mri:

or

Ex.

me,

}"Dp

4, 23.
with

f) 3
NOTE

inf. const,:

the

II.

The

2. The
any

found

second

Pharaoh,

member

in
Gen.

your

most

50.

eyes,

44, 30, 31. \Nfc3

is frequentlyomitted:
particle

thousand

particle:iO njfT

favor

Gen.

conditional
if

out

tlie

...

Ps- 9

sidc

sha11 fal1 at

"""

1) with

frequentlycommences

^NyD

speak, I

4.; 2) with

NfDX
pray

you,

ToSrn

if

now

I have

in,ftie
ears
"$#

of

DN*
'D^fl

PART

3)

with

for

was

" 117.
As

Ps.

us

119,

) V-

both-and

J Gen.
1- Sam.

0^08'W

""118.
The
from

Ex.

9"10.

124, 2, 3.
SENTENCES.

Neither"

3, 26.

nor:

Either

IN"IN'

or:

ADVERSATIVE

frequent adversative

most

tree, Gen.

2, IT.

have

yet

32, 29.

T]Nbut

no

T]Nbut, pN

not, Gen.

this

is

come

Gen.

fi^SOto^rPlp D|
although:

D^^3

^JO{J""DN'? but

but, limiting what

thou

shalt

sins be

your

die

and

now

for the

as

let

'IN* *ln* (in*

plaint:ah!

woe!

"
HN"

us

precedes:

sentence

Isa.

1, 15

argue

whom
a

thou

man's

hast

wife, Gen.

taken
20. 3.

INTERJECTIONS.

n^lN"^8

alas!

Israel,

31, 23.

woman,

119.

thy

DJ^NDri VIT~DN
scarlet,Isa. 1. is. ] although:

Hl altliough she is
v

44, 18.

"3 but:

although you multiply prayers,

come

though

Ps.

28, 19. DkX

20, 12. Ps.

us

upon

forgotten Thee,

Jacob

more

particle is V W/?*! but

All

not

we

SENTENCES.

'5"Ej although, usually at the beginning of

DN

Ex.

19, 13.;DN1-DN:

OF

shall be called

N1?

Lord,

25.

Stronger: DT-'JNi
D^Vbut:
Gen.

the

5, 11.

^rQJ^' N71
name

Ps.

been

CDJV-OJ:
2, 26.; 1J^4*UTH
24,

PARTICLES

the

int'hadnot

5 mpHN) nflN1)

"

^'0.1
Tj*7-D3

Eccl.

DISJUNCTIVE

1. Ki.

"; DN-tJN:

'J$

0"?fiWJ
OF

10.; Gen. 19, 11.; Gen.

"

ftf,

92.

Wjl

,M

PARTICLES

well-as

ftW

SYNTAX.

stronger particles:as

'?a" "fr|3N rN
who

II.

for the

exclamations
most

part with

of

grief,com

following*?:

^1N Num. 21, 29.: D1^ HH Ez. 30, 2. Ez. 6, 11.

^ ^N'Micha. 7, 1. HH^ with b Jo. 1, 15.^ for the most
part with D'H1^Hp^ Josh. T, 7. HNr? exclamation of joy,
DN10

aha!

"5
God

Ps.

exclamation

an

with

1. Ki.

mockery: Vs. 40. 16. Isa. 44, 16.

of pressingentreaty: 0 that! in
addressing

35, 25., of

fn"?

3, 17.

terror

or

Jos. 7, 8., with

\ru^

in

addressingsuperiors;

PARADIGMS.

A.

7 to,

signof

P ARTICLES

the dative

in.

Sing.
I.e.

SUFFIXES.

WITH

to

1D3,

1723,

.also
*n

for which

as,

me

as

"oet.

from

Sm-

7]7

p.

to

thee.

|i

P-

03

thou

as

"3o,

me

in

pause

in

thee

from

thee

]f-T]1?
"j^to

Cm.

him

he

as

poet.
^713 D,

'jf.
pl^toher

from him

in her

as

she

from

her

in

as

we

from

us

as

ye,

Ptor.
1.

SY5

c.

to

us

us

in you
to

2.

from

seldom

you

in them

2)

accusative.

J"|"$at,

them

to

"^

tne

Plur.
me

|m- TJrlK.
ln

2.

1"*

-I

from

tliey

as

i?n

p"et-

on9"

Plur.

at, with

me

,inp-^K

with

thee

^JflN

with

with

you

BW

fm.

"inj^

with

him

him

with

them
'

(f-

nn^X

Qj;
me

us

D3flN

thee

w.

them

with.

Sing.
us

yo"

with

her

her

with.

w.thce

w.

in

P-

him

w.

Jier

w.

us

w.

you

w.

them

them

198

B.

Kal.
Transitive,
Pret.

3.

m.

3.

f."

2.

m.

2.

f.

Ni^lwl.
f

Intransitive.

*Sbp

r|T

T':
"

3.

7,

2.

m.

2.

f.

*S'bD abs"L

inf. const
.

*Sibpn^Dp^ *Stbp^"p
(l?l'I3R.)
-

|T-

/L-.LJ_;_V

f.
PUir.

m,

mbbp

f.

Kut.

3.

m.

3.

f.

2.

m.

2.

f.

1.

c.

3.

in.

3.

f.

2.

m.

2.

f.

1.

c.

Sfrp'
Sbpn
I

Part.

Fut. apoc.
Jussive
c. (

"

'

'"'

"

act.

'fi^O"in

P-

O'

ns^n

n:Scopn
T:~|T

StDpn
"

"

(Optative)
(Optativ

:-

'

length.Fut.

The

nnaa

T:|:

"

Plur.

Fid.

-Irffc''
-iv

Imp.

REGULAR

in p.

IT

""

VERB,

199

" " 29"39.

Hoplicd.

HiphiL

Paul.

Hitlipael,

\ nSppn

ii%p
^nSbp

rj^pn

$ps/p!$

nSi:pn

nSropn

n^Dnn

S^nn
wanting.

'.^R?

wanting.

"

:,J

S*L)pn S^cpbri

^RO
S^pn

7Dpnn

"

C.

200

VERB

KoA.

Pret, 3.

Niplial

m.

3. f.
2.

n7PJfT

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Inf. const.

Imp.

abs.

log

m.

f.

Plur.

'pm
noy

m.

ipm
rnpm

f.

Fut.

3.

m.

3. f.

prnn

2,

ntnn

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.

m.

3. f.
'

2.

m.

2. f.
1.

Fut.

c.

apoc.

Part. act.

(Jussive)

pass.

PE

GUTTURAL,

Hipliil.

(" 40)
Hoplial.

D.

AYIN

VERB

GUTTURAL.
Pid.

Kal.

(" 41).
raal.

""

"-".

Pret. 3.

m.

3. f.

2.

npntr

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.

c.

2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Inf.

Inf. absol.

Imp.

m.

f.

wanting.
Plur.

m.

rutantf

f.

Fut.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

LDn^n

2. f.
I.e.

Plur. 3.

m.

3.f.

rupni#i

2. f
.

I.e.

Part,

pass.
T

201

lUthpad.

202

E.

Kal.

Pret.

3.

Nipliol.

VERB

Piel.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
Plur.

2.

fjgg^

m.

Inf.
Inf. absol.

Imp.

Fut.

m.

3.

m.

3. f.

2.

m.

2. f.

Plur.

1.

c.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Fut.

with.

Part.

act.

Suff.

J?9^

Pass-

y^Dfc^

l^Dt^'3

1/tDu^'O

GUTTURAL.

LAMED

PuaL

wanting.

Fut.

apoc.

203

(" 42)
Ilipliil.

'

'

ffophal.

wanting

Hithpad.

204

Kal.

Pret.

VEKB

F;

3.

LAMEDII

Niplial.

Pid

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.

1, c.
Plur. 3.

c.

2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Inf.

Imp.

m.

f.
Plur.

m.

f.

njx"D

njxvr3n

TV:

Fut.

3.

"

m.

3. f.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.

m.
:

3- f2.

ruNjfpn

njNVDn

m.

2. f.
l.'.c.

Fut. apoc.

Fut. with

Part. act.

(Jussive)
Suff.

KV/^

Pass-

|T

K1V,;

"

nixypn

ALEPH

(*O),

Pual.

(" 49)
Hiphil.

205

JIopJiaL

nxvon

wanting.

KRS?

'-

M,v

wanting

Hitlipad.

206

G.

VERB

PE

Kd.
Pret. 3.

ALEPH

Niphal.

(N"fl). " 48.

Hiphil.

Hophal.

m.

Like

the Verb

Pe

Guttural, in Paradigm C.

Inf.

Imp.

m.

f.

Plur.

6tG-

*"*

m.

Bating-

f.

Fut.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.

m.

77JNFI

etc-

3. f.

Fut.

2.

m.

2.

f.

1.

c.

Vav

Part. act.

Conv.

^fc

pass.

SlDN*S^N^

etc,

etc.

VERB

H.

NiphoH.

Kal.

Pret. 3.

207

(" 50).
J""3
HipJiil.

Hopjial.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

etc.

2. f.
1.

c.

Plur. 3.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Inf. constr.

Imp.

m.

Plur.

f.

Fut.

3.

*J^j|

*|n
ruttfji-in

rwj

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.
Plur.

c.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

The
Fut.

c.

length.
apoc.

Part. act.

$%$

pass

,^nwantinS'

208

I.

Kal.

Pret. 3.

3. f.

TOfc'"
"*"

s-

c.

Plur. 3.

c.

2.

m.

IT

fljfc*

2. f.

1.

Ly
J"*?._j

m.
.

2. f.

1.

c.

niW,

Inf.

Imp.

m.

Plur.

m.

W?

f.

Fut.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m,

2. f.

Plur.

1.

c.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Fut.

apoc.

Fut.

with

Part.

act.

(Jussive)
Vav

Conv.

PE

YODTT

NiphuL

*Dt"^

nu

VERB

abs.

""S "orig.
Yfl) (" 51.)

J.

Verb

prop. PK YODH

Kal.

Hipliil.

209

Hipliil.

regular.

DIB)

wanting.

(""")

OB

27

210

K.

Kal.

Part. act.

VERB

AYIN

DOU-

Niphal.

3DJ

BLED

211

(#"#), (" 52).

HipJiiL

P*al.

Hoplml.

"spin
HDD1D

ni^pin

nopn

^3310
JQSID
oni^Din

ontoon

Df)33lD

onmiD

3310
Dpin

DD1D
MID

'SDH

wanting.

wanting.
"

nraon

apv
DDin

aaiop

nin

nmion

DD1D

aaioo

aaiop

2.12

L.
AW.

Fret. 3.

Niphal.

VERB

A YIN

IRpliil.

VAV

IIopJtaL

m.

3. f.
2.

HB"tfi

"PR

m.

2. f.

1,

rr

c.

Plur. 3.

c.

2.

m.

2. f.

"

1.

c.

Inf. const.

Imp.

*D1pabs.

(Di p)

Din

Dip

m.

Dn

f.

Plur.

f.
Fut.

3.

runp
m.

DpV

3. f.

Dipri

2.

Dipn

m.

2. f.

Plur.

wanting.

}Q:)p

m.

1.

c.

3.

m.

'nin

3. f.
2.

njppin

m.

2. f.
1.

Fut.

D^

c.

op:

apoc.
eonv.

Fut.

Part.

with

act.

Dpjin
Dpin
'ippin

suff.

Di

("53).

M.

AYIN

Verb

YODII

213

0"J?) " 53.

Niplinl.

Kal.
"

-"

"

*p^

nopip
rooi

rippip

DpDOlp

onii'

t^ppip
^OOID

Dpip

DOl

pan

Dpip
^rppip

as

Dlpn

wanting.

Wr

113'.

wo*

FK

214

N.

Kal.

Pret. 3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
.

1.

c.

Plur. 3.

c.

2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

filSjl
abs. (fiSj)
(poet.l^J

Inf. constr.

Imp.

m.

f.
Plur.

m.

f.

Fut.

3.

m.

3. f.
2.

rn.

2. f.

1.

c.

Plur. 3.

m.

3. f.
2.

m.

2. f.
1.

c.

Fut.

apoc.

Fut.

with

Part, act,

Suff.

VERB

Niphal.

LAMEDH

HE

(IT'S)*
(" 54).
Pual.

wanting.

215

HiphH.

^^

Hophal.

wanting.

in

Hiihpad.

Q.

216

3.

Fret. Kal.

m.

3.

c.

2.

m.

suff.

nom.

Kal.
suff. verb.

Imp.

Kal.

Fut.

Kal.

with Nun

3.

m.

,
epenthetic

Plur.

Pret. Piel.

3.

Sing.

i"jW"

m.

2.

Inf.

for

SUFFIXES

m.

Sivy. m.

^tSp

REGULAR
'2.

Sing.f.

^P

VERB
3.

Sing. m

WITH
3.

Sing.f.

1 Plur.

217

"42"47.

SUFFIXES.

2 Plur.

m.

2 Plur.

f.

3 Plur.

3 Plur.

f.

oStop)
jS?pp
Stopf3r"Sop:

rnStpp
rnn^top

p^tgp oStpp}St?p
28

218

P.

1. Declension.

SECOND
i_

Sing, absol.

hero

Light

Suffixes.

Grave

Suffixes.
absol.

riur.

*V

-VfoJ

3313

H"

^3313

H13J

03*113-3

Light

Suffixes.

Grave

Suffixes.

constr.

Light

Suffixes

Grave

Suffixes

word

3313

name

D3T

0*3313

H13JI

'T

'3313

H13JI

*T

O313

Declension.

Fourth

Sing,absol.

star

OH*
DH13-1 DVTTDu-

constr.

"

ii.

*")13J?nanc'

constr.

"

MASCULINE

*")31

grape

^3*1

FIFTH

old

3^
3^J/%

H31

nllDt^

Jp)1King T]7p ^""^

n/P

fpf

*3^

^pt

$3^D

HtDD

^ty

Opt

*3^D

H5D

Plur. absol.
constr.

"

Light

'Suffixes

Grave

Suffixes

1.

Sing, absol.
"

H31

Declension.
law

SECOND

Hptl

Suffixes

Grave

Suffixes
absol.

Dlpl!
I

"

year

DECLENSION.

Hjl^

s^eePtlM

right- J"

constr.

Light

Plur.

^yi

constr.

Light

Suffixes

Crave

Suffixes

-.

Dl^^

D1^
T

rilpfT
^jllpfl

TllJt^

nlpTV
IT;

NOUNS.

"

61

"

219

66.

DECLENSION.

3.

Sntt

staff

"

n*Tin

DT)|5

enemy

^V

Declension.

seer

'

nth

3"*

;3

D'BTjp.

*J

^ihp

D7h

D^\N*

D'3H3

nh

^\s*

D33rpr
i

^H3

vy

DECLENSILON.
t^'"iD

^ac'

*^I^^power

fin
nV.!) work^t^JJ

fruit

^^

vv

death

nto,

" G9-72-

'Declension.

Third
queen

^Q

word

rTOX

FOURTH
desert

nD^ifl

nonn

DECLENSION.

twig

va"

j")*lD""live
j"Vt
m

CHRESTOMATHY.
is commanded

I. Abraham
burnt

sacrifice.

offer

to

up

his

child

as

(Genesis 22).

D"r6

no

nn

onrnn

"rn

nr?"

nj??5:D?'
r'Nn-nx
T

..

n^

1:3

npn
)-"-

T.

prwSy
|

"

w-

nSyn

ar-n
v

pny

'Vtfni ir"n

n^n

ipjn
i

D^j;n

....

..T

:D
rr?f's3
vSi\*
Nnp?i

:"MH

^y?

rtW
i^-n.x ton^S

10^1

D?*33^

ripwp

onn

iS iriyrSN1
n^

r"3^n

S\x-n-in
: 1:3 nnn

ovn

fi

nri

nS'
nr?

in^i

NI

i'n

\xn-n^ np'i

ornx

Nfe'-nis

ClIRESTOMATHY,

221

Lrn-pn^DrnsN-^N*
nirr ri^So*np"i
I

"

"

7nNT

nin^
T

"/

"

"

njn

Dyj^'n "3?tt3 ^
ojrrnzy-hz*\tf$Sin?1;
^iji Sb Tjos ^a^ni
i8p"s*rr

" 87,

2.

" 76, 2,
with

'

vided
here

God

yj*ythe

or. fullcr

nlrV
for.

" 84,

Solomo's

iri^

on

with

by

swears

" 97,

Hln*

tnc

2.

south-western

of God
or

person

Himself.

" 111,

Hi.s

the

thing by

7.

which

to

^n"

temple-mountcurrent:

was

is seen,

one

" 83,

called HiPP

proverbialadage

mountain

"f *ne

hill of Jerusalem

D*3 ")n (Isa.2, 2.)

the

nx

" 92, 4.

it, belonged,was

temple on

of Moses.

II. Birth

mountain

this

About

ain.

n^T

a.

11;^

:VD\V

whom

i.

e.

one

is pro
swears;

1.

flightto

Midian.

(Exodus 2.)

inx

hS n^p

4n^

prno irinj?

snrp^nr^ni
*xn

nni

tr-nN*

n^ ^N*I

inprm

njn

222

CIIRESTOMATHY.

onn

nnn^i?

"rn

DW3

^^-o^' mni

Sprintntp'o
vnarS N^n no
o

D'on-jo

onSp?

E*N* N*i

.150 nyo

Snri: inp^rn
n^rr

injojii
"rr\riinsTO1?

p4?nV

*0p"

ann

IO?MI

:Sin?in:rpcp^

01*3 Njn

^trn

HD

nSn

ffrroii
"$-\n

^^^n nyp

TO

anp-nfa nni
VTJ

inn

:n^?
jnn?:

3 ^ri^rr ^

ION*

ono

The

sibilants y,

led for the sake

suff.
cf.
"
8

often

" 12, 6,

Hi.

without
B.

the 'letters 7,

and

Mappik

3. and

instead of H

Jl
"

" 14, II. 1.

m^nfn

sometimes

p, }

(Dagesh euphonic).

euphony

inf. of

f"r

"

y-p " 51,

4.

doub

third f.

The
3

"

are

imp. fern.)regul.

fr.

n^n

9
.

s.

DVTUl!

"'93,
3.

"Tj^lH " 55,

(only in
TjT^

II. of

n^nni

of

b.

"

for rim

o^n^n

vi

the

suffix sometimes

masc.

10

" 106?

9.

used
11

for
irregularly

"

94. 0. Note.

the

fern, thus

Q3K

10

i"

for

223

CilKESTOMATIlY.

(Exodus III.)

of Moses.

Appointment

The

III.

jnyi IHO jrp urin IT? fanrntf'nip

-n$

rrn

ntp

:n:rin

arn

mrn

rypn

vS#nin*
'"pnptr^rr"1??

rtjpn

n^?r"-n

4niN*f?
np *D

D^rikv
^N'l n^'on^b npN-n n^pn rjinp

: ^n

nin

*n"m

"inrn

Ho^n

^HDi

f nSn-

:onp

12

x3

-vox

: njn

HD

-inn

IO^-HD

Sj;
p^?"rrnH
inp^n
^

'"'

rnrr

onypp

DDN*

^xt

"

"'

'

t *n^

N*jp"i

^riNi prty?*rt
bpj;;.
D?*!}?^*n
nin* "19^1 :D*rlSn-S tono
N

n^to "inpn
v:i|5

ni

vx

^-i^^'3

"

ixn

?n

oi

22 1

ClIHESTOMATIl

Y
.

'ptsrnt Dytf

^n^

'px)
npj;"_

pre*

in1

i
i

" 107,

mark

y\t

of
7

respect and
remain

(See " 18,

" 94,

" 83,

6.

same,

4.

19.

the

of

In the East

st.

const,

the

Decalogue

part. fern, of

unchangeable. 8
is
followingverse

am

in the

Proclamation

The

nn

Note.) The correct pronunciationof

Jabe*
Jahveli,accordingto the Samaritans

(Exodus

Sinai.

reverence.

I.

I.

or

IV.

" 37, Note

tetragrammaton HilT

the

Jahaveh

alwaysthe

name

7. Note.

nr

With

this

identical.
latter

was

Mount

on

20, 1"18.)

ov

run

?3inn

tow

*ig^Dfi'Nn

wtrj;

onvp?

'"D^ nni?)

^KQt^

'SDPVHI
Jt-Ssort^jp
n

op??

xiw

NH^

on^j ^5

*nn?-nN

n^ o^rja nj^oo"Vrppopx)

op-joiri
:

p"n

ax

JIng"#j nin? n^-n^x

N*

S'DnpN^i

nirr -19^3 :ninr^"

n^'o-Sgt
Dj^

n^n

135^1

o^n nnn-nNn^'D 15-11oi^

: rn

irrj^ 10

vm
D

tnv

mo

Dj;n-n"c

jtitfr

inn
.

nS?:irn
: 70 nn-Sj;
Dj;n
in

12

ClIRESTOMATIIY.

r|Wp3rvrr

nan573"n

nrn

ttiiTO^
#8*5 mjT v^j;
i96prm rjin ipt^n^ip"nn
ti

nxp

:Sip?
^3-!^ng^o
^^. D^riSiSin'!
Sx

"j"

nin

*ioxSnxn
onv/p

1? : 7 ^
n

njpnn

:pN?

n^i

0.^3

nnnp

nnnp

"nin

nin

x
'

9 : r-

12

3^1^331n

p{jn-nsi DW'1^"^

nin*

p-Sj;
T3?*n

01*3

oi^n^ nin? rp3

12 ?w

^TiN)
fon^ fj;9*p

nj;
m-n

^3^-n?? n?3

o^-n^'

D^n^N-S
:

intr^

:rjS
fro ^n'^ninp^

non^

D"JO

prnbn^jn ^1

Di;n xnn

nxi
\"yrnnn-n^i i^'rrSip

29

226

ClllMKrOMATHY
,

an*

"ln
visible.

the

the

On

^31'!"!
WO

the

not

Ho.

to.

10

15

but Kal

"105,

" 104,

V.

9
"

b.
n"85,T4.

4.

which

on

i.

12

the

The

is
i

moon

new

Sinai.

6, 5.)

" 117.

to

blow

here:
7.

7.

myself.8 Q""OJ^n

person,

denotes

" 102.

D3fl$

continually.6 " 105,

e.

generally,
*J"3my

D"13J^

day

b^tl pp.3 Tj^JD

(Jos.

protractedsounds,

in

D"J"3 face,then person

first

(the first)day.

same

fuller

or

trumpet

the

moon,

new

D"nS#nao

'roini

rtnn

13

to, witli respect

as

" 118.

14

" 98, 1.

2.

(Leviticus19, 1"4,

Laws.

Moral

nin! ^^

9"18.)

vnn

trnpr ^3

nin? ^^ rto?to w
(1*7fif

03^^^n

^HJ

xS npDD

2^

^7Vp:

oni*

^313

nprny

firrtib
yytify
^rix73^ n1?^
^Tn^14

0^9 n^7)'S^Djnn

xS

njj?

^i

S^p_n

trnn

:nintis

:nin? ^
txin

ate

" 100,

^b

V.

1).

sometimes

" 98,

Nmx

1.

has Kubbuts.

The

nin

inf. with suff. like the

cf. " 45, 1. and " 66, 11.

Seghol-

" 106, 9.

GlIRESTOMATTIY.

^y

"Jpy

slandererer
6

to

!Dnj$ with

to bestow

accus.

love upon

VI.

to be devoted

one,

Priests

The

" 105, ".

Vir.

(Ibn Es'ra)
.

of the person:

(Fuerst.Lex.).

(Num.

6, 22"27.)

"toN1?
nin" -o-n
n^'D-Stf
Sao?"!
: onS nioK
^?"n^ 1^511
"'

nirv ?"o?

J2-r"'

nin*

i3

to.

with

sense,

Benediction.

"^ *vn

DN
24 j se*1!

the life,the

c.

life of the slandered

against the

love in the widest

to

the blood, i.

ayainst,D*1

stan(* UP

standing up

227

V:Q

rb

rnrv

" 52, 8.

Exhortation

to

love* the

One

God.

(Dent, f",

4-9.)
run*

lyrrJK

Vxiti*

nin"

33

^33
vm

Refers

to

VIII.

DHDIH

Exhortation

commandments.

" 51, 7,

to

revere

God

and

to

observe

His

(Deut.'lO, 12"22.)
n

no

^
H

^ris; nin^

15

ptrn ^ri3N3
pn

jn

Tj DID?

ovn

nin?

TJ^P ^^ "vfi*vnpn-n^i.

nrnt^-S:^
pjjn

o^'n

"p^iown

CIIRESTOMATIIY.

228

D"oj;rrS:pp
035 DrinnN

rnq^ rnrv

~\ny\ oniK

ojnr?

^rt"

tfn

ron

Nt^-N1?
ens
a*S)
n^

n"

byrtj*

01*3 is

"3 nijM?

nirr

NiT^n
oin*

?i1

vn '1:0
1

Inf. of ^*^* cf. " 30, 4.

" 92,

7.

IX.

" 84,

mi

-rn

101

:j/n

as

nj;n in

arn

nin
it is this

" 81, 1.

day,justnow.

3.

Appointment

of Joshua

(Joshua

Moses.

to succeed

1, 1-9.)
"

13

J^'in;-S^
rnrr np^i nirr
;.Dip nnjri no

H3U

nrrjst

mn

nnx

Djrr

p"st

|D

nnginw

oj;ri-nN

nnx

^n

"iron

n^s^rr

"nvn

prp pi_

n^'o n'ONb n^'

nin

5D"nnn
;1!

131?.n^'Dnio

^3

yow

prrre

n^o

:rjSn
np'j
3 n^ni
"

n*5o

n-rn minn

229

ClIRESTOMATHY.

" 102

Note.

" 73,

terior of the Phenician

2, 2.

David

X.

"

inland.

86.

" 96, 2.

All

Sea.

Mediterranean

The

the in

" 56,

" 85, 4. b.

and

e.

6.

(1. Sam.

slayeththe giant Goliath.

npn^

*!"$* l rbitr ispNn

D5t"3

: D^T

nnS

Dp^no-n** D'fipSsispan

won rnirvS
n^-j^i rtDltr-pa

nWn

iDnr

17, 1"54.)

inn

np
; n^nj

:vsri5pa n^

J?DUI

pn^i

: rvri

nisx

10^'n^

tr^'in?^ rap

Snj D^Sp^'
niNO"^' in^p
sSjoc" rir)nj;p-S5\*
^H njyn
N^p-n ioj?n. svjp^
n^S onS
nnnS^ n'^ WOT
"nty*7")n
"DJN N*iSn
SDVDX : 'Stt
^\v D?S-n3S^^'S
inn
9 snhrh
DHDJ;
7

"

11

"

yop'n

-:

*^D

nor

tr^

n^p

"

-wri

-:~

n;n

njn ^5^

N^I
nQN-n

Dpxi

DI*O

^^"13 Till

tr'vm D^n rrjb

^3
iprSiN%tr
oSn 6D^'n;in
'-nnx
^"!"^3 f

N^ nonSsa iD^n ntr'N v"

nt

230

(JlIRESTOMATIIY.
Kin

D'tfriN D-TJTL 9:riyrn og'n

:DV

: not?'

Tin1

Btyi :8DnSle

*rw?$n

17

5fn-n^ tr'^n ^[533in

ip? rji
D'sn-av
V"];JD

05^

:nonss

:a^e

13unrn

-in

^ n^ij;
DOJH

tr\v mni

DDJ?

'

nxn

nn

-)T

on?

n
''*

tr"Nn rvr

n.

njn

1513 DJJH

N'n-Sj*
11313 hnxi

jNirr 17im

Nin

nny

w^j?

no

in

VPTN

ID^I

;nn^
T

nrn

1515

TT

ClIKESTOMATJIY.

32

^ra;

2"

vty DIN-

roni
34

231

nnK

ian

-#r"3 isj?Dnnp

v?^^?p!3j;
n^n

nj;.^^^^

n-^n

35 inri

nj?rr

22

HDH
37

:D"rr

D^ri

nbnj;? t]iin
^3
TOI

Dr

nrr
rrrrr

^nj
'? n

ynip fnriIHP nn-n^

SJ;D
lain-nj* nn Sji
1T

1T

onk

Thorn
nn

nin?
njr

CHRESTOMATHY.

232

nprten nirrS^

rui

Mjw'iiT rurai

niir

"p#bgi?
^S Dnp-n rj^i
Djr27*?irm

03

:irv3

49

TH

")npn

Sj*i
invo? ^n

n "pjm -'irnnK v^j;

rjtpni

nrm
TPT

4.

29,

cf. Gen.

of their

token

1.

refers
21

18

" 76, 2,

men

15

read

some

" 91, 3.

" 105, 7.1

phdgc in
happiness. (Fucrst. Lex.)
thou

IS

shalt take

fr.

16

D1? ^

"

to

-|

" 22,

from

V^jn

Use.

in

was

" 85^

return

"

#n.

^*W}^

"

19

c,

fat.

4tf*y

this word

Note.

17

lose heart, courage.

an

20

en

y^j?
'

either

" 76,

oM

the

" 96, 7.

12

doubly pronounced.
quiry.

and

10

" 105, 6, 7.

them, i.e.

days, years.

in

advance

D^P^ID to

24.

cf. v.

WV
ceptionally

II.

52, Note

3"

83, 10.

2"

l" 85, 4.

to

Note

4.

Goliath,
HK

or

to

or

D1K,

cf. Ps.

with, " 75, 5.

22

42

142

7.

4?

Hi.

HTO,
"

" 53, 7.
27

" 114,

XI.

23

24

" 117.

" 83, 7.

d.

28

" 9lf 2.

Solomo's

29

Wisdom.

25

rcguiar ^.^

" 70, 2,

26

for

d.

(1. Kings 3, 5"28.)

?" nx-n

5
'

np

Gil BESTOM

23)

AT1I Y

ig%3 Si-nnpo ^ks

^*b rjSn
! njn Sn|rr
nptin-n^ i^nptrni
rjoj;
nx
^rtS^
rrjn?nngi: :n-tn 01*3 IN*D
np#3

pi

'bp nj;^ ^NI

1

?$

nvDg

*3^

in

nnn

010?

:n-?n

Sxtr'

:nrn
}
:

HTD
".*"

^^
v

run

nS
v

n-in

^5*13

^'K pan 0511

rjS
*nn^

n'
_

nir

nn^rn

nNn

D^

'i^"?

"nn

:rv:n

npni
nn

npr?
23

^331*nrr

^
nn

n^n
30

CHRESTOMATHY.

234

"3

xb rnpfc

"^r8nj rnpK

Tin

^31

nsr?

nxn

"CQ$3vr^inp TJ^Hn^i

rnrn

"yy\ nan24

J'TTPT

n*i

rj^njj;-n:lon'

ng^i

^p^_

taphoricallythe
"

In

"

rfttf

.4
7

The

XII.
wicked

II.

out

go
of
5

5).

in, denotes

and

11, (c).

" 88,

for

"~

I.

para-

" 94,

2.

6.

godly, the misery

the

happiness of

ming

DN

^3

D^

J'

of the

^31
01^

:r?n

2J

p-iK

^J^'Nhappiness; only
0
:
interjection

XIII.

The

the

in

plur.

of

nn"

DT^n
'

"

happinessof

character

133-0$
*

an

me

(Ps. 1.)

nin"

28

(Fuerst Lex.)

man.

expression of humility

An

" 34,

10

to

K^ non1!

inrvop

: I^N* x^n

conduct

and

" 101,

pause..

NV^

^31

actions

" 100, III. a)

gogic
9

Inexperienced.

*nn

nom

niypp

nxri

in

construct

the

man

godly

! 2

man.

the%haracter
of

" 44,

5.

(Ps. 15.)

ClIRRSTOMATirY.

285

-4L

TTi njn

" 83, '11,

Note.
5

der.
do

'7 7^

" 107,

Vp

bear

to

The

subject

of

to

himself,

i.

evil

XIV.

4.

e.

lead

To

refresh

abstract

noun

dant, overflowing.4

XV.

God's

rnrv

DC?'"n!

place

of

^3^"V

an

as

excellency and

np^

nin"

supply 1^
Mos.

to

5, 4.:

in

:3nn

Shadow
in

Abundance;

slan

to

e.

'$3 : ^Snr niip

(the soul).

darkness, cf. " 91, c).

the

rN*

" 75, 2,

(Ps. 23.)

grace.

Dl^

nio

yy~\

hurt, cf.

own

^n1

thickest

takes

Inf. fr.

:"iDru? N^ y^

back,

God's

nm

his

to

his tongue, i.

upon

clause.

in

Confidence

j;

slander

the

^tWl.niK33
3 ; iEC''

Accusative, " 85, 4. c) and

adjective,

of death

poetry
my

cup

often

the
an

is abun

1"] (Jud. 19, 11.) for -\y

providence. (Ps. 113.)

nin" HDJ; i^^n n* iSSn

iS^n
tD^ijnjf!
nnj;p rjnnp
j? trp^mjpp

D^'ns

own

^. mTn^:DnrS?"^
D-J

")

:niir

230

" 106,

poetry
brews

and

? " 85, 4.

where
ing the question

Israels'

XVI.

Din

prrn
.(..

1.

c.

from

the He

among

Accusative,

as

Egypt.

answer

" 83, 10.

a.

in

"

(Ps. 114.)

Sane""
:rybD#Q ipj?!_JV3
DVT"'"?P

iiT nrvn
: linx"? DD"

exodus

considered

to
apposition

or

paragogic*

Inf. with

was

Sam/

1.

1.

Barreness

great .ignominy,cf.

Til V

Note

17

page

unfrequent.

not

IIR ESTOMA

...

nan

T-

.._

T-

^flfift
iBnp?

WOD

2
: vn

DTT

TT

..

npnp

jo

*3|3rrn

vn

:pj" rjisf ^.P

" 57, Note.

18,

Cf. Exocl

The

p.^

" 82,
pluralpoetically,

17, 6.

" 59

Feelings of

XVII.

: iirm?

onnri

Note

in

n^

nin^

^n

DHN*

JIIN*

Of. Exodus

SM

Sn

6ov

ptTD
T

19,

captivity. (Ps. 137.)

"

"T

son

II.

exile

an

5.

:)T:

n^r

ninn
nrnro

:"nrofe" 5^

Refers

Babel,

to

rightforget

to
.....

Of
do

the

song

its

duty,

one
or

of the
songs.

play

on

an

Let

my

instrument

t"

ClIRESTOMATTIY.

(Kimchi)

287

poetically T]"l3tN 5 The summit

7
Inf.
joy. 6 The day of downfall, misfortune.
the ground TJD' l- e- to destroyto the ground.
4

either for the

common,

the

highest

"

city or

the

inhabitants.

Pi ;

In

poetry

Cf.

lay

to

bare
very

Kings 8,

12.

XVIII.
dom.

The

(Job 28,

\l"ft$
npft
T

15 :

preciousnessand

"

rci

is non

Dipp l\

^$"\xh]n^fin

np?

of wis

character

28.)

"

:nra

"

n^np

12

true

jnr^

iwp

H?J? 1^ n?kS?

"

*ar

^H'O

24

nsni

npipp-njcj;n^T^ni

to
nnn
:n^n" DVJ^H-SD
2snn*7nibT:S
r^rnS
intr j?:?: n^ps
20 : niVip
^ni] ph Sp^"?
rn
gnN*^
-:"!""
28

1
4

"94,

" 93,

rebellion.

"p*3

J;T

Note.

Judah

the

threatened

is

(Isa. 1,

D'pitflyp^'
pa

rn^n
T

-:

Supply

"

p^'rn nnin^

2 owm
s

rnnpn-b^
T|T-:

":

TTT

-v:

antecedent

pT

pn D:PI
T

JO,

n*n

nison
-

"93,

6.

Note.

XIX.

10^1

Dix

pnn

^^3

orn

for

her

ingratitudeand

21.)
rnn

: nnin!

n^

^p

p^-j? ^n;^

prrj

rntjonv
in^prn^

D'3? ^31 n^n:

^ppi*i) ^n1?^
n;

xS b^ntr*v1?^DIDN niopi inp

ClIRESTOMATHY.

tn5f^gmnx

jnj. pjj 1-i55 oy_ Nbn

DO? D'jnp

p? DTvns'p

SNTJ^'.
crnp-n^

n'u

'tt 'i

way

a#rV?i4r"0N vS?'rnp
3

)39 : TT

4nrNil?nntp ."opi nn^ni

bn/ptt-pN

r^

Rnifl^ ojnj; npD?v D^V'IN*: fo^ ro;n

nD^rirjp

:onr

iiT Tp

175

: nnr^

D^N onr
n^Sp?0*5??n^p?
ntr'pp?
noo^

nnx

ji'vvn9

v* rrnn

'

"_"* J ^

^r:

"-:-

^.

T~

"

^.....

nj;in

N"n

U
,.

VK

15

jnn

n^"n^Tn-*?
jn n^pr
o^. "TJ.3Poj^S^p

?Wi

oirr

13iDn

04 ogp

y_ft" O^N

DjH*

D*pn

^5^'

pon ntp'Ntosi^p

:v

nin? ^
" 65, 5.

" 84,

become,
5
8

nl^^n^

of

nNt^
13

For

here

and

see

what

23.

12

" 39, 3.

" 26,
reciprocal

1.

Supply JTJ1
4

Ofi^before

me.

sick.

Supply f)N^

II. 3"

"18,

become

05

nNg",

iDrnn

to

Kings;4,

Cf. 2

mets

Upon

11

Inf.

(Kal
7

to

const,

of

following*?to

with

in

the

form

-jf)

Appositionto nk\f

bear.

10

On

Xt^lmore

the Ka-

frequently

Chirek.
05^.5 inf. Pi., Tsere "becoming
5.
u
Vio"5,
suPPiy ^n.
is

17

"

85.

5.

i6

CHRESTOMATIIY.
XX.

the

Descriptionof

239

time.

Messianic

(Isa.

11.

1-10.
2

vSjfnmi

fin

rrvajn

nn

njn

:rri$" wn"'
nn

nv#.

"""

in

"

niir

,10317 nn

mgi

njODS'tfS'i
nirv
11x73 Mnnrn
D^I pnyg 05^1 : ri^v
n"?iiTj

:nirp

^* vry.

DDtri

vs

px-

.""":)

":

":

n^D^ni: VI^D nitt? pnj

jfj ^31 wi

: 05 ^i

S^i^7.

1^31

^npi

np
JJ-DJ;
mi

inmp nn?n) ^'17? D^IJ

: TOD

delight,fT^H

His

Inf.

enjoy, delight in.

rally to
4

with

of

monly with

^j; here
,

with

Jeremiah's

XXI.

(Jcr. 29,

with

" 30, 4, hence

yT

"

Pilpel

6
,

letter

pleasure,hence

with

smell

to

of

J?J^""

following fUV

" 86,

to

the

^j

nun

" 76,
5

gene
2.

HDD

com

captives in Babylon.

14.)

^^'i o^n?
vips'j

o?^1?inpini^

\M3p Dp

b.

^utr^ ^xn^ Tt^x niksov

pxi

iby n^v *^"

DV^J; D

vv

IN^-N*

^3

nin? I^N*

riD

:n^33pS^'n^^n^

0^3

xn^

^ri^ nirav

nin"

-JDN

240

CHKESTOMATIIY.

03*?D'N9J Oil
na^D *zh ^ nin"

?B"3

i30?"
"3N

3^177niton

n^s

jninMo
T

D3*fe*rioprji
03^^

H^Y^

^T

raparrn^

rl^D

IDN
:

"?

:njn Dip^n-kst

oyfgj
n^'n

o?SnnS njnS xh\DiW ntit^no nin":

D^

:npn)
*

Dne"p3i

SffflaoVi

" 49, 4, Note.

inclined

toward

XXII.

one.

The

To

be

found

by

i.

one

show

to

himself

(FuerstLex.)

new

(Jer, 31, 31"84.)

convcnant.

SixSDnS

c.

D"PT"nin

o*N3

: nann

nn?

^n

^3

ninrn$

^ D^1?nboks*
J

" 96, 2.

although,"

118.

For

nSN

4
.

" 9^,

3l

241

ClIRESTOMATHY.

Resurrection

XXIII.
of

(Ezek 37,

God.

rrnp

by the revivingSpirit

14.)

"

rnrr

rum

of Israel

nirr-T

UNW

rrr

nrvn

iptf] :IN
3D-TN-J3'Stf

niovj^S
nin? ^'i
n^\*n
wSyiiiDHU 03^ ^n:i :DJ-)"rn nn
n^n

035-^39

it^niDHU
ip'! nSyT
9

2nnn

?1

11

ipNn

ninn

"N3

:iNp INP

"nk\* nra

"ni?;r?i

For

Commod.

^v

Mpy

npjn

vm

nnn

nirv "j"-"

"nn

n-JSnpn, 2 "
$j ')
are
we

'i

^gfn^n nin;:

D^nnn-n

positionto Dipnx

rnrr

^n oriT.

n|

W3ni:

DSJTO
13

nnrrS^
ND^n

D"x-|3 N33n
nnrjiNt)

djg

80,
so

5.

gc.

entirelycut

H1H\
of.

" 77, 3.

(Fucrst Lex.)

"

31

5
6

Dat.

Ap

VOCABULARY
NOTE.
ber

with

3X

38, 35

The

numbers

preceding

*T3tf 31,

11

68,

the

exercises.

number

98,

60, 25

JfX f-

38, 11

52,

irhfX

"*

21

;"V"X 34,

17

HI

P-

num

16

J-pX 38,

JfX Hi.

42, 18

the page.

of

86, 7

fX

86, 6

3J1N
"""

the

to

"7JXp-

ty-jX
*HK

38, 23

32

58, 14

p"

66, 12

refer

indicates

p.

96,
J"l*p"TJ$

I.

fi^X

120,

p^X

86, 16
18

Ptf 31,
I

1 V

*"

Pi. Hit. 76, 1

pX3

21, 7

f-j"*X 98,

44,

54, 28
X

56, 31

109

p.

104, 36

J5kX50, 9.98,27

^jnjx40,
-jx 88,

40

10

*TJffX 82,

26, 7

^vjx 21,

"

p.

n.

40, 48
40,

11

104, 20
31, 17

^^N
T

W^?3N

QJp'iX

"npX 62,

24

j-j^X44,

HHX

38

44, 25

fp-JXP-)yjx

125
117

p-

Hi.

^)1X 23,
H1K

c.

100, 30
4

p.

48, 23
29,

fhDK
8

50, 31,

nnpN

jinx
QftX

yx

ib-

62, 46

pX

60, 17
44, 20

56, 51

^X21,9.

90, 15

D'flVK27,
"

76, 10

14

HI

HI.

^pX 40, 16
^JX 27, 25
^JX I08, 12
*^X

54, 47

*XinterJ-36,
163

14

P-

27

196

13,

*]|-|X 66'

"

23, 22

48

-:

39

^!|X90,

*VJX
HO

120,

*lpX

^Jj-JX 90,

78, 17

H2

P-

rjx HO,

^f-fiV Pi- 38, 30

pX

n.

58, 9
nX

62, 15

p.

p. 68, 6

* p.

^X

S^h^HN*40,

?1^"X

22

29, 17

ttlK 36,
~

28

H1HK

22

J^"X 24,

80, 2

HHN

-:

*-jx 38,

134

fix

42, 17

HHK
T

p.

2JTJX

102, 19
9

v:

^in^SjSt
98, 14

^X

29, 7

VOCAEULVRY

100,

8.

Pi. 96, 9
Pi.

f|Nconj. 31,

76, 16
150

P-

13

HSK

38, 8, 40, 8

n^gJN

147

..3 102,

HI.

62, 32

50, 26,

118' n

26, 28

148

21

62,

^fft 34,

12

n"D!J 36,

13

""

n^'N P-

62, 9

n^?

125.

n^

195

P-

27, 6

rm

84, 31.

nX

26, 30
98" 22
62, 45

T|1XHi.

62, 30

3i, 33

35

62, ss

c.

nnN

44, 14

n^3

m"

171

-KO

f. P.

f. 56, 1

^^

so, 6

P.

39

58, 3

30

^3

Q^X

94, 1

HDH3

f- 92, 38

52, 30

p"

c.

23, 2

12

-HN

36,

17

""

JJJ3f. 78,
^13 27,

19

20. 88,

n.

p.

-JJ^J29,

!|rtap.

90" 22

1^5,0^84,QJ^g
Hi.
^-53

^5 190
S^S? 106, 25

58, 20

"

21,

HM

1J.3 64,

12

""

n^

rp"
T

p.

21

190

29, 20
""

HID

J^3

90,
p,

112

IT:-

-T

TD5^

P-

1"9

"$

TDK

P-

no

iTfK
14

ss, 40

Jto-jK 96,

56, 11

nyg

"*

86, 10

96,

jra

~~

106, 16

n^iX
v

Ni.

"*;

nijrv^p-injnji'i^p.

114,

26, 45

-yifQ

*]#N, ,,,3 52,

Y

p. 96

JD

es,

16.

36, 21
29

50

88,

D.np.^29, 29 nnK P- 86, 6 J^g 38, 36

ViN beside,by,at.
SlOH^
p. 1 1 1 III |g 52, 4

104, 11

pi.

"ft

nir"o n^st

rh^x

Pi. 70,
-)gf'tf

54, 3

*.*

74, 14

P- se, 2

D5N,

42, 35

^K

50" 19

P-

22

-)1^ 21,

JiSp"'N
94, 9
I

122, 12

HU.

62, 22

49. 58,21

ttK62,

4. HI.

?u

ntrK
-

62, 29.

243

I.

c.

21, 3
f. 29, 3

nt^'N p.

159

l14
'

40. Hi.

na

88,

na

""

Hi-

88, 58
i

so,

10

88' 48-

S^90,37.98, 15
PI.
-)j;_5

p.

^v?

p-

194

62"

44

74,

244

VOCABULARY

pv?

78"

1p3
\rr

c.

2-r"

p. 164

p.

"I?

P- H2,

)T

21,

nSlDJf- 1""" *7

11

14

U6"

J-||-n HO,

24

?n

30

SiJ4"'

39
"

11

42
,

26. 39

my
^

S"!H108^

?H5

51,5
f- 66, 2G

29, 9
an

H^.98,

tlSlP-

axe

c.

Su

W3M

n^

Q^

p. 134

Q^

^^

26

3 78, 8

29, 30

p^
|
'

tt-l42,

109

p.

179

fi^

p. 30

QQ^

86, 13

P- 117
H7

44, 18

II

f. 52, 5

HJ;OT

94,
pfcfQ^
I
v

62,
fiJH
ft

14

88, 17. Pi.

")D1

48, 21

27, 21

"

f. 86, 34

fip^ p.

fiS^ P-

82',
2

-)U

159

n.

nn^'i

IT

TT

PI. 64, 9

p.
Jgf'jj

15

people

f- 27, 3

106,

27, 49

134

f. p.

520

82,

-n^l

11

"

|34G,19-29, 1. -l-?3108,
Pi. 64, 8

*h*i
9G' 45
SSl 86, 6

?"'

f. 21, 10

44, 22

xn^f- 120,20 rnT[|f. si.

n?

118, 7

IT-

56, 22. Hi. 60, 32

n

27, 35

19.68,17 jn

!}^H

n^P-

!" pi-

23

315

Sin*48,

80, 4

64,

117

42,

c.
"

p.

12

""""-":

125

"ill 21,

^Q|56,
I

rnDJ

p.

12

-"

nC'M
T

29, 31

n.

86,
pyrfcl

Pi. 56, 19 ^^

wn3

110' *4

rran
.

--

11

"'

IDJ

-Ijp23,
|

P- 169' 4

n^M

I.

P. 181, III

p"H
-

44" 21

44, 33
147

J5

34, 3

98,

13.

Hi.

Pu.

S_Sj|
86,.

31,

p.

195

4. 122, 9

DJ

36,

f. 40, 15

9ft 76,

26,

34

3^

94

I)4! P^

42, 11

ITT

i 21,

ft

ftft
164

p.
pp_-|

*i;n 34,

#y|

filSjJ
f. p.

10

H2,

125

P-

H^ 90,

70- 7

f-

1G7' 8

P-

S^3

34, 14

70,

-ii 21,

186,

12

rj^

Hi.

74, 2

21,

^^40,36.46,13

f^
I-

Pi. 56, 44.

,

p.

44,

n.

p. 44,
Jgf"rj

fi-|

p.

117

245

VOCABULARY

San

29, 8

mn

no,
1

19

23, 27
^ 49

jin 56,

SinHit.

npr 96,

27

jn? 23,

12

Sm

fin?104,

"in? Ni-

S^n

Hit.

104,

f 46, 7

{J^ p.

125

26, 4,

-)pr

26,

Hit.

^t
5i.

60,

in 86, 20
in
"

P-

nfi?

40, 27

adv.

f-

29

62, 36
5

26

Tjgn 62,

wip?104,

28

npr
| |

,n 72, 17
"

nBfl

f- P- 164

23, 13

^"in

62, 33

98,

f- ib-

nTn
so

n*n

to

live- Pi-

ib- 24

D^PI

make

to

to

live

ip? 29,

29,

56, 16

102, N.

109, N.

X"n

23, si

nnn

pin

in

p-

34"

n^n

nnn
17

22

b
P- I69,

Iffi 64,
I}*"

86,

^n

70, 4

ib- 40

Hi-

22

p.

80? 39-

K^n

23

^fl 86,

"Un

npj;?90,
V

"

131

p?n ".

8"" 35

rjjin 106,

Pi- 56, 56

pyj 48,

56, 23. Hit.

15

21,
{1*131}

tygn

fhD?

P"-

^n

-qt 27,

122, 2

25

50, 25. Pi.

p?n

52, 17

ign

34.

34

Hit. 62, 37

ign

23, 32

nWl

H2'

33

56,
j1?(l

23, l4-

p3ll

Hi.

-\y

98, 29

J^n

I8

108, 3

if

108, 31

58, 31

...3

26, 31

^nNi-P-188'9

^fl

58, 30

rV? 116,

21, is

54, 29

S^l?84'

26, 38

n"n

f-

43

58,

94,20.

pn

21, is

npin

114" 17

nit

20,12

nn?

10

88, 32

23

Hi.

vjn 42,

17

44,

24

!9

coin 21,

jnj

23, 26

-V

60,

loe.

n_3? 27,

nnr
Hit,

88

"n

rnr

114, 8

-T

It 60, 26

n2,

*nn
Bnn

^in
T

"Hn
V

14

S^n 76,

pi- so, 12

S^nn^94,

23, ie

?i^n

p- n2

21, 16

nSn

Pi-

28

90,

14

I.

VOCABULARY

240

40, 9. Hit.

D?n

60. 8. Pu. 106, 11

it.p.

10

Djjfl23,

96, 9. N.

P-

np?n

f- 34, 10

78, 28

*7n 58,

50,

21, 19

ion

23, 18

fn

nnn

nprn f-

171

02, 23

npn
~

p-

so,

jn

*'"26, 42

22

"4,

96, 16
P. 102, N.

86, 47.

10

15

58,

Ho.

tn"

24, 3

103, 7

P-

^tO 48,

26

HO,

110"

n^to

20.

32

96,

? 104, 27

175, G

86, 38

120,

p.

JTJin

164,

p.

-),pn 21,

170, d.

P-

P-

nn

92, 16

46, 6

"

54, 32

25

30,

nj;?to f- P-

145

8"' 1"

^niD
T

23, 20

80,

Hi.

86.

Sn

96, 37

adj. 88,

62, 13

5. Hi.

us,

54,

f- 50, 5.
24

36,

120, 8

^Q

174

^1D

44,

Pi. 70, 17

11.

HO,

P-

96,
f|-|^

41

62, 10
36

11

Hi. 62, 16

ft'ft 94, 25

98, 7

So

""

p.

26, 46

y^

109, 3

P-

31, 15

21

pi- 74

-HD

rOlft

94, 24

56, 30

74, 6.

Pi.

44^ 26.

f- 94, is

40, 33

64,

102, N.

p-

n.

38, 27

8.

43.

Hi.

Ni.

pPi-

p.

f- no,

nan

21, 21

108,

88, 11

|"gn36,7. 52, 21

21

jn 96, 25

6"' 7

78,
D

44, 40

DP?

34,

21

82,

73, 7

p-

non

62. 47

nan

110'

12

27, 47

73, s

^'n

Ni.

62, 17

Pi. 56, 37

64, 7

npn

p-

62, 25

112, 13

21

nnn

p-

170

23,

15

n^'n 90,

NVJ^D

ptp

P-

117

p- 109, 3

54,

Qj;jj42,
QlgJ

12

54, 30.

24

169,3^Hi. 84, 10
23,,3
^ p. 28, 4
i.p.

ioe. 17
80, 28

H^D

nc*n

p-

n?

4o; 35

VOCABULARY

I.

247

$y

Hi. p. 178,5

1(T 106,

pur:)* 23, 8

'24.

^W

54* 46

"HIT

84, 17. Ni.

t^T

ib-

pH^
I

111,1V

P-

84, 19. Hi. 94, 11

:"
.

84, 30. Hi.

yy

SlTPi-

ib. 41

-fr

60.,4

p,

3""

f. 21, 22

-V

Hi.

HT

92, 9.

Dip*
I

p. 92

109"

P-

21, 23

D* 26, 50

XT

HiJT 26,

16

1"4, 25
T

?^" 84,

84' 46
173, 3

P'

26, 17

^^

1V

'

Hl'

IPJ

38, 34

84' 40

nyw\

tOlp^.PIIMV.^JT

Hi

3"

1U'

P-

112

27,32.
Dg^84,5.

t*n"
p. 92
I |-T

7F

58, 44

Ho" 84" 2G

f-

n^in*

ty,-#"

112" 9

nnp! 94"

P-

19

'^n^V

23

-iV 29,

S^"

H1iT

n"""34,

^\

D.T

12

37

'

PV abbreviated

91'

pVJ.P-

26, 6
7tf*^?!

84, 35

Sb"40"

-T

from

84,

TlS"
P- 92^

34, 5

*^

194

P.

Hi.

y^

38, 31

31, 32
WT

29, 13

TPP

yW\

38

HL

29'

j;^" 68,

68, 3

^^

adj. 34, 28

^^"

22

P- ^

"T

f. 76, 6

po*

XT

31, 16

"

rmirr

|TT

=(48,5

p.

FID*

n.

so,

P-

fiW
117

84,

15

179

n*V

52, 33

HT

"T

rny"

98, 32

*""inp. ^40,19

43,

H3

Hi.

HT

inn*

86,

80, 34

92,

56, Ni. 8.

TDD
4

Pi. 9 Hit.

21

n-

"IDD acJ- 26,

14

60, 27

p.

"

56" 28

-)DD Hi. 60, 34

26, 19. 27, 26

*ry

p. 131

Ho,

|TV

p.

20

27, 43
Pi-

ODD
~

f- 27, 16
T

84,

-1^3

Ill, IV

161,

H3
3

102, 30

HDD

WT

P-

21, 25

y*\"
"

34,
v

Hi

P-

32

T:

rw

15

26, 36.

^JO
~

D'WVT

47

48, 19

'

94, 10.

TT

^pj;*48,

^^

pry

96, 7

116, 3

54, 18

42, 23 Hi.

-p*

84, 29

pj;"40,

"

21, 29

I
f. p.

om^

-T

ny

ITT

Hi.

7j;?T

-)D"

p. 148

TV 72,

84, 3
:

Q^P"

P- 92

pr

24

21.

HXT
T

DV

92, 14

jn:v

Hi.

nr

86' 27

248

VOCABULARY
96' 21
23, 21
19

H4,
88.
|!)3

*vtopp-

190" 7

fjro p.

Jjyj p.

113

JVjfp p.

Gent.

*JJ"3

n.

Ni. 19 Pi.

ib. 24. Hi.il". 21

I.

C^3

f. 72, 16

54,

116

Ho.

nrO

86,49.

1. Pi.

74,

^, ^

26,

ib. 54

*#!|3 62,

3D

78"

TO

34, 18
64, 17

i-

Pi- 92, 27

HD3

-f^

DtfS112,

p^

11.

34,

11

21

DJJ3 88,

'

Hit. 60, 21

104, 34
36,

p^

104,
t|")3

^S

Hi.

192

27, 12
8

170

P.

'S?

P-

nvS

114,

25

58,

s 40' 19

20

100, 7

Ni.

rn

74,

12

p. 171, 2

nS

14.

so,

48,14

S^'3

110? 36

P-

S^'s40, 22.

J3

21

29, 6. 27, 41

J3 ^

66,

50,

c.

f^

Hi.

11

58,

8.

58,

3H3

84, 13

Hi.

p^

m.

pS

se, 28

Pi. 108, 32

nirSf- ss

17

Vph

22

92, 15

|-

109

P-

DHp

90. 7

48, 20

ib.

p.

170, 3

-gS 10, 30.

96, 47

H.

27

64,

15

42, 19

DNO

3^^
T

nS"S24,
J^"7

'"

162

^Ntt27,
?xo

179,

p.

P-

o^rxD

I
c.

13

150

P-

npixp

Df-^ 42,

50,

HNO
DTJXtt

sro

njTO

-j^p26, 9

12

rviSus,

~T

76,

p^

K^S^S^P'192
^INO

76, 37

nn?n"i-)

p. 47

31,

48,

rro

Hi.

120, 15

D"]3 31^

167, 118,8

'J

n^D

78' 12

p.

68, 6

42, 25

on^3

H6,

54

p. 163, 3

^S
|

31

117

fj3f. 42,

*-|"2 Pu. 56,

30

f. p.

20

ftf}1)
p. 90,
|-

""

",

n^1?

39

64,

""" 56,

n.

p.

rp

Cp") 26,

94

64,

37
S|?.26"
*|""^
102, 23
33^ 31, 19
27, 5
^jpS

13 40,28. 40, 41

^D5 26, 13
So?48" 35
Sp?60, 35

64, 23

Pi.

ft^S48, 27

"T

noS"nftS68,
T

Ho.

13

I?1?
48, 36
HpS 46,

27, 34

ND3

131

-JTOJD

p.

lee,

flp?/?36,
1V39

Ill,

P.
~:

23

100" 27

VOCABULARY

J10

108,

f. p-

n|yp

26, 43

rm
141

rap

Sip

27, si

173,

P-

86, 32

72, 3

-qa

in,

p-

1.

n5"opp.65,N.

##50

rjpD42"

26, 47

23

29,

-jCj)DO 98,
:

8o,

jnp

"

Sino 102,

ss,

24

82,

24

f-

35

31,

Diono
:

HDiDH/P

f- P- 141
5

-)HP 100,

5"" 33

nino
T

""

p.

nj;iio
i.

H2,

37

98, 33
p-

33, N

us, 22
42, 9

ntso

40.

!G3,

88,55

GO,

to

f- 86, 37
P- I77, 3

8
.

HI.

P-

88,

21

191,3

p.

26" 48

24, 9

rjp
nDS

f.

40,

p-

rro^p96,
f-

se

nipSp

o^npSo

117

p- m,

|T

*\"yg P.

23,
p.

"

15

ty'o

80, 19

X^O
H7

31, 9

114, 4

104, 32

JT2TO

GG,

98, 8

p-

f-

78, 27

MI^PH

f. 58, 24

^30

P-

23

88

^30
""

25

37,

125

n|?"of- HG,

n^pf-nG, 19 nnipp p. in,

nStrbO f- 102, *"" 68, 16

24, 8

175, 6

70, 15. Hi.

22

i"",

58, 7

112, G

41

88, 27

escape

HO.

90,

Jj;g "^72,

Ni.

--

DJftOO

P-

f-

Pi-to deliver,

'070

40, si

p-

nt^p

120, 3

f.

f- 4-""5

nnnp
V

40,

39

p. 125
rj^'rjp

14

42, 10

141

nntr'

ss, 33

P-

21

is

^no

96, 32

70,

14

46,

80, 36

ornno

n4

102,

24

t"np

n.

P-

112, 17

129

niDPTO

P.

98" 34

njno

173,3 nppp
noinpf-p-

r?Vno112,

56,

94, 38

104,

122, 19

36" 9

no

14

21

"

?""

182, I

P-

l02^ l3

-rspo
T

44,

95, N

op/p p.
2

p- m,

JP! 120,
36, 6

niyo

26

94,

21
21

250

VOCABULARY
f- P-

DHVP

112

p.

18. I'u.

*]"'048,

n-

56,

13

jTd:i 122,

23, 7

3 84, 49. 96, 44

31, 30. Hi.

88,

43

^EtT'9 H2,
f.
rn/JJ^'/p

125

p.

HI,

58, 37

31

116,

94, 34

J-jSpn96,

102, 26

Qrt}

56, 52
Hi.

20

pnj

*jjg Hi. 92,

39

n^'PO

f. 64,-26

npt^D

166,

P-

n*!^'9 76,

3, 23
p.

48, 13

Ill, 1

104, 26.
106, 6

27, 46

^np

27' 29

P^P

Hi. 86, 46

52, 25

44, 9

^HD
-

y^j

p.

^3

31, 7

JO

48,

78, 23

27,

ntiO

42

26, 5

Q^

66,

jp^

52, 18
10-1,24

82' 33

^?^

Hi'

40, 7. 104,

Hllbj
T

29, 24
76,

V^

82, 8

fOJ

31,

25

11

"

60, 23

175,

Qft 100,
120,

50,

10

13. Hi.

11

10

J)DJ Ho.
-

f-j!fl
p. 99,

12

nSoj 40,

^ij

Hit.

1*)3} 70,

P-

1"4, 1

P-

82,

25

*)^J76,

p[^

92'

82, 37
14

113

p.

13

tfto} 31,

p*j

-)pU 24,

169

82,

^p}

rnj

38, 10

fl^JJp.

*nj
1

21

30

98,

86,

Hi.

is

^^J

173, 3

fjjjNi.

108, 1
22

190, 7

10

96,

27,'
15.

j;^

104, 23

pjnp 52,

109

p.

j;^

-J"U

f- P-

100" 29

92,

Pi. p.

M}

nSrO

102, 10

29

46, 3

f|9

ios,

*|"^
2

16

82

H^

10

H4,

-j;g """"I7 88, D7nt"TT3

nns"'Df-p-i4iruJ

22

64,

82,

yi}

05^'p

Pi-

Hit.

20

p. 141

river,

108, 9

18

96, is

98,

^53

H^J

104, 15

il^'9P-

98, 23

gp9

70, 20

^"

98, 4

162, 6

p.

SpM

21

Sptf Hi.

"J^NytDSJ

120, 13

38, 15

26,

X'23

40, 46

|-|J34,

"

^"ft

10

11

14

f3^9

p. 117

26,

102,

%yyft
"t

Hi.

ft^
-

c.

I.

82, 21

HD^

Pi- P- 177, N

rr"pj p.

109

J^p^ 27,

30

84,

83

nnjj

I.

VOCABULARY

4,

42

82, 30
i

30

36, 16. 44,

29

84, 9

T[CO

82,

S^

82, 29

no"^

1, 28

;^

Hi.

^
Ni.

110,

15.

74,

86, 35

86

90,

TJO

11.

92,

48

106,

Hi31D

iyB

32.

^.,

Pi.

p.

Pi.

58,

78,

22

13^

18

5
44

32-

38

nSp 29,
T

10

26

50' G. 120,

21

ft\y

55

104, 28

tr\y 24,

Y^\y^4,

21

Pi. 56, 46

-yg; 88,

13

112'

PfT};!!?

62,

ty 27,

28

fj;31,

41

26, 25

iy
~

25

"*" 27

yy

21

n^lj?96,

-]y

42, 36

1DJ* 50"

40,

f-

ntop 94, 18 HDj* P- 112

nSo Pu- 90, 6 njJ/J78' 26

20

44,

H^IJ* f-

';

S^D

113

120" 19

HDD

41

90,

34,

1^- 46, 12

Ni- 54, 38.

c.

4.

Sty*
44, 7

-f^J* 92,

88, 38

-fty 26,

18

12

44, 5. Pi.

60,

24

*j?|yHi. 108, 33

^'

iu,

b.

27, 24

QnpPi.p. 184,6 pj^ 56,

Hit.

34, 29. Hi.

niD

100^ l2

JHD

45

f- C8'

"ny

13

42,

f-

nj*. 114"

189"

-)i]p52,

^HD

27"

14

ij 26,

11.

:nD

60,

96,

84" 17

DID

ib.

.|x,j

X2D

10

16

*t^p

^"D

50,

82, 12. Ni.

P-

60,

m*")D

8, 29

35

54,

100,

26

j|?)DNi.

109

p.

tip

16

38, 38.

15.

112, 25

rn#

70,

110,

41

54"

H#D

94,

-fjf78,

J-f-fj;
P- 169,

35

?n3

82, 11.

90' 27

48

52" 29" Ni.

n^

22

54,

*VJD

42

TJ?1DSlJ*104,

56,

P-

34,

""J c.

ftSp Pi.

52, 28 3 58,

5o" 24

106^ 15

njp

2713

Ni. p. 62, 6

J^D

f-

34

14

"}

nSSb

p""j 82,

53 31,
33

50, 17

Q""*3

86, 44

42,

tf*{"M p. 173,

251

HTJ7 91,

52,

*]$
"

252

VOCABULARY

62, 26

169,

p.

72, 9.

f.

y^y

adj, 80, 24

y$Q

^ftj;5G" 40

!ny

102, 9

E0"

^y

c.

15

D'3*)]? 120"

p"j; 40,

Pi.

70, 18

86,

ppy
"

80, 32

f.

41

38,

70y

27, 13

38, 14

*}ftya
Hit

^y

23, 19

yiy

measure

90,
J-gj;

27,33.50, 23

Q'fty

^y

^y

27, 37

Q"-m
in

29,

p.

94,

HD

46,

10

H3

54, 17
48, 37

J^")108, 7
nSi)58, 11

39

173,

tf}" Pi.

68, 14

p^"j114,

131

jjnj;70,

28

JJJJ23,

14

24

p.

113

p.

46.

^H?)

148

p.

*?r\yp.
"

54, 7

""^ 78,

^y

56, 32

13

129

p.

Q?ny 62,
"

ib.

160,

p.

Ni-

HB

33

jnjf

"

18. Pi.

28

vjj;108,

94,

96, 17

Q1H")

rn*)J" f- 114*

56, 26
J-fJjj;

92, 12

23, 6

60, 16

120, 17

f. 34, 1

I.

22

'.*

^fc^f86,

19

114, 3

"yy

"

Ni.

42

62,

^j;

23, 9

J") 54,
I

"

56, 39

W"#

114, 6

^rm
T

38, 7

c.

31, 6

38,

^W

21

100, 28
p.

ygy

QV^T

90, 43

...

96, 32
'" 64,

21

60,30
33

192,

f^n^j; the

98, 20

*\"y
Hit

f- 122, 5,
J-J7J?*?

11

DJ?"

p.

^r\y

48, 12

31

D*PJ^3
y^"

fhpj? 04,

48, 38

p.

188, 9

^jsjrj Hit.
Ufe

78,

64,
9

108,

c.

p.

163, 4

42, 12

nfl# 31,

p|^"j

S]/i3
34^ 4
^") 1"8, 19

^y

35

90, 19

60,

^y

Hpg

62, 19

f.

189,

tenth

16

Hi.

Q^j;

c.

28

pfDiD 12";

24

52,
^j^'j;

56, 45

48,

Q^"3

^"Sj^80,

17

23,

96,
Jjyj;

5r", "4

90, 42

H^3
1

33

'

26, 29

25, ^"

"I

p.

*V"y

Hit.

f-

}"y

113

p.

*)p^ 82,

n.

3G.

50,

n^y

40, 38

H^

SkVnSW96,

10

Go"
fli^J?

11

51, 3

ID

29,

"

rn^y

62,

47, N

P-

Elit.p.70,4

f. 21, 27

P- I74' 4

38, 26

*")""")
p. 171,
6

1p") 4~2,5.
Hi.

58.

48,

16

VOCABULARY

40, 25

DH1p2

11

72,

Ni.

np3

56, 47
a

54, 21

NI.

nX"f-P-182"VI

J^y

109,3

p.

jTjjoy rhir

tfpy 90,

29

f.

76,

QHD

22

10

III

Snpso,

22

15

74,

rijn"
the

"qy

title "f

Egyptian

kings.

28

169,.b.

54, 44

'""52,

16.

34

j-\g50,

48, 15

11^^

112

169, c.

20

-)^y

-fly 31,

23

ft^y

piny P. 109, 3

34

25

74, 3

ySy
T

""

^p

60,

20

20

76,

-Qp
Tip

131

n"lp
"It

10

34, 6

104, 8

^?p

P-

96, N.

Pi. 76, 34

Jl77p f'f.120,
a

curse

|p

ftjp Pi.

80, 30

^p

8. Pi,

HiOp f-62,

46, 2
96, N

84, 25

104, 19

56, 53

15

p.

58, 26

nap

f-

Pi.

32

27, 39

p^p

13

up

Ho.

^p 96,

60,

116,

raise

12

f- 60, 19

^p

f- 54? 37

f. p.

to

ttOp 40,

^p

26, 2. Hi.

nip

^4, 16

46,
|/*^p
66,

40, 6. 52, 19
*7jp

112

40, 17

ilTDp

24, 2

HID/V

f.

54

rf?" Hi.

oSy

15

-jy

^*jy 94,

TV

36,

HTi

*vy 76, 24. 86, 36

112

26, 49

c-

-py 38,

117

p.

c.

P- 28, 4 pp
J7"T.1.5y

62, 40.
:

44, 13. Hi.

Qiy

160,

P^j)l"3y

p^y f.

66,

"

32

f. p. 117

(5 66,9. Pi.

^D

H'^'lV 96,

pfiy Pi.

|"j p.

102,

c.

niVpi-P166,

p^y

p*)iyp.

100, 10

62,

27, 2

pny

piy

\Q 98, 24.

p.

66, 21. Hit. 60,11 ?"y

8G^

"4jp.

pyy

piy

V"-^ 82,
-H3

94, 23

90, 32.

Pi-

JH3

72, 8

^'ip58"
HID

c.

109

Pi.

"Hp

f. p- m,

rnyy

160,

P-

p,
pQ-jp_

108" 27

*T#y

96, 4

v^y

47, N

yjy 104,

100, 20

78, 6

n"}

"7V?y p.

fift

86, 31

JOy

94, 6

rns

27, 19

I.

118,

14

70,
J-f^p

n,3p96,

41

mj?p

f- P-

50

!66, 6

VoC.ABrLAKY
f-

P-

HO,

109'

106"

78, 18

a'"\"n

44,

24

^\nr44 17,

4G, 9

112, 3G

fc'jo

50, 30. 86
name

pp
"

29,

JO

r-

JTgW"!

118,

10

"*n

Hit-

nn

P-

pn

H2,

1()0,1 DH"!
92

6.

Pi.

3^

46,

70,

9
117

P-

13.

GG' 7

2. p. 96,

86,

18

96,

100,

p-j
^

22

62,

f-

12

f- H2,

Hi.
p.
tf'p

58, 36
173, 2

108, 34
70,
1g"'p
.

p.

13

108, I

48, 16.

Pi.

till

82,

177, N.

3V)

P-

n^

82, 38. 23,

42

12- 4. Pi.

J^

p.

110,

WT-

94j 37 ffl'

3 b

86, 40

t\y*\ p. 169,

58, 34
N.

22

15

96, N

36

96, 29

yy^

p.

169

a.

-|p^ 42,
I

f-

Pu.

j;-)26,
njH

|TT

j^OT

pn

p.

ypft44,

nHI

84,

163, 3 V\n

p. 96.

QE1

Hi. 90, 35

192,
H^lp.

f-

80, 20

TOT. 66,

f-

14

52, 6

y^

58, 32

88, 36

y"H

122, 10.

18

34, 16.

54, 2. 56, 18

25

47, N

104, 14
J"j^-)

f- P-

74, 17

p.

nvn

ntDI

56, 17

58,

nil
I

170,

pjn

H^D

12

P.

86, 17

NiD'l P- 179,

24.

D31.34,

nOI
4

Hi.

#"-\

1]2

Qpn. P-

84,
V?"J

174,

179,

P-

Q^l

58, 40. Pi.

52, 23

18

^D1

f. 23, 23

[3^

^2, 30

33

Q"S.nP-

38, 37

P- 150

23

112

Hit. 90,30

Hjn

nijn.

58, 23

72, 14 HI.

nnn

23

21

adj. 42,

HJjn 27,

n.

Tin 88, 28

JlDni.f.

US

P-

"

3H

9, N

3 80,

88' 47

70, 10. Hi. 58, 19

100, 4

DD^SG,

fftjn p.

D'9tH- 102'
'

36
^*l -r"4,

25

?""

ripp

187

y"\

pini 82,

many

P-

88, 37

40, 23

^pH

36' 10Ni.

f"n 98,

Pi.

44, 39

to

28.

hunger

to

3JH

Pu.

J"n

21,

tTtfl

~5

54"

48, 3

rttO

40

07,

88, 34

^
a

I.

Hi.

66,

22

y$-\

29, 25

J?"H

88

5't,20. I02,27rn

108,

35

I.

VOCABULARY

f.

54,

n.

52,

32.

84,

48

i,30

ripe?

G""

31

prtnE'120,

f- 64, 22
nSpfc'

-]jp

JVPIDJP106,

TIB'

18

p.

10

n?ttf 54,

125

^B"

pi- 26, 41

56. 2

(33^

Hi. 64, 13

45

OSS'

p.

134

40,

42

$yp

62, 43

HB"

$yp

90, 28

JOB*'44,

pjp

3?|Bf 29,

11. Hi.

I-JB?'42,

'. p. 118

86,

58, 18
27, 23

c.

pB?

!|B" 36, 22. 38, 3

*)jp38"

rniP 66,

54, 26

f-

108,

36

27,
ftiB"*

24

27, 38

rQilW

20

JTlE' 90,

15

1"""

"'

^jp

88, 14, 29

*nW

102, 16

34

DlSt^31, 10

44

T
(

110, 7
26, 35. Pi.

TJNB'' 26,

44

\XtP

76, 20
f.

80, 33

92, 40

11

47, N.

103" N-

P-

JO^Bf 27, 48.

122, 6

96,

20

^3JpHi. 70,

3.

*y*3"f 86,

26

108,

yytf

10

Hit. 60, 12

p.

159,

f. 27, 14

Ni.

76, 5

jftjp 120,

13^' 54,
p.

46,

39

9. Pi.

S3

rUl^'P- 103, 12
T

14

f(1^
p.

Q'SB"
Pi.
rhw
-

DOC''98,

13

S(l^'
26, 32

117

56, 3

52, 31.

104, 13

fTJ^Bf'58^

27
20

ppB'

96, 46

ufaw

IHE'

Pi, 108, 24

DlE'S^P-

""

D^3^'96,

58, 29

1HB" 42,

HD^

"8, 39

80,

Pi.

Hi. 58, 10
rr^jp

92, 23

niB'

Itf B" Ni. 98, 9

38, 25

26

42, 26
IB'-JB?'

64, 18

J3NB*P-

(-[^40, 26.

66,
SlN^'

106, 27

14

H4,

1;3lB' 48,

"*

^^'

inill^P-HO,
3 b

nng'

112

"

D"^ 54,

39

Qjp 26, 52. 34, 21

f-

31, 13

62,
rjt3B"

rrVW

114,

48

5"'

14

I^B* Ni.54,45
J-JBE' 46,

Sx?lDE'
58^

92, 33

44,32.
66, 17

Pi.

HIE'
120,

44,
IS

,-\3t!'^2, 6

42.

33 B"'44,

S^B'P-ilO^b
-vi-W

102, 24

H^VJC''f-56, 43
Q^B^'

23,

25 fi

VOCABULARY

I.

18

62,
38,

P-

"ip^'44"

fi^rjifl
^

1"

i2

12

npsr

HI.

90, so

n-

Opjr

Hi.

58,

22

21
,

28.

24

56,

Pi. 64, 24

-pp

29

86,

c.

Wjy

11

nn^

94, 36
11G3

108.

f-

56, 25

rOJJIfi

f-

66, 23

H^IH

187,

p.

f-

nSnp

^fi

Pi.

njjn

HI. P. 105,

ffyjpp122,

26, 22

f- no,

f.

t^gn
Pi-

56, 6

44, s.

DW^'P-117'8
nv^'
'

39

f. 48,

43-

102, 8

-:

f. 78,

ixn

1^7, 7

P-

28

s8, 5
50,
54,

n""n

f-

*irin P-

so.

c.

nSnn

22

78, 4

P 102'

JP?

12

ne

102'

"

m,

P.

76,

is

48, 24, 26

108^ 4- Pi-

18

114,

f-

nrp^n
!73,

f-

1}-

11G

on

34^ 27

oh

p.

176, 5

38, 17

Sl^P

"4, 23

-ran

'

175,

P-

1U"

f- P-

76, si
T

f-

njjnp
HI

106,

14

33

n^in
nnin

f- P-

i59'3

f-

27, 10

o^pn

12

nn^n

P-

npn

IOG, 23
42, 32.

P-

c.

TODf!

"

ss,

n"3ltr'3 ypfi

"

Hi.

10,10

""'

DlHp

22.

f-

"

n^p^f.i

tri^n

15

68,

nn

"^' 42,

10.

19

52, 24. ss,

P-

JQ^

62, 6

'"'

72,

106'

Hipp

n^nnn

'

K.

rnNp

16

88' 51

f-

iTNfl
T

nj;^'p.

nnn

'^rrr

pn^'

25

f. 86,

64, 27

T'

nr^'

112, 33

f.

noup

n|rrp'D^pP

is

112" 32

^n

31" 20

bntT

I1

nroin

Pi. p. 75, 4

rrw

44,

p.

66,

14

WVl^

'

!69,

rpn, rpro

GO,

0 C A

B U

n-

i. to

m-

P-

R Y

II.

interval

1^

not

or

m-

gather

to-

tween

(space

be-

things),du.

tvyo

gether
m.

pool

fr$ Hi.

be

to

D5N

^l
red

n-

de-

between

cides

gentile

n-

who

champion

P-

two

-.-

^eddish

N
Hi.

to

enlighten

to

armies

weave

to look

N(1

DflSD*3

length

m.

length oflife ^1^3

n'

P* of

the

m.

citY

first bom

P^-dunghill, /t^^J to

gracous

sign

m.

m.

^ac^

ac*v-

n.

Pi.

make

tr. to

consume

Pi- to

/^

happy

m.

p.

di-

guide,

to

aright, to

rect

over

intr. toburn,

dirt-heap

belt, girdle

lord

be

split

valley
^

adv-

01-

after"

PreP-

p'N (fr-Iw^N'

i- to

not

used, fortune) hail!

behind

id-

"

^3
p.

maid

servant

f- faithfulness

n-

P-

P-

of

J!Q Hi.

cause

to

make

to enter

know,,

to

to

un-

something

'l-to ^e

by

^S^-

despised

interj.0 that, 1 pray

raise

up,

high
height

m.

district,terri-

tory

$ mighty,
H

m'

J Hi.

followed

select.

Hit. to mark,

derstand.

either

to

m.

Hi.

attend

m-

think,

n"

city

m.

eU" cubit
a

Hi.

f. oak

n.

choose,

to

happy!
ram

in.

H")3

seek" demand

kid

34

hero

crystal
to enclose

VOCABULARY

258

with

*J of

company

of

the object

HI!"!

flfj

n.

to

stretch

gent.

II.

out

h!)|f
to quake, to

writhe

i" to

Sllffer want

to

fresh-

'ijn adj.free,exempt
from

bo"
the

half"then

Hi-

/^

toP of

Sinai

auake'

Si* SDV

to

or

tremble

ram's-

hence
horn

kindled,

be

to

fttf the anger

with

piece,a

pi-

upbraid,

to

reproach,

count

trn

regard, to

to

respect, Hi.

think, with
as,

to

love, with^

onv

n-

father-in law

to

do

nn*1

to

be

oonfounded.
terrified,

to

19
to

sink,to penetrate

'ddJ-^a'r'beaut'flll
m.

the

,)od. best

one

Hit.

to

overcome

to

set

one's

or

self, to

firm

precious,dear

*Y

to

as

an

be

shot

throw,

shoot,

to

Ni.

arrow,

to

nionth

Hi.

inform

to

to

cause

sit, to dwell,

to

let

dwe11

Pdo

\ n-

m-

well"

m-

P-

sleep

to

n'

dispute

to

re-

rebuke,

prevailover,

f-

'

another, Hi.

determine,

prove,

vb^

to

out,

out

carry

good

HID4'Niwith

to

lead

to

|"|*V m-

cause

m-

n-

Hi-

ut-

to

P-

IH'^^
3D'

gent-

to

have

by day, 2) daily

regard Q"V

Alight

have

to

in one,

to

know,

to

of

Nile

"

shame

side, i. e. bank

the

f-

to

side, ^H

f.

slice

'scorn

to

Hi.

place

dry

be

to

adJ- beautiful

stand

m.

u*n

to

k.

was

"

he-goat,

suckle

to

dation

Sent-

n-

e-

m-

cially the Nile

^P^*
to

river' sPe~

m-

P- of

n-

Hi.

content

"iN!

hole

*"

child

to

be

to

child

m'

taxes

the

to

259

11.

VOCABULARY

Ni.

Hi.

1*VV

to

""

P-

m'

honesty,piety
remain

to

let

P-

rn-

to
-j

remain

II.

VOCABULARY

heavy,
m-

honor, majesty

m-

"TiD^
b"33

m.

adv.

m.

Vffp

ligibly,in

j|-J3^

tongue

Q^

to

f-

Ni.

instrument

f.

of

skirt

an

stumbling-

Pi.

fill

to

JQ f- a night hut

he

to

despi-

the

m-

hence

sun,

upper

tD

going

dominion

kingdom,
number

to

*" rest, ease,

/P

down, settingof

the

f.

knife

rejected

KlD*J

wing 2)

sed

be kindled,

(of compassion)

Sn

gleaning

*'" a

vessel, apparel,

to

wound

f- opening,hole

Ethiopian

Ni.

m.

up,

might, power

m.

stroke,a

block

m.

Ethiopia

an

gather

to

collect

"0

pain,sorrow

f. a

lightning

Pi.

Ni. to be prepared,

partiality
m.

m-

song

equity,im

m.

foreign

m.

unintel-

speak

to

helmet

oppression

m.

tyfy

thither

and

fight

oven

an

thus,

hither

sheep

young

["'33
I'D

to

numerous

of refresh-

water

ing; residence

the

the west

ft

m.

weaver's

-1/Pm-

garment

f.

palm

of the

the sole

7*n

hand,
of the

foot

55

m.

young

lion

a"

upper

to
.

/I'lp f- a

to

weary,

dislike,loathe

over

before

f-

^^

change,

to

alter*
one's

"
to

glittering
D^'lOm.
nW

Ni.

to

make

war,

social circle

Pi- to kill,slay

ftpftQf. the

post of

round

ram

little,

only

little, i.

e.

almost

self

f" the

part

against,towards
Hi.

track, way

"

T-T

f""nt, cast,

idols

m.

-y|"

flame

^X

measure

tir?DPi- to hasten
VlO to circumcise
71 *J P^p.

be

f-

ment

beam

gar-

m.

spring

p (fr.n^}
above

^-3

what

above

is

IF.

VOCABULARY

above'

from

f-

upon
f- array"

aw

generally
forehead

the

f-

greave

staff,stick
f-

field of

cu-

commit

npX,3

f-

the

to

^e

"m,

sight'with

n**"to

Pi.

Ni.

#^)

to

rebellious

act

falling,
espec.

one

"^

to

to

breath

try" Prove

overspread,

be

to

n"ble, prince

quarrel

to

branch

m.

innocent

pure,

ra^se

to

thrust, expel

pieces

besiege

any

to

in

watch, guard, to

to

ex-

from

task

^'^

Ni-

before, over

oppress,

dash

to

prophesy

to

against,oppositeto

view

P-

n-

^-

to

outcry

fatted calf

adultery

complaining,

standard"

HDJ

pastures

fifcOto

m-

banner

dwelling"

prep,
"|JjJj

cumbers

m-

D}

JTT:

"

m.

("nlyPL

grassy

panther

Q^f)'^

to

UP'
the

accept

person, i.

to

e.

have

"

in

Jerusalem

"^rive

to

friendly regard,with

(beasts)
.

draw

to

TWO

"n^'n to extend, to

lead

to

out

draw

7N
and

(pi.Q^.

m.

to

or

gracious,with

be

without

following

to lift up

the voice,

'I
'

bearing

m-

m"

second
t-

"aPP!)rt"

staff

to

ra-

rest, Hi.

p.

weight

y!)^to

drink-

be

m-

uninjured

to cause

a-

fro,
i.to turn,

to
.

lead,

conduct

back,

D*OD
.

mb

(only du-

IV

D^
-

the

loins.

to

leave, (in

a.

of any

one)

to

m"

go

back

adv.
circuit,

prep,

charge

interest.

usury'

m"

shaken

astray,

deceive

to

to and

lead

to

m.

move

speak

utter,

to

put

set,

place.

down,

feast generally

DHD

to

rest,

to

JJJJn.
m-

river

possession

m-

around

round

about,

VOCABULARY
thicket

m.

f-

peculiarprop-

f-

P- of

n-

humble,

m.

aside,draw

to turn

as

7pD

to

JT1Q

f-

sapphire

i.

^ 7iD

"

turningaway

bly, a

(fromthe law, fr. God)

darkness, thick

m.

or

because of

Pearls

m-

carved

m"

dark,

S^

towards

or

become

pray

b\33***i)

bind

to

to

turn, with

to

barren, sterile

%y

to

assem-

feast-day

to

Hit.

topaz

f\}"

festive

stone

f.

p\1J03

e.

bone

m.

as

soon

f"3 refined gold

meek

carcass
corps,;

m-

sticks for fuel

m-

he-goat

m.

citJ

pi. wood,

m.

near

*J*"D

oppress

to testify
J-Jj]7

up

flags

m.

to

stand

to

erty, treasure
Pi. deliver

hidden,

Hi. to hide, conceal

g"l"l

Pure

'

smoking

glean

Ni. to be

burden, task

fl xJD

Pi. to

II.

image,

idol

doud

Hi.
f-

work, labor

with

for
of,^IDJ^D?

cause

the

that

purpose

-|p

at

the

m.

willow

*}Q

with

m.

pledge
H3*1J^f-security,
make

i- to

'

think

to

of, with

tp look after

evenng

pref.be-

D"lJTa"lv.

bare,

the art.

lul'i

y""ng

bullock
^

Hi. to
f-

to pass

cause

assembly, con-

gregation

bear

uncover

to

to

to

""

foreskin

to

leave,desert

m.

neck

Hi.
offer

Pto

of

oity

bring up,

make
f-

to

fear,tremble

to

smoke

fruitful

young-

ry, Vhich
the

cow

8'ent-

m-

n-

order,to

c'hild^

boy

in

(a battle,)to

array

71J7m-

set

fruit,Hi.

"iw^/eber-

Jailsoff

in

vintage
t()

iy*) to

stretch

out.

transgress,

to

II.

VOCABULARY

sin, with

adder

an

inward

^D

*}

'2

y^fi
Hi.

make

to

sue-

ceed

to

pp

f"

cry

help

for

P- f-

n-

of

to

be

hostile

to

adj. holy

to

stand

firm,

friend

coral

Hi.

^
*^^

f- incense

corn

*"

e-

roasted
Pi.

to

m.

to

bu

sling

to

cause

to

sling

to

divine, spoken QH

espec. of false

tread

to

s^ander

m-

tne

down,

prophets Q^

H^
to

watering

smel1' with

enjoy the

be

earthquake
be

to

high,

high,

loose^ Hi-

slacken,to

let

alone,

forsake
p. of a station
uilt

one

odor

f- abundance
to

evi1^to

do

to

D*"T*1nto

m-

P-

wickedly
an

to

Hi-

act

52^*1

trough

master
"possessor,
to

""

Hi-

lie down

m-

feed

to

dren

en-

firm

a-K^P

companion,

J^"| m.

great grand-chil

dure, Hi. perform,con-

be

to

appear

f- red

helmet

edness

out, choose,

perceive,Ni.

seen,

tread

badness, wick-

".

grave

libe.tender^

faint

mid'

y^\
to look

to

cause

DO^T. to

to

to

in.

hard' Hi'

be

contend"

to

conduct

ar"

an

to harden

basilisk

m-

HL

to

adversary.

m.

scale

^]3^T
to

to

bathe

to

mor

hide

to

horn

fishj of

Ho'

adj.wide, broad

H'^pb'Pf- the

wool

m.

aloud

cry

quickly

cover

m-

to

to mn"

kindred

near,

Q"p

Hi.

part,

midst

tne

263

n-

Part.

Hi. to lift

to

P- of

city

put, Hi. with

""

bestuw

i- lo act

VOCABULARY

II
.

to

to

cause

TO^

prosper

an

Joyf"l glad
f-

Hi.

lip*bank

m-

left,rem-

one

to

Hi.

nant

m.

Pi.

pgf

sing

to

the

second

time

corrupt,

wickedly

act

adv.

fyyy

ox

teach

diligently

DDt""

song

inculcate,

to

plunder

to

'

burn

to

Hi. to

lay

to

ask, demand

to

Dl WS

'"

to

ask

ty

after

the

welfare,
to

to

carry

salute

lie,

down

early, Hi.

adv.

y"yy?

to

in

m.

the

Hi.

m.

welfare

away

make

to

low

with

*|* to

weight

of

coat

gate

"

morning

captive

one's

amuse

self,to play

rise

to

D^Tt
""

to

cause

mail

stretch

'

f-

captivity
to

c.

i.

e.

to

out

f.

the

turn

m.

it

remove

m.

robber,

peace-offering plunderer

m-

staff

m.

table

ark

an

y^fift

draw

to

'

grand-children

m-

JlpS

-\

f- esPec-

cocws

vanity, false-

m.

p.

n.

Hi.
turn,

to

with

^^^

Pi. with

answer,

to

to

cause

re-

to

fctejj

refresh

f-

for

helP

desolation,

to

n.

understand

report,

rumor

f-

color

up

form,

an

image

guard

scarlet

by

weigh

to

measure,

to

to

worm

determine

J-|^-jhang

waste

to

cry

pf)

m.

the

exchange
the

sheath.

CONTENTS.

OF

THE

CHAPTER

ELEMENTS.
I.

PAGE.

" 21. Nominal

PAGE.

"

1. The

Alphabet

22.

Suffixes

Demonstrative

Pronoun

"

2. Division

of Letters

The

23.

If

36

Relative

40

"

3. Vowel-Letters

and

Vow-

24.

If

The

Pro
Interrogative

"

el

Signs

4. Sh'va

41

noun

"

CHAPTER
5.

Composite

6. Patach

Sh'va

Furtive

Of

7.

Dagesh

8.

Syllables

9.

Accents, Metheg, Mak-

and

Mappik...

General

26.

and
Signification

Cha

racteristics of the

Con

"

"' 27.

Kamets

of

28.

Kamets-Chatuph

Verb.

25.

11

Distinction
and

"

the

View

44

10

kef
10.

V.

"

"

38

18

jugations

45

Inflection

47

Classes

47

"

11.

Distinction of
and

Sh'va

Silent

CHAPTER
Peculiarities

19

The

II.

and

Vow

Regular
of

Changes

and

Letters

CHAPTER

Vocal

of

VI.

Verb.

Second

the

Explanation

Paradigm,

" 29.

The

Preterite

48

30.

The

Infinitive

51

31.

The

32.

The

eh.
"

13.

Consonants

of

" 12. Changes

Peculiarities of the Gut

turals

14.

Vowel

Changes

CHAPTER
15. Servile
16.

The

23

Prefixes

17.

The

Article

18.

The

Prefixes

Optative

or

n^'D

54

33.

Vav

Convorsive

55

34.

The

Imperative

57

35.

The

Participle

59

36.

Niphal

37.

Piel

38,

Hiphil

39.

Hithpael

"

Letters

52

Lengthened Future

"

III.

"

Future

"

23

"

"

20

26

,,

27

"

28

"

29

"

61

"

and

Pual

64

"

"

^-"y\

and

Hophal...

67

...

19.

Cases

of

Nouns

and

"

70

"

Pronouns

32

CHAPTER
Of
" 20.

The

the

CHAPTER

IV.

Tlie

Pronoun.

Personal

Pronoun

34

VII.
Gutturals.

" 40.

Verbs

Pe

41.

Verbs

Ayin
35

Guttural....

Tl

Guttural.

74

266

CONTENTS.
PAGE.

42. Verbs

Lamed

Guttural

CHAPTER
The

the

Verb.

Preterite

Future

79

with

Infinitive

Suffixes
The

Suffixes

40.
50.
51.

Verbs

Verbs

f""
V'"

Verbs

139

70.

Second

71.

Third

72.

Fourth

73.

IrregularNouns

147

74.

The

149

53. Verbs

Verbs

Numerals

153

II.

SYNTAX.

91

CHAPTER

94

.............

and

The

Essential

I.

Parts

of a

Sentence.

98

vy

...

" 76. The

101
Anom

Doubly

XI.

IP-^LH-T

89

............

55.

144

87

pV'1?

51. Verbs

Declension...

CHAPTER

86

...............

\ry

143

" 75. In General

.............

$"y

Declension... 140
Declension

"

...............

52. Verbs

Declension

Particles.

.............

N"^

Verbs

138

IX.

#""

Femi

First

"

Irregular Verbs.
48.

of

69.

84

..................

138

nine Nouns

"

Participlewith

CHAPTER

Declension

"

83

..................

of

Nouns

"

Imperative with

133

Formation

"

82

..................

47.

68.

with

Suffixes
The

The

"

80

......................

46.

67.
"

Suf

fixes

45. The

Fifth Declension

128

Declension... 130

Feminine

...............

The

66.

with

Suffixes...
44.

Fourth

"

78

.............

Declension

65.
"

General

43. The

" 64. Third

VIII.

Suffixesof
In

PAGE.

TO

105

157
158

77.

The

Copula

78.

The

Predicate

"

alous

Subject

"

and

its

...................

CHAPTER

Agreement

X.

with

the

Subject
79.

" 46. In General.

and

Verbal

Arrangement 161

"

Formation

Inflection

159

CHAPTER

108

II.

.........

The

Gender

Syntax of

113

the Parts

of

...........

58.

The

59.

The

l^ural

and

Construct

60. Rules
tion

Dual

State 119

for

the Inflec

of

Masculine

Nouns
61.

Declension

" 80. The

Article
The

162

Noun.

" 81. Gender

121

..................

Speech.

116

Number

83.

The

164

"

of Mascu

"

82.

164

Cases.

Construct

"

line Nouns
............

02.

First

Declension.....

122

State

123

tive

and

the

Geni
166

"

63, Second
"

Declension
...

1 24

84,
,

Dative..

168
.

CONTEXTS.

PARE.

85.

Accusative

86.

The

87.

Apposition

PAGE.

" 107.

168

Absolute

Case..

The

Participle

170

Particles.

171

\ 08.

Particles

of

Negative

"

88.

Duplication

89.

Substantives

of

171

Nouns

used

189

Sentences

109.

in

190

Particles

of

Inter

"

the

place

of

Adjec

rogative

Sentences

192
.

tives

171

110.

Particles

of

Optative

"

90.
91.

Adjectives

172

Comparison

Sentences
111.

172

192

Particles

of

Objective

"

92.

Numerals

173

Sentences
112.

Pronouns.

193

Particles

of

Final

"

Sentences
93.

Personal

Pronoun....

193

174
113.

Particles

of

Inferen

"

94.

Demonstrative

175

95.

Interrogative

177

96.

Relative

177

97.

Reflexive

tial
114.

Particles

194

of

Tempo

"

ral
and

Sentences

Recip

115.

Sentences

Particles

194
Causal

of

"

rocal

178
Sentences

98.

Other

Pronouns

194

179
116.

Particles

of

Condi

"

The

99.

In

Verb.

tional

General

117.

180

Sentences

Particles

of

"

100.

The

101.

The

Preterite

tive

180

Future

118.

182

194

Disjunc

Sentences

Particles

196

of

Adver

"

102.

The

Conversive

Vav.

sative

183

Sentences

196
....

103.

Paragogic
copated

104.

The

105.

Infinitive

and

"

Future

Imperative
Absolute

196

184

Paradigms

197

184

Chrestomathy

220

185

Vocabulary

I.

242

186

Vocabulary

II.

258

106.

Infinitive

Construct.

119.

Iiitajections

Apo

ABBREVIATIONS
LIST

OF

ANTD

CORRECTIONS.

ABBREVIATIONS.

CORRECTIONS.